[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2019214119A1 - Data transmission method and device - Google Patents

Data transmission method and device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2019214119A1
WO2019214119A1 PCT/CN2018/105206 CN2018105206W WO2019214119A1 WO 2019214119 A1 WO2019214119 A1 WO 2019214119A1 CN 2018105206 W CN2018105206 W CN 2018105206W WO 2019214119 A1 WO2019214119 A1 WO 2019214119A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
data
node
resource
time period
time
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Ceased
Application number
PCT/CN2018/105206
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
董朋朋
周国华
张鹏
李元杰
刘荣宽
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Huawei Technologies Co Ltd filed Critical Huawei Technologies Co Ltd
Publication of WO2019214119A1 publication Critical patent/WO2019214119A1/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Ceased legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L5/00Arrangements affording multiple use of the transmission path
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W72/00Local resource management
    • H04W72/04Wireless resource allocation

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communications and, more particularly, to methods and apparatus for transmitting data.
  • Ultra-Reliable Low Latency Communication (URLLC) service requires extremely high latency. When there is no reliability requirement, the delay requirement is within 0.5ms. Under the 99.999% reliability requirement, the delay is still It should be within 1ms.
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • Short TTI Short Transmission Time Interval
  • shorter scheduling units such as mini-slots, are defined, that is, one or more orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing) , OFDM) symbol as a scheduling unit
  • OFDM Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing
  • the total OFDM symbol length of the scheduling unit is less than the length of one slot.
  • a slot with a large subcarrier spacing such as a subcarrier spacing of 60 kHz
  • a slot having a length of 7 OFDM symbols and a time length of only 0.125 ms are defined, that is, one or more orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing) , OFDM) symbol as a scheduling unit
  • the shortest data interaction method is that one controller can control multiple terminals (Slaves), and the controller and multiple terminals generally adopt a serial connection topology, in a task time (cycle time)
  • the controller will make all the data of the terminal into a large package, and use the data train mode to serially access each terminal in a certain order.
  • a terminal receives the data packet, it will parse its corresponding data.
  • the data that needs to be fed back is placed in the data packet, and when the entire data packet (data train) is finally returned to the controller, the data interaction in a cycle time is completed.
  • the upstream terminal can communicate with the downstream terminal, but the reverse is not possible, and it is necessary to wait until the next cycle time.
  • the present application provides a method and apparatus for transmitting data, which can further shorten the delay and improve the efficiency.
  • a method for transmitting data comprising: receiving, by a first node, first data of the first node on a first resource allocated to the first node in a first time period and Receiving, by the second resource allocated to the second node, second data of the second node; the first node transmitting the second data on the second resource in a second time period according to the first rule;
  • the first rule includes one or more of the following:
  • the first node receives data corresponding to itself (that is, an example of the first data) by using its own resource (that is, an example of the first resource), and the first node may also use the collaborative resource (ie, the second resource)
  • the cooperation data that is, an example of the second data
  • the cooperation data may be data corresponding to other nodes
  • the self resources and the cooperation resources may be pre-configured resources.
  • the pre-configured resources respectively receive their own data and collaboration data on different resources, thereby preventing the first node from first listening to whether the channel is idle, and then delaying the transmission, and saving resources.
  • the first node may also be according to a certain rule (ie, an example of the first rule), the rule may be a decoding situation of the own data, and/or, the decoding of other node data, or the importance of the respective data. Degree, etc., collaboratively forward collaborative data on collaborative resources to improve the probability that other nodes can correctly receive their own data, further improving transmission performance.
  • a certain rule ie, an example of the first rule
  • the rule may be a decoding situation of the own data, and/or, the decoding of other node data, or the importance of the respective data.
  • Degree, etc. collaboratively forward collaborative data on collaborative resources to improve the probability that other nodes can correctly receive their own data, further improving transmission performance.
  • the method further comprises:
  • the first node If the first node receives the second feedback information indicating that the second data is successfully received, the first node stops sending the second data, and the second feedback information is in the second resource or the first The third resource is sent by the first resource and the second node.
  • the first node may determine its own cooperative behavior according to whether the collaboration data is successfully received by the collaboration node. For example, after the collaboration data is successfully received by the collaboration node, the first node may no longer cooperate to send the collaboration data. save resources.
  • the method further comprises:
  • the first node receives a first configuration, where the first configuration is used to indicate the first resource and the second resource.
  • the first node may receive configuration information indicating the self resource and the cooperation resource in advance.
  • the first configuration is further configured to indicate the third resource.
  • the configuration information received by the first node may further include configuration information for indicating a third resource, where the third resource may be a resource shared by some or all nodes.
  • the method further comprises:
  • the first node receives a second configuration, and the second configuration is used to indicate the first rule.
  • the first node may further receive related information about the first rule in advance, and the second configuration and the first configuration may be included in one configuration information.
  • the method further comprises:
  • the first node receives a third configuration, and the third configuration is used to indicate the second time period.
  • the first node may further receive a time period about when to change the transceiving state, and the third configuration, the second configuration, and the first configuration may be included in one configuration information.
  • the third configuration indicates the second time period by indicating one or more of the following:
  • the duration of the second period of time or,
  • the second time period is spaced from the time domain of the first time period
  • the type of time unit occupied by the second time period is the type of time unit occupied by the second time period.
  • the method further comprises:
  • the first node receives a fourth configuration, where the fourth configuration is used to indicate the first time period.
  • the fourth configuration indicates the first time period by indicating one or more of the following:
  • the duration of the first period of time or,
  • the type of time unit occupied by the first time period is the type of time unit occupied by the first time period.
  • a method for transmitting data comprising: receiving, by a first node, second data of the second node on a second resource allocated to a second node in a first time period; Transmitting, by the first node, the first data of the first node and the sending the second data on the second resource, on a first resource allocated to the first node, according to a first rule;
  • the first rule includes one or more of the following:
  • the M nodes include the second node, and M is a positive integer
  • the first node sends data corresponding to itself (that is, an example of the first data) by using its own resource (that is, an example of the first resource), and the first node may also use the collaborative resource (ie, the second resource).
  • the data is received/transmitted (that is, an example of the second data), wherein the cooperation data may be data corresponding to other nodes, and the self resources and the cooperation resources may be pre-configured resources.
  • the pre-configured resources respectively transmit their own data and collaboration data on different resources, thereby preventing the first node from first listening to whether the channel is idle, and then delaying the transmission, and saving resources.
  • the first node may also be according to a certain rule (ie, an example of the first rule), the rule may be a decoding situation of the own data, and/or, the decoding of other node data, or the importance of the respective data. Degree, etc., collaboratively forward collaborative data on collaborative resources to improve the probability that other nodes can correctly receive their own data, further improving transmission performance.
  • a certain rule ie, an example of the first rule
  • the rule may be a decoding situation of the own data, and/or, the decoding of other node data, or the importance of the respective data.
  • Degree, etc. collaboratively forward collaborative data on collaborative resources to improve the probability that other nodes can correctly receive their own data, further improving transmission performance.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first node If the first node receives the second feedback information indicating that the second data is successfully received, the first node stops sending the second data, and the second feedback information is in the second resource or the first The third resource is sent by the first resource and the second node.
  • the first node may determine its own cooperative behavior according to whether the collaboration data is successfully received by the collaboration node. For example, after the collaboration data is successfully received by the collaboration node, the first node may no longer cooperate to send the collaboration data. save resources.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first node receives a first configuration, where the first configuration is used to indicate the first resource and the second resource.
  • the first node may receive configuration information indicating the self resource and the cooperation resource in advance.
  • the first configuration is further configured to indicate the third resource.
  • the configuration information received by the first node may further include configuration information for indicating a third resource, where the third resource may be a resource shared by some or all nodes.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first node receives a second configuration, and the second configuration is used to indicate the first rule.
  • the first node may further receive related information about the first rule in advance, and the second configuration and the first configuration may be included in one configuration information.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first node receives a third configuration, and the third configuration is used to indicate the second time period.
  • the first node may further receive a time period about when to change the transceiving state, and the third configuration, the second configuration, and the first configuration may be included in one configuration information.
  • the third configuration indicates the second time period by indicating one or more of the following:
  • the duration of the second period of time or,
  • the second time period is spaced from the time domain of the first time period
  • the type of time unit occupied by the second time period is the type of time unit occupied by the second time period.
  • the method further includes:
  • the first node receives a fourth configuration, where the fourth configuration is used to indicate the first time period.
  • the fourth configuration indicates the first time period by indicating one or more of the following:
  • the duration of the first period of time or,
  • the type of time unit occupied by the first time period is the type of time unit occupied by the first time period.
  • a third aspect provides a method for transmitting data, the method comprising: the third node transmitting the first configuration to a first node, wherein the first configuration is used to indicate a first allocation to the first node a resource and a second resource allocated to the second node;
  • the third node sends the first data of the first node on the first resource and the second data of the second node on the second resource in a first time period;
  • the second resource is used by the first node to send second data in a second time period according to the first rule, where the first rule includes one or more of the following:
  • the first node receives data corresponding to itself (that is, an example of the first data) sent by the third node by using its own resource (that is, an example of the first resource), and the first node may also use the collaboration resource (ie, An example of the second resource receives the cooperation data (that is, an example of the second data), wherein the cooperation data may be data corresponding to other nodes, and the self resource and the cooperation resource may be pre-configured resources.
  • the pre-configured resources respectively receive their own data and collaboration data on different resources, thereby preventing the first node from first listening to whether the channel is idle, and then delaying the transmission, and saving resources.
  • the first node may also be according to a certain rule (ie, an example of the first rule), the rule may be a decoding situation of the own data, and/or, the decoding of other node data, or the importance of the respective data. Degree, etc., collaboratively forward collaborative data on collaborative resources to improve the probability that other nodes can correctly receive their own data, further improving transmission performance.
  • a certain rule ie, an example of the first rule
  • the rule may be a decoding situation of the own data, and/or, the decoding of other node data, or the importance of the respective data.
  • Degree, etc. collaboratively forward collaborative data on collaborative resources to improve the probability that other nodes can correctly receive their own data, further improving transmission performance.
  • the method further comprises:
  • the third node receives the second feedback information indicating that the second data is successfully received, stopping sending the second data in the first time period, where the second feedback information is in the second resource Or the third resource is sent by the third resource, and the third resource is a resource shared by the first node and the second node.
  • the first configuration is further configured to indicate the third resource.
  • the method further comprises:
  • the third node sends a second configuration to the first node, where the second configuration is used to indicate the first rule.
  • the method further comprises:
  • the third node sends a third configuration to the first node, where the third configuration is used to indicate the second time period.
  • the third configuration indicates the second time period by indicating one or more of the following:
  • the duration of the second period of time or,
  • the second time period is spaced from the time domain of the first time period
  • the type of time unit occupied by the second time period is the type of time unit occupied by the second time period.
  • the method further comprises:
  • the third node sends a fourth configuration to the first node, where the fourth configuration is used to indicate the first time period.
  • the fourth configuration indicates the first time period by indicating one or more of the following:
  • the duration of the first period of time or,
  • the type of time unit occupied by the first time period is the type of time unit occupied by the first time period.
  • a method of transmitting data comprising:
  • the third node sends the first configuration to the first node, where the first configuration is used to indicate a first resource allocated to the first node and a second resource allocated to the second node;
  • the second resource is used by the first node to send second data in a second time period according to the first rule, where the first rule includes one or more of the following:
  • the M nodes include the second node, and M is a positive integer
  • the first node sends the data corresponding to itself (that is, an example of the first data) by receiving the self resource (ie, an example of the first resource) sent by the third node, and the first node may also use the collaboration resource (That is, an example of the second resource receives/transmits the cooperation data (that is, an example of the second data), wherein the cooperation data may be data corresponding to other nodes, and the self resource and the cooperation resource may be pre-configured resources.
  • the pre-configured resources respectively transmit their own data and collaboration data on different resources, thereby preventing the first node from first listening to whether the channel is idle, and then delaying the transmission, and saving resources.
  • the first node may also be according to a certain rule (ie, an example of the first rule), the rule may be a decoding situation of the own data, and/or, the decoding of other node data, or the importance of the respective data. Degree, etc., collaboratively forward collaborative data on collaborative resources to improve the probability that other nodes can correctly receive their own data, further improving transmission performance.
  • a certain rule ie, an example of the first rule
  • the rule may be a decoding situation of the own data, and/or, the decoding of other node data, or the importance of the respective data.
  • Degree, etc. collaboratively forward collaborative data on collaborative resources to improve the probability that other nodes can correctly receive their own data, further improving transmission performance.
  • the method further includes:
  • the third node successfully receives the second data, sending second feedback information indicating that the second data is successfully received, where the second feedback information is used to indicate to stop sending the second data, where the The second feedback information is sent on the second resource or the third resource, where the third resource is a resource shared by the first node and the second node.
  • the first configuration is further configured to indicate the third resource.
  • the method further includes:
  • the third node sends a second configuration to the first node, where the second configuration is used to indicate the first rule.
  • the method further includes:
  • the third node sends a third configuration to the first node, where the third configuration is used to indicate the second time period.
  • the third configuration indicates the second time period by indicating one or more of the following:
  • the duration of the second period of time or,
  • the second time period is spaced from the time domain of the first time period
  • the type of time unit occupied by the second time period is the type of time unit occupied by the second time period.
  • the method further includes:
  • the third node sends a fourth configuration to the first node, where the fourth configuration is used to indicate the first time period.
  • the fourth configuration indicates the first time period by indicating one or more of the following:
  • the duration of the first period of time or,
  • the type of time unit occupied by the first time period is the type of time unit occupied by the first time period.
  • a fifth aspect provides a method for transmitting data, where the method includes: receiving, by a first node, first data by using a first frequency band, where a destination node of the first data is the first node; The second frequency band receives the second data, and the destination node of the second data is the second node.
  • the first node receives data corresponding to itself (that is, an example of the first data) through the own frequency band (ie, an example of the first frequency band), and the first node may also pass the cooperative frequency band (ie, the second frequency band)
  • the cooperation data ie, an example of the second data
  • the cooperation data may be data corresponding to other nodes
  • the self frequency band and the cooperation frequency band may be pre-configured resources.
  • the pre-configured resources respectively receive their own data and collaboration data on different resources, thereby preventing the first node from first listening to whether the channel is idle, and then delaying the transmission, and saving resources.
  • each node can exchange data through pre-configured resources within one task time, and thus can also shorten the delay.
  • the first node sends the second data to the second node by using the second frequency band.
  • the first node may also send the cooperation data to other nodes (ie, the second node is an example) through the cooperative frequency band, so that other nodes receive the respective data.
  • the first node sends the second data to the second node by using the second frequency band, including: the first node is determining When the first data is correctly decoded, the second data is sent to the second node by using the second frequency band; or the first node is sent by the second node for the second And transmitting, by the second frequency band, the second data to the second node; or the first node, when determining that the urgency of the second data meets a preset condition, The second frequency band sends the second data to the second node.
  • the first node is converted from the receiving state to the transmitting state, or the first node sending the collaboration data may be based on different triggering conditions.
  • the first node may decode the received data, and if the decoding is correct, the first node converts from the receiving state to the transmitting state, and then cooperatively transmits the cooperative data on the cooperative frequency band (ie, an example of the second data).
  • the first node receives the non-acknowledgment information sent by the other node, in order to ensure that the other nodes correctly receive the data required by the other node, the first node converts from the receiving state to the transmitting state, that is, sends the cooperation on the cooperative frequency band. data.
  • the method further includes: the first node sending, by using the first frequency band or a preset third frequency band, a confirmation for the first data And the information, so that the node that receives the confirmation information stops transmitting the first data according to the confirmation information.
  • the decoding result of the first data of the first node may be sent through a preset frequency band, or may be sent through its own frequency band, so that other nodes no longer send the first data in the next time period.
  • a sixth aspect provides a method for transmitting data, the method comprising: sending, by a third node, first data by using a first frequency band, where a destination node of the first data is a first node; The frequency band sends the second data, and the destination node of the second data is the second node.
  • the third node sends the first data corresponding to the first node by using the first frequency band, and the third node sends the second data corresponding to the second node by using the second frequency band, so that other nodes receive their own in the frequency band.
  • Data receiving collaborative data on a cooperating band. Data is sent on different resources through pre-configured resources, so that other nodes need to first listen to whether the channel is idle, and then delay the transmission, and save resources.
  • each node can exchange data through pre-configured resources within one task time, and thus can also shorten the delay.
  • the method further includes: the third node receiving, by using the first frequency band or a preset third frequency band, the first data a feedback information, and determining, according to the first feedback information, whether to stop sending the first data; and/or, the third node receiving, by the second frequency band or the third frequency band, for the second And feedback information of the data, and determining, according to the second feedback information, whether to stop sending the second data.
  • the third node may determine whether to convert the state of the frame format (ie, convert the transceiving state) by receiving feedback information of other nodes, or whether it is necessary to stop transmitting some data. Thereby, waste of resources can be avoided. For example, when the feedback information for the first data is the confirmation information, and the feedback information for the second data is the non-confirmation information, the third node may only send the second data, no longer send the first data, or may not send the information. The power of the resource is allocated to the sending resource according to certain rules.
  • the third node by using the first frequency band or the preset third frequency band, receives the first feedback information for the first data, including: Receiving, by the third node, the first frequency band or the preset third frequency band, after the first time, receiving first feedback information for the first data, where the first time is sent from the third node After the first data is subjected to a preset first time duration; and/or, the third node receives feedback information for the second data by using the second frequency band or the third frequency band,
  • the method includes: the third node passes the second frequency band or the third frequency band, and after the second time, receives second feedback information for the second data, where the second time is from the third node After the second data is sent, the time after the preset second duration is experienced.
  • the third node transitions from the transmitting state to the receiving state, which may be based on different triggering conditions. For example, after the third node continues to transmit for a certain period of time, it can be converted from the transmitting state to the receiving state, so that all other nodes can correctly receive the data.
  • a seventh aspect provides a method for transmitting data, the method comprising: a first node transmitting first data by using a first frequency band, where the first data is data generated by the first node;
  • the second frequency band receives the second data, the second data is data generated by the second node, or the destination node of the second data is the second node.
  • the first node sends data corresponding to itself (that is, an example of the first data) through the own frequency band (ie, an example of the first frequency band), and the first node may also pass the cooperative frequency band (ie, the second frequency band)
  • the cooperation data ie, an example of the second data
  • the cooperation data may be data corresponding to other nodes
  • the self frequency band and the cooperation frequency band may be pre-configured resources.
  • the pre-configured resources respectively send and receive their own data and collaboration data on different resources, thereby preventing the first node from first listening to whether the channel is idle, and then delaying the transmission.
  • each node can exchange data through pre-configured resources within one task time, thereby saving resources and shortening delay.
  • the receiving, by the first node, the second data by using the second frequency band includes: the first node receiving, by using the first frequency band, at a first time When the acknowledgment information for the first data is received, the first node receives the second data after the first time through the second frequency band; or the first node passes the second frequency band And, at a second moment, when receiving the non-acknowledgment information for the second data, the first node receives the second data after the second time interval by using the second frequency band.
  • the first node may convert from the sending state to the receiving state according to the confirmation information for the self data or according to the non-confirmation information for the cooperation data.
  • the first node sends the second data by using the second frequency band.
  • the first node may also send the cooperation data to other nodes (ie, the second node is an example) through the cooperative frequency band, so that other nodes receive the respective data.
  • the sending, by the first node, the second data by using the second frequency band that: the first node receives the second data When the information is not confirmed, the first node sends the second data by using the second frequency band; or, when the first node determines that the urgency of the second data meets a preset condition, the first node passes the The second data is transmitted in the second frequency band.
  • the first node is converted from the receiving state to the transmitting state, or the first node sending the collaboration data may be based on different triggering conditions. For example, when the first node receives the non-acknowledgment information sent by other nodes, in order to ensure that the other nodes correctly receive the data required by the other node, the first node converts from the receiving state to the transmitting state, that is, sends the cooperative data on the cooperative frequency band. . Alternatively, the first node may also cooperate to send the second data when determining that the second data is important.
  • the method further includes: the first node receiving, by using the first frequency band, acknowledge information for the first data, to facilitate the first The node stops transmitting the first data according to the confirmation information.
  • the first node may further receive the confirmation information of the first data by the other node by using the self-band, and the first node may stop sending the first data according to the confirmation information.
  • a method for transmitting data comprising: receiving, by a third node, first data by using a first frequency band, where the first data is data generated by a first node;
  • the frequency band receives the second data, and the second data is data generated by the second node.
  • the third node receives the first data corresponding to the first node by using the first frequency band, and the third node receives the second data corresponding to the second node by using the second frequency band.
  • other nodes can separately transmit their own data and cooperative data through pre-configured self-resources and cooperative resources, thereby avoiding delays caused by other nodes needing to first listen to whether the channel is idle and then transmitting. Can save resources.
  • each node can exchange data through pre-configured resources within one task time, and thus can also shorten the delay.
  • the method further includes: the method further includes: sending, by the third node, the first frequency band or a preset third frequency band Determining information of the first data, so that the node that receives the confirmation information stops transmitting the first data according to the confirmation information; and/or, the third node passes the second frequency band or a preset The third frequency band transmits acknowledgement information for the second data, so that the node that receives the acknowledgement information stops transmitting the second data according to the acknowledgement information.
  • the third node may send the acknowledgement information for the first data to other nodes, and/or the third node sends the acknowledgement information for the second data to other nodes, so that the other nodes no longer send the first information. Data and / or second data, thereby saving resources.
  • an apparatus for transmitting data having a function of implementing the first node in the method design of the first aspect, the second aspect, the fifth aspect, and the seventh aspect.
  • These functions can be implemented in hardware or in software by executing the corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more units corresponding to the functions described above.
  • an apparatus for transmitting data having a function of implementing a third node in the method design of the third aspect, the fourth aspect, the sixth aspect, and the eighth aspect.
  • These functions can be implemented in hardware or in software by executing the corresponding software.
  • the hardware or software includes one or more units corresponding to the functions described above.
  • an apparatus for transmitting data including a transceiver, a processor, and a memory.
  • the processor is configured to control a transceiver transceiver signal for storing a computer program, the processor for calling and running the computer program from the memory, such that the device transmitting the data performs the first aspect, the second aspect, and the fifth aspect Aspect, the seventh aspect, and the method of any one of the first aspect, the second aspect, the fifth aspect, and the seventh aspect.
  • an apparatus for transmitting data including a transceiver, a processor, and a memory.
  • the processor is configured to control a transceiver transceiver signal for storing a computer program, the processor for calling and running the computer program from the memory, such that the device for transmitting the data performs the third aspect, the fourth aspect, and the sixth Aspect, the eighth aspect, and the method of any one of the third aspect, the fourth aspect, the sixth aspect, and the eighth aspect.
  • an apparatus for transmitting data is provided, and the apparatus for transmitting data may be a child node in the above method design, or a chip disposed in the child node.
  • the apparatus for transmitting data includes a processor coupled to the memory and operable to execute instructions in the memory to implement the first aspect, the second aspect, the fifth aspect, the seventh aspect, and the first aspect, the second aspect, and the The method performed by the child node in any of the possible implementation manners of the fifth aspect and the seventh aspect.
  • the means for transmitting data further includes a memory.
  • the means for transmitting data further includes a communication interface, the processor being coupled to the communication interface.
  • an apparatus for transmitting data is provided, and the apparatus for transmitting data may be the master node in the method design described above, or a chip disposed in the master node.
  • the apparatus for transmitting data includes a processor coupled to the memory and operable to execute instructions in the memory to implement the third aspect, the fourth aspect, the sixth aspect, the eighth aspect, and the third aspect, the fourth aspect, and the The method performed by the master node in any of the possible implementations of the sixth aspect and the eighth aspect.
  • the means for transmitting data further includes a memory.
  • the means for transmitting data further includes a communication interface, the processor being coupled to the communication interface.
  • a computer program product comprising: computer program code, when the computer program code is run on a computer, causing the computer to perform the method of the above aspects.
  • a computer readable medium storing program code for causing a computer to perform the method of the above aspects when the computer program code is run on a computer.
  • a chip system comprising a processor for supporting a child node to implement the functions involved in the above aspects, for example, generating, receiving, transmitting, or processing data involved in the above method And / or information.
  • the chip system further includes a memory for storing program instructions and data necessary for the child nodes.
  • the chip system can be composed of chips, and can also include chips and other discrete devices.
  • a chip system comprising a processor for supporting a master node to implement functions involved in the above aspects, for example, generating, receiving, transmitting, or processing data involved in the foregoing method And / or information.
  • the chip system further includes a memory for storing necessary program instructions and data of the master node.
  • the chip system can be composed of chips, and can also include chips and other discrete devices.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic diagram of a system of a method for transmitting data applicable to an embodiment of the present application
  • 2 is a schematic diagram of the operation of an industrial wired EtherCAT bus
  • 3 is a schematic diagram of an unlicensed LBT coordinated transmission mode
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a method for transmitting data applicable to an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a resource unit applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a method for transmitting data applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic diagram of a method for transmitting data applicable to the first embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic diagram of a method for transmitting data applicable to a second embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 9 is another schematic diagram of a method of transmitting data applicable to the first embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a method of transmitting data applicable to a third embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is another schematic diagram of a method for transmitting data applicable to the second embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of a method for transmitting data applicable to a fourth embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 13 is another schematic diagram of a method of transmitting data applicable to the fourth embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic diagram of a method of transmitting data applicable to a fifth embodiment of the present application.
  • 15 is a schematic diagram of a method for transmitting data applicable to a sixth embodiment of the present application.
  • 16 is another schematic diagram of a method for transmitting data applicable to a sixth embodiment of the present application.
  • 17 is a schematic diagram of a method of transmitting data applicable to a seventh embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of a method of transmitting data applicable to a ninth embodiment of the present application.
  • 19 is a schematic diagram of a type of relative time suitable for frame format conversion in the embodiment of the present application.
  • 20 is a schematic diagram of types of absolute moments suitable for frame format conversion in the embodiment of the present application.
  • 21 is a schematic diagram of frame format conversion applicable to multiple child nodes in the embodiment of the present application.
  • 22 is a schematic diagram of a method of transmitting data applicable to a tenth embodiment of the present application.
  • 23 is a schematic diagram of a method of transmitting data applicable to an eleventh embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 24 is a schematic diagram of a method of transmitting data applicable to the twelfth embodiment of the present application.
  • 25 is a schematic diagram of a method of transmitting data applicable to a thirteenth embodiment of the present application.
  • 26 is a schematic diagram of a conventional frame structure suitable for use in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 27 is a schematic diagram of a self-contained frame structure applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
  • 29 is a schematic diagram of a method of transmitting data applicable to the fifteenth embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 30 is a schematic diagram of a method of transmitting data applicable to the sixteenth embodiment of the present application.
  • 31 is a schematic diagram of a type of relative time suitable for frame format conversion of the thirteenth embodiment of the present application.
  • 32 is a schematic diagram of a type of absolute time suitable for frame format conversion of the thirteenth embodiment of the present application.
  • 33 is a schematic diagram of a type of frame format conversion applicable to a plurality of child nodes of the thirteenth embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 34 is a schematic diagram of a method of transmitting data applicable to the seventeenth embodiment of the present application.
  • 35 is a schematic diagram of an apparatus for transmitting data applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
  • 36 is a schematic diagram of an apparatus for transmitting data applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
  • 37 is a schematic diagram of an apparatus for transmitting data applicable to another embodiment of the present application.
  • system 100 is a schematic diagram of a system 100 for transmitting data suitable for use in embodiments of the present application.
  • the system 100 includes at least one master node and at least one slave node (Slave).
  • system 100 can include a primary node 110, a first child node 120, a second child node 130, and a third child node 140.
  • the interaction between the master node and the child nodes can be achieved by transmitting data.
  • the master node and the child node may be a network device and a network device, or a network device and a terminal device, or a terminal device and a terminal device.
  • the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application may refer to a user equipment, an access terminal, a subscriber unit, a subscriber station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a mobile device, a user terminal, a terminal, a wireless communication device, a user agent, or User device.
  • the terminal device may also be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) phone, a Wireless Local Loop (WLL) station, a Personal Digital Assistant (PDA), with wireless communication.
  • SIP Session Initiation Protocol
  • WLL Wireless Local Loop
  • PDA Personal Digital Assistant
  • the network device in the embodiment of the present application may be a device for communicating with the terminal device, and the network device may be a Global System of Mobile communication (GSM) system or Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA).
  • Base Transceiver Station which may also be a base station (NodeB, NB) in a Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA) system, or an evolved base station in an LTE system (Evolutional The NodeB, eNB or eNodeB) may also be a wireless controller in a Cloud Radio Access Network (CRAN) scenario, or the network device may be a relay station, an access point, an in-vehicle device, a wearable device, and a future.
  • the network device in the 5G network or the network device in the PLMN network in the future is not limited in this embodiment.
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • 5G fifth-generation mobile communication
  • the International Telecommunication Union defines three types of services in the 5G expectation and requirements, namely Enhanced Mobile BroadBand (eMBB) and Ultra-Reliable Low (Ultra-Reliable Low). Latency Communication, URLLC) and massive machine type of communication (mMTC).
  • the eMBB service mainly includes ultra-high definition video, Augmented Reality (AR), and Virtual Reality (VR).
  • the main features are large transmission data and high transmission rate.
  • the URLLC service is mainly used for industrial control, driverless, etc. in the Internet of Things.
  • the main features are ultra-high reliability, low latency, low transmission data and burstiness.
  • the mMTC service is mainly used for smart grids and smart cities in the Internet of Things.
  • the main features are the connection of mass devices, the small amount of data transmitted, and the delay of tolerating for a long time.
  • This mode is to decompose a task (original task) into several semantically equivalent subtasks, and these tasks are executed in parallel by a special worker thread.
  • the result of the original task is formed by integrating the processing results of each subtask.
  • one controller controls a plurality of terminals (ie, an example of a Slave), and the controller and the plurality of terminals generally adopt a serial connection topology manner in a task time unit (cycletime).
  • the controller will make all the data of the terminal into a large package, and use the data train mode to serially access each terminal in a certain order.
  • a terminal receives the data packet, it will parse its corresponding data.
  • the data that needs to be fed back is placed in the data packet, and when the entire data packet (data train) finally returns to the controller, the data interaction within one task time unit is completed.
  • D2D device-to-device
  • the terminal uses a Listen-before-Talk (LBT) method. That is, before the terminal sends data, it needs to listen to whether other terminals are transmitting data, and initiate data when it is determined that the channel is idle.
  • LBT Listen-before-Talk
  • the operations of receiving/transmitting each transmission time interval (TTI) of each terminal are semi-statically configured to perform cooperative forwarding between terminals.
  • the third method is to semi-statically configure the listening and sending status of each terminal. All terminals still use the time-division method for cooperative transmission, so the delay is large and the resource utilization is not high.
  • each terminal in the third mode can only listen to or send data of one terminal at the same time, and cannot transmit its own and collaborative data at the same time, so the spectrum utilization rate is also low.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a method for transmitting data applicable to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the receiving end includes two types of channel types: a data channel and a control channel.
  • the user data is used to receive the command data of the user from the configured common resource; and the command data and/or the feedback data of the cooperative user are received by using the cooperative resource.
  • the receiving end can use the user resource to send feedback data for the command data from the configured common resource.
  • the transmitting end may also decode the feedback data. If the decoding fails, the transmitting end may send control data for the feedback data, for example, may send unconfirmed (Non-Acknowledgement , NACK) information. If the receiving end receives the NACK information, the receiving end retransmits the feedback data of the user, so that the transmitting end can correctly decode.
  • the receiving end may also use the cooperative resource to receive feedback information of other cooperative receiving ends, and determine the receiving and transmitting state of the receiving end according to the feedback information.
  • the data sent from the sending end (or the master node Master) to the receiving end (or the child node master) is represented by the command data
  • the data sent from the receiving end to the sending end is represented by the feedback data.
  • the control data is used to indicate the data sent by the transmitting end to the receiving end for the feedback data.
  • the command data and the feedback data may both be data signals, only the corresponding transmission directions are different, and there is no necessary sequence.
  • Control data such as ACK/NACK, is control information indicating whether the command data or feedback data is decoded correctly.
  • the receiving end transmits and receives control data from the configured common resources.
  • FIG. 4 is only an exemplary illustration, and the method for transmitting data in the embodiment of the present application is specifically described in the following embodiments.
  • GSM Global System of Mobile communication
  • CDMA Code Division Multiple Access
  • WCDMA Wideband Code Division Multiple Access
  • GPRS General Packet Radio Service
  • LTE Long Term Evolution
  • FDD Frequency Division Duplex
  • TDD Time Division Duplex
  • UMTS Universal Mobile Telecommunication System
  • WiMAX Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access
  • FIG. 1 is merely illustrative and should not be construed as limiting the application.
  • the number of the primary node and the child nodes and the manner of deployment are not particularly limited in this application.
  • FIG. 1 is only one possible application scenario of the embodiment of the present application, and should not be construed as limiting the present application.
  • the minimum scheduling time unit refers to the resource granularity in the time domain.
  • a time unit (also referred to as a time domain unit) may be, but is not limited to, a symbol, or a mini-slot, or a slot, or a subframe, or a Frame.
  • the duration of one subframe in the time domain may be 1 millisecond (ms)
  • one slot is composed of 7 or 14 symbols
  • one mini slot may include at least one symbol (for example, 2 symbols or 4 symbols) Symbol or 7 symbols or 14 symbols, or any number of symbols less than or equal to 14 symbols).
  • the symbol refers to the smallest unit of time domain resources.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the length of time of one symbol.
  • the length of one symbol can vary for different subcarrier spacing.
  • the symbols may include uplink symbols and downlink symbols.
  • the uplink symbols may be referred to as Single Carrier-Frequency Division Multiple Access (SC-FDMA) symbols or Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access (Orthogonal).
  • Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbols; downlink symbols may be referred to as OFDM symbols, for example.
  • the symbol may be another example of the resource unit.
  • the cycle time may refer to the time required to complete a complete interaction.
  • a plurality of small time units can be included in one cycle time.
  • the embodiment of the present application is described by taking a task time unit as an example. It should be understood that the present application does not limit one task time unit.
  • a resource unit that can be used as a unit of measure for resources that are occupied by resources in the time domain, frequency domain, or time-frequency domain.
  • the resource unit may represent the resource granularity in the frequency domain, as shown in FIG. 5.
  • the resource unit may be, but not limited to, a resource block (RB), a resource block group (RBG), a physical resource block (PRB), a virtual resource block (VRB), a resource.
  • RB resource block
  • RBG resource block group
  • PRB physical resource block
  • VRB virtual resource block
  • a resource Resource Element, RE
  • subcarrier a subcarrier
  • subband and the like.
  • a Resource Element can also be called a resource element.
  • One symbol can be corresponding to the time domain, and one subcarrier can be corresponding to the frequency domain.
  • the RE may be an example of a resource unit.
  • N RB occupies N RB consecutive subcarriers in the frequency domain.
  • N RB is a positive integer.
  • N RB can be equal to 12.
  • the RB may be defined only from the frequency domain resource, that is, the number of time domain resources occupied by the RB in the time domain is not limited.
  • the RB may be another example of the resource unit.
  • the “protocol” may refer to a standard protocol in the communication field, and may include, for example, the LTE protocol, the NR protocol, and related protocols used in a future communication system, which is not limited in this application.
  • pre-definition may be implemented by pre-storing corresponding codes, tables, or other manners that can be used to indicate related information in a device (for example, including a terminal device and a network device).
  • a device for example, including a terminal device and a network device.
  • pre-definition can be defined in the protocol.
  • the first, second, third, etc. are only for facilitating the distinction between different objects, for example, distinguishing different slaves, different data, etc., and should not constitute any limitation to the present application, for example, the first data.
  • the command data may be included as well as the feedback data; or the first data may include data of at least two nodes.
  • the method of transmitting data provided by the present application is applicable to a communication system, such as system 100 shown in FIG.
  • the present application can be applied to an application scenario that requires high reliability and low latency, and is not limited to industrial motion control, robot cooperation scenarios, and can also be used in other typical terminal cooperation, wireless mesh network (Mesh) and the like.
  • the present application can be used in various combinations of Master and Slaves, network devices and terminal devices, network devices and network devices, terminal devices, and terminal devices.
  • the master node in the embodiment of the present application can communicate with one or more child nodes at the same time.
  • the master node ie, an example of the third node
  • the master node 110 in FIG. 1 may correspond to the master node 110 in FIG. 1 .
  • the child nodes ie, an example of the first node in the embodiment may correspond to any one or more of the child node 120, the child node 130, and the child node 140 in FIG.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a method 200 of transmitting data provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown, the method 200 shown in FIG. 6 can include steps 210, 220.
  • the first node receives the first data by using the first frequency band, where the destination node of the first data is the first node.
  • the first node receives the second data by using the second frequency band, and the destination node of the second data is the second node.
  • the first child node (ie, an instance of the slave or the first node) and the master node (ie, an instance of the master) or the second child node (ie, an instance of the second node) transmit data through pre-configured Public resources for data transmission.
  • the common resource parameter (that is, an example of the configuration parameter) may be configured by the master node, or may be configured by other network devices, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the first node receives the first data of the first node on a first resource allocated to the first node in a first time period, and receives the first data on a second resource allocated to a second node The second data of the two nodes; the first node sends the second data on the second resource in a second time period according to the first rule; wherein the first rule includes one or more of the following: Sending the second data if the first data is successfully received or decoded correctly, and sending the second data if receiving the first feedback information indicating that the second data is failed to be received; if the current time period is Transmitting the second data in the second time period; and sending the second data if the urgency of the second data meets an emergency condition.
  • the transmission mentioned in the embodiment of the present application may refer to data transmission from a primary node to a child node, data transmission from a child node to a primary node, or may refer to a child node to a child node.
  • the data transmission is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the first rule mentioned in the embodiment of the present application can be understood as a condition that triggers a node to switch from a receiving state to a transmitting state, and/or a condition that changes from a transmitting state to a receiving state.
  • the first resource allocated to the first node mentioned in the embodiment of the present application may be understood as a resource used by the first node to receive/transmit its own data (ie, an example of the first data);
  • the second resource allocated to the second node mentioned in the embodiment of the present application can be understood as a resource used by the second node to receive/transmit its own data (ie, an example of the second data).
  • the first resource may also serve as a cooperative resource of the second node, where the second node receives/transmits the first data, or receives/transmits collaboration data other than the self data (ie, data of other nodes).
  • the second resource may also serve as a cooperative resource of the first node, for the first node to receive/send the second data, or to receive/transmit collaborative data other than the own data (ie, data of other nodes).
  • Radio Resource Control semi-static message
  • MAC Media Access Control
  • MAC Media Access Control
  • MAC Media Access Control
  • MAC Media Access Control
  • MAC User level of a physical layer
  • common control information such as an L1 message or a Common L1
  • MAC Media Access Control
  • the common resource parameter may include at least one of the following: time-frequency resource, rate matching and mapping mode, redundancy (RV) version, scrambling code, modulation mode, frame format, frequency hopping pattern, precoding (Precoding) ) Matrix, Hybrid Automatic Repeat ReQuest (HARQ) process, Reference Signal (RS) sequence, Orthogonal Cover Code (OCC) sequence, Non-orthogonal multiple access (Non) - Orthogonal Multiple Access (NOMA) Sequence, Waveform, and Subsequence Control System (SCS).
  • the time-frequency resource, the rate matching, the RE mapping mode, the scrambling code, and the modulation mode are the most basic scheduling information, and the overhead of the dedicated L1 scheduling signaling can be eliminated by the semi-static configuration.
  • a time-frequency resource for transmitting data is configured for the master node and the child node, and the time-frequency resource includes a time domain resource and a frequency domain resource.
  • the cooperative behavior that is, for a group of child nodes, cooperatively participates in data transmission of at least one target child node, or jointly receives data sent by at least one target child node.
  • Collaborative behavior includes the behavior of each target child node cooperating with other child nodes to receive and/or transmit signals, as well as the behavior of receiving and/or transmitting frame format conversions.
  • the frame format includes a sending frame, a receiving frame, a sending dominant frame, and a listening dominant frame.
  • the default initial frame structure form will be configured, and subsequent changes will be made dynamically according to the collaborative behavior.
  • the configuration of the RV version, the hopping pattern, and the Precoding matrix can enable the Slave coding diversity, channel diversity, frequency domain diversity, and multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) diversity to further improve the receiving performance. .
  • MIMO multiple-input multiple-output
  • the HARQ process can be configured to configure the HARQ process with different receiving data and sending data for each sub-node, or configure the same HARQ process.
  • the RS sequence and the OCC sequence define sequence characteristics of various RS sequences, such as a channel-state information reference signal (CSI-RS) and a demodulation reference signal (DM-RS). Phase-tracking reference signals (PT-RS), TRS, etc. RS can coexist with data in a rate matching manner, or it can directly punch data.
  • CSI-RS channel-state information reference signal
  • DM-RS demodulation reference signal
  • PT-RS Phase-tracking reference signals
  • TRS can directly punch data.
  • the NOMA sequence defines that multiple child nodes can share the same or part of time-frequency resources in an OCC orthogonal manner or a NOMA non-orthogonal multiple access manner, thereby increasing the number of access users.
  • the waveform may be Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM), Single-Carrier Frequency-Division Multiple Access (SC-FDM), or the like.
  • the SCS can correspond to different subcarrier widths, such as 15 kHz/30 kHz/60 kHz.
  • the first configuration mentioned in the embodiment of the present application may be understood as a configuration related to resources for transmitting and receiving self data and/or cooperation data.
  • the second configuration mentioned in the embodiment of the present application can be understood as a configuration related to a frame format, a condition of a frame format conversion, an opportunity, a cooperative behavior, and the like.
  • the third configuration and the fourth configuration mentioned in the embodiments of the present application can be understood as time information of a frame format of a node in a certain state, or time information related to a frame format conversion.
  • the time information may include at least one of the following: a starting position of the time period, a duration of the time period, a time domain pattern of the time period, and a conversion from the receiving state (transmission state) to the transmitting state (reception state). Time interval, time unit type, etc.
  • first configuration, the second configuration, the third configuration, and the fourth configuration may be included in the common resource parameters described above.
  • the first configuration, the second configuration, the third configuration, and the fourth configuration may be separately sent to each node, or may be included in one message and sent to each node.
  • the first node can receive data and the first node can also send data.
  • the embodiments of the present application are not limited to uplink or downlink transmission or SideLink transmission or Device-to-Device (D2D) transmission.
  • the first data can be understood as: data of the first node; or, the first data can be understood as: the destination node of the first data is the first child node. That is, the first data may be data corresponding to the first child node sent by the master node.
  • the first frequency band may be a resource used by the first child node to receive its own data.
  • the first node receives the second data through the second frequency band, and the destination node of the second data is the second node. That is, the second data may be data corresponding to the second child node sent by the master node.
  • the first child node can receive data corresponding to other child nodes through the second frequency band, and can also cooperatively forward the data.
  • the first rule can be understood as: triggering the condition that the first node changes the sending and receiving state.
  • the first node changes the transceiving state according to the decoding condition of its own data. For example, if the reception is successful or the decoding is correct, it is converted from the receiving state to the transmitting state.
  • the second data is sent.
  • the transceiving state is changed according to the decoding status of the respective data by other nodes. For example, when other nodes have correctly received the respective data, the first node does not need to cooperate to forward the cooperation data; for example, when other nodes do not all correctly receive the respective data, or all of them do not correctly receive the respective data, the first The node can convert from the receiving state to the transmitting state and cooperatively forward the cooperative data to improve the probability that the cooperative node receives the respective data.
  • the second data is sent.
  • the second data is sent.
  • the emergency condition may be preset or determined on a case-by-case basis.
  • the emergency condition may include: when the transmitted data includes warning information (for example, commercial mobile alert system (CMAS) information), determining that the urgency of the data meets the emergency condition; or the emergency condition may include: When the data is data with high latency requirements, it is determined that the urgency of the data meets the emergency condition.
  • the first node can cooperatively forward the second data.
  • the first rule mentioned in the present application includes one or more items, and it can be understood that the first rule may include one or more of all possible ways listed.
  • the four possible ways listed above are exemplified for example.
  • the first rule may include any one of the possible modes listed above, for example, may include the first possible manner, the second possible manner, the third possible manner, or the fourth possibility The way.
  • the first rule may include some of the possible ways listed above.
  • the first rule may include: a first possible way and a second possible way, or a first possible way and a third possible way, or the first possible way and the fourth Possible way, or, the second possible way and the third possible way, or the second possible way and the fourth possible way, or the third possible way and the fourth possible the way.
  • the first rule may include: a first possible mode, a second possible mode, and a third possible mode, or the first possible mode, the second possible mode, and the fourth Possible way, or, the first possible way, the third possible way, and the fourth possible way, or the second possible way, the third possible way, and the fourth possibility The way.
  • the first rule may include all of the possible ways listed above, that is, the first rule may include: a first possible way, a second possible way, a third possible way, and a fourth possibility The way.
  • first”, “second”, “third”, and “fourth” are only for distinguishing different objects, and do not constitute any limitation to the present application.
  • first possible way and the second possible way are merely to indicate two different possible ways.
  • a process in which a master (that is, an example of a master node) transmits data to a slave (that is, an example of a child node or a first node) will be described as an example.
  • the Master is simply referred to as M
  • the Slave is simply referred to as S
  • S1, S2, and S3 respectively represent different child nodes.
  • the data transmitted between the Master and the Slave includes at least the following two methods.
  • the joint coding may refer to sending and receiving command data of all or a part of the child nodes as a data packet, where the data packet may be jointly coded by command data of all or a part of the child nodes. It can also be just a joint rate match.
  • the Joint Coded Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) can be performed only on the overall data, or each sub-node can still maintain its own independent CRC.
  • the coding may be a variety of feasible coding modes such as a Low Density Parity Check Code (LDPC), a Turbo, and a Polarization.
  • LDPC Low Density Parity Check Code
  • Turbo Turbo
  • Polarization Polarization
  • FIG. 7 shows a schematic diagram of joint coding when a primary node transmits data to a child node.
  • the data transmitted between M and S includes: command data (command, C) and feedback data (denoted as R). That is, the self data of S1 (that is, the data corresponding to S1) is recorded as C1, R1, and S2's own data (that is, the data corresponding to S2) is recorded as C2, R2, and S3's own data (that is, the data corresponding to S3).
  • command data command, C
  • R feedback data
  • the self data of S1 that is, the data corresponding to S1
  • S2's own data that is, the data corresponding to S2
  • S3's own data that is, the data corresponding to S3.
  • first data may include C1 and/or R1 and the second data may include C2 and/or R2.
  • R1 can also be called feedback data of C1
  • R2 can also be called feedback data of C2.
  • time unit in the embodiment of the present application may also be referred to as a duration or a time interval or a time period or a time. That is, one cycle time includes a plurality of durations or time intervals or time periods or moments.
  • M is always in the transmission state in one cycle time, that is, the data packets including C1, C2, and C3 are always sent.
  • the data packet may also include feedback data R1, R2, and R3.
  • S1 receives the packet in the first time unit. If S1 decodes C1 correctly, then S1 may no longer receive the data packet in a later time unit, but cooperatively forward the data packet.
  • S2 receives the packet in the first time unit, but the decoding fails, then S2 still receives the packet in the second time unit. If S2 is correctly decoded for C2 in the second time unit, then S2 does not receive the data packet in the third time unit, but cooperatively forwards the data packet.
  • S3 In the first two time units, S3 receives the data packet, and the decoding fails, then S3 still receives the data packet in the third time unit. If, in the third time unit, S3 correctly decodes the received C3, then in the following time unit, S3 does not need to receive the data packet again, but cooperatively transmits the data packet.
  • T is used to indicate Transmit
  • R is used to indicate reception. After receiving the data of the own node, and the decoding is correct, the child node can no longer receive its own data, but cooperatively send the data of other child nodes.
  • Non-joint coding may refer to different resources configured by different sub-nodes, for example, different time-frequency resources, different orthogonal resources, different NOMA resources, and the like.
  • the correct child node S it is no longer possible to receive/send its own data, but only the collaborative data (ie, the data of other child nodes).
  • Figure 8 shows a schematic diagram of non-co-encoding when the primary node sends data to the child node.
  • Fig. 8 there is one master node M and three child nodes S1, S2, S3.
  • One cycle time is 1ms, and there are eight time units in one cycle time.
  • M is always in the transmitting state in one cycle time, that is, data C1, C2, C3 is always transmitted.
  • M can also send feedback data R1, R2, R3.
  • S1 receives C1, C2, C3 from M in the first time unit. If S1 decodes C1 correctly, then S1 may no longer receive data C1 in subsequent time units, but cooperatively forward data of other child nodes, namely C2 and C3.
  • S2 receives C1, C2, C3 from M in the first time unit. Assuming that S2 fails to decode C2, then S2 still receives data C2 in the second time unit. Specifically, S2 receives C1, C2, C3 from M, and C2 and C3 from S1 in the second time unit. If S2 is correctly decoded in C2 in the second time unit, S2 does not receive data in the third time unit, but cooperatively forwards data of other child nodes, that is, S2 cooperatively forwards C1 and C3.
  • S3 receives C1, C2, C3 from M in the first time unit, but fails to decode C3, then S3 still receives data C3 in the second time unit. Specifically, S3 receives C1, C2, C3 from M, and C2 and C3 from S1 in the second time unit. If S3 is still in error in C3 decoding in the second time unit, then S3 still receives data C3 in the third time unit. Specifically, S3 receives C1, C2, C3 from M, and C2 and C3 from S1, and C1 and C3 from S2 in the third time unit. If S3 is correctly decoded in C3 in the third time unit, S3 no longer receives the data, but cooperatively forwards the data of other child nodes, namely C1 and C2.
  • the child nodes may be grouped first, the data corresponding to one group of nodes is jointly coded, and the data corresponding to the other group of nodes is non-joined.
  • common resource parameters are pre-configured, that is, semi-statically configured common resource parameters.
  • the common resource parameters are semi-statically configured for M, S1, S2, and S3.
  • the common resource may include the resource of S1, the resource of S2, and the resource of S3.
  • the resource of S1 refers to the resource used when transmitting S1 own data
  • the resource of S2 refers to the resource used when S1 transmits the data corresponding to S2 (that is, the data corresponding to S2)
  • the resource of S3 refers to , S1 uses the resources used when transmitting data corresponding to S3.
  • the common resources include the resources of S1, the resources of S2, and the resources of S3.
  • the common resources include the resources of S1, the resources of S2, and the resources of S3.
  • the common resources include the resources of S1, the resources of S2, and the resources of S3.
  • the common resources include the resources of S1, the resources of S2, and the resources of S3.
  • Time-frequency resources are semi-statically configured for M, S1, S2, and S3.
  • S1 receives the time-frequency resource sizes F1 and T of its own data each time, and the time-frequency resource sizes F2/F3 and T that are cooperatively transmitted and received.
  • the time-frequency resource size of the S1 receiving the data itself is F1 and T
  • the time-frequency resource size of the cooperative transmitting and receiving S2 is F2 and T
  • the time-frequency resource size of the cooperative transmitting and receiving S3 is F3 and T.
  • S2 receives the time-frequency resource sizes F2 and T of its own data each time, and the time-frequency resource sizes F1/F3 and T that are cooperatively transmitted and received.
  • the time-frequency resource size of the S2 receiving its own data is F2 and T
  • the time-frequency resource size of the cooperative transmitting and receiving S1 is F1 and T
  • the time-frequency resource size of the cooperative transmitting and receiving S3 is F3 and T.
  • S3 receives the time-frequency resource sizes F3 and T of its own data each time, and the time-frequency resource sizes F2/F1 and T that are cooperatively transmitted and received.
  • the time-frequency resource size of the S3 receiving the data itself is F3 and T
  • the time-frequency resource size of the cooperative transmitting and receiving S2 is F2 and T
  • the time-frequency resource size of the cooperative transmitting and receiving S1 is F1 and T.
  • the M transmits and receives the time-frequency resource sizes F1 and T of the data corresponding to S1, and transmits and receives the time-frequency resource sizes F2 and T of the data corresponding to S2, and transmits and receives the time-frequency resource sizes F3 and T of the data corresponding to S3.
  • the M transmits and receives the data corresponding to S1, the data corresponding to S2, and the data corresponding to S3, and the time-frequency resources may all be the same or partially the same.
  • FIG. 9 illustrates the process of data transmission in the first four time units by M, S1, and S2.
  • the C1 and C2 non-coupling coding will be described as an example.
  • the first node receives a first configuration, where the first configuration is used to indicate the first resource and the second resource.
  • the common resource parameters ie, an example of the first configuration
  • the configured common resource parameters include the resources of S1 and the resources of S2, and vice versa for S2 and M.
  • the first configuration can be understood as a resource for instructing each node to send and receive its own data and collaboration data.
  • Each time S1 receives the time-frequency resource sizes F1 and T of its own data, and cooperatively transmits and receives time-frequency resource sizes F2 and T.
  • Each time S2 receives the time-frequency resource sizes F2 and T of its own data, the time-frequency resource sizes F1 and T that are cooperatively transmitted and received.
  • each user in the configured resource may have more than one resource, for example, the frequency domain resource of the S2 cooperative receiving S1 is F1, but the frequency of the S1 is cooperatively transmitted.
  • the domain resource is F3, and as long as these resources are configured to be public, there is no comprehension bias.
  • M transmits data C1, C2 on different frequency domain resources F1 and F2.
  • the S1 public resource F1 receives C1 and the public resource F2 receives C2.
  • S2 receives C1 on the common resource F1 and C2 on the common resource F2.
  • the first node receives a fourth configuration, where the fourth configuration is used to indicate the first time period.
  • the fourth configuration indicates the first time period by indicating one or more of: a starting position of the first time period, a duration of the first time period, the first The time domain pattern of the time period, and the time unit type occupied by the first time period.
  • the information of the time period in which the data is received may be configured in advance for the child node.
  • the child node may be instructed to receive data at a certain starting location and/or for a predetermined period of time.
  • the first node receives a second configuration, where the second configuration is used to indicate the first rule.
  • the semi-static configuration cooperation behavior ie, an example of the second configuration.
  • Collaboration behavior can include changes in frame format, collaborative reception and/or collaborative delivery, and the like.
  • the frame format includes two states, a receiving state and a transmitting state. In the embodiment of the present application, at least one of the following collaborative actions is included.
  • the master node When the master node is in the transmit state, it sends data to the child node according to the configured common resource parameters.
  • the child node When receiving the state, the child node receives its own data co-sent from the master node and/or other child nodes according to the configured common resource parameters, and cooperatively receives the master node and/or other children on other common resources.
  • the data corresponding to other child nodes sent by the node is not limited to the configured common resource parameters.
  • the child node When the child node is in the transmit state, it does not send data on its own resources according to the configured common resource parameters, and cooperatively transmits command data of other child nodes on other common resources.
  • the power of the non-transmitted resource may be allocated to the sending resource according to a certain rule.
  • the first node receives the third configuration
  • the third configuration is used to indicate the second time period. That is, for the master node, it can be configured to be in the transmit state at the beginning, and after a predetermined time (ie, an example of the second time period), it is converted to the receive state.
  • the second time period of the indication may be at least one of: a starting position of the second time period, a duration of the second time period, a time domain pattern of the second time period, the first a time domain interval between the second time period and the first time period, and a time unit type occupied by the second time period).
  • the initial configuration of the frame format of M is a transmission state
  • the frame format of S is initially configured as a reception state.
  • S1 decodes C1 correctly during the T1 period, and then, in the T2 period, S1 is switched from the receiving state to the transmitting state. After S1 is switched from the receiving state to the transmitting state, in the following period, it is possible to not receive its own data on F1, but to jointly transmit C2 on F2.
  • S2 it is assumed that in the T1 period, S2 decodes the C2 error and remains in the receive state during the T2 period. And, S2 receives data from M and S1 in the T2 period.
  • the child node determines the state of the frame format to be converted at a given time.
  • the given time can be after multiple Ts.
  • C2 is transmitted to S2 through F2.
  • the child node may be forwarded from the receiving state to the transmitting state according to the importance degree of the data corresponding to the other child nodes, that is, the data corresponding to the other child nodes are cooperatively transmitted.
  • S1 terminates receiving/transmitting data on F1 and cooperatively transmits C2 on F2.
  • S2 receives C2 from M and S1 transmissions on F2. Assuming S2 decodes C2 correctly, S2 transitions from the receive state to the transmit state during the T3 period.
  • S1 may directly forward the C2 data that is co-sent, or may decode, re-encode, and forward.
  • S1 or S2 decodes its own data correctly, it can continue to receive data from M or other child nodes, and cooperatively forward the received data.
  • the configured common resource parameters may further include: a rate matching and mapping mode, an RV version, and a modulation mode.
  • a resource mapping manner of sending data of each child node on respective time-frequency resources is determined.
  • the rate matching method is to completely fill the data of any transport block size within a given time-frequency resource.
  • the mapping mode may be first frequency domain re-time domain mapping, or first time domain re-frequency domain mapping.
  • the configured common resource parameters further include: other basic parameters, such as a HARQ process, an RS sequence, a waveform, a subcarrier width, and the like.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a method of transmitting data according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • the first configuration is further used to indicate the third resource. That is, when the common resource is configured, the common control channel resource parameter (that is, an example of the third resource) may be additionally configured, including the time-frequency resource, sequence, and the like of the S-feedback ACK/NACK.
  • the target child node sends ACK information/NACK information to the other child nodes and/or the primary node according to the decoding result of the target child node to the own data, where the ACK information/NACK information is used for the other child nodes and / or whether the master node continues to send data of the target child node.
  • the child node feeds back ACK information on a given time-frequency resource, and the ACK information is received by the master node and the child node that is cooperatively transmitted, thereby terminating the sending of the master node and the cooperatively sent child node.
  • the command data corresponding to the child node Thereby unnecessary transmission can be avoided, further saving resources.
  • S1 decodes C1 correctly, thereby transmitting ACK information, and M and S2 receive the ACK information. In the following time unit, M and S2 do not need to send C1 again.
  • the NACK information is fed back at a given moment and the resource, and the NACK information is received by the primary node and the cooperatively sent child node, thereby triggering the primary node and the cooperatively sent child node to send the target.
  • the command data of the child node, the number of consecutive transmissions triggered is K1, where K1 ⁇ 1.
  • the feedback message can trigger a state change in the frame format. That is, according to the decoding result of the target child node to its own data, the target child node sends ACK information/NACK information to other child nodes and/or the master node, and the ACK information/NACK information is used for the other child nodes and/or The master node determines the state of the frame format.
  • the ACK information is fed back at a given time and resource, and the ACK information is received by the cooperatively sent child node, and the cooperative child node is triggered to be converted from the transmitting state to the receiving state.
  • the NACK information is fed back at a given moment and the resource, and the NACK information is received by the cooperatively sent child node, and the cooperative child node is triggered to be converted from the receiving state to the transmitting state.
  • the feedback ACK/NACK information may carry indication information at the same time, indicating which cooperative child nodes and/or the master node perform cooperative transmission or no cooperative transmission.
  • indication information may also be indicated.
  • FIG. 11 illustrates an example of the process of data transmission in the first four time units by M, S1, and S2, and the process is specifically described.
  • the joint coding is performed using C1 and C2 data as an example.
  • the common resource parameters are configured in advance for M, S1, and S2.
  • the configured common resource parameters include the resources of S1 and the resources of S2, and vice versa for S2 and M.
  • time-frequency resources are configured for M, S1, and S2.
  • One possible way is to configure the same common resource parameters for all the child nodes, such as configuring the frequency domain F1+F2 for S1 and S2, and the time domain T as the time-frequency resource of the jointly encoded data packet of one transmission.
  • another possible way is to group all the child nodes, and each group of the nodes performs joint coding, for example, configuring the frequency domain F1 for S1/S3, and the time domain T as the time-frequency of the jointly encoded data packet of one transmission.
  • Resource configure frequency domain F2 for S2/S4, time domain T as the time-frequency resource of the jointly encoded data packet of one transmission.
  • the resources of each user in the configured resources may be more than one, for example, the frequency domain resource of the S2 cooperative receiving S1 is F1, but the frequency domain resource of the cooperative sending S1 is F3, as long as these If resources are configured to be public, there will be no comprehension bias.
  • M transmits joint encoded data C1 & C2 on the common resource F1+F2, and the child nodes S1 and S2 receive C1&C2 on the configured common resources F1 and F2.
  • C1 & C2 indicates that C1 and C2 are transmitted in the form of data packets.
  • the configured resources may also include configuring a collaboration behavior.
  • Collaborative behavior includes changes in frame format, collaborative reception, and collaborative delivery.
  • the configured collaborative behavior includes at least one of the following.
  • the master node continuously sends the jointly encoded data.
  • the frame format is switched from the receiving state to the transmitting state at a given time.
  • the given time may refer to K2 ⁇ 0 after K2 periods.
  • the child node When the child node receives the state, it receives the joint encoded data packet according to the configured common resource parameters, and decodes the data corresponding to itself. Alternatively, the child node can simultaneously decode data of other child nodes.
  • the child node When the child node is in the transmit state, it sends a joint encoded data packet according to the configured common resource parameters.
  • the child nodes can be forwarded directly, or they can be decoded and forwarded.
  • the initial configuration of the frame format of M is the transmission state
  • the frame format of S is initially configured as the reception state.
  • S1 terminates receiving/transmitting data on F1 and cooperatively transmits C1&C2 on F2.
  • S2 receives C1&C2 from M and S1 transmissions on F2. Assuming S2 decodes C2 correctly, S2 transitions from the receive state to the transmit state during the T3 period.
  • S1 may directly forward the C1&C2 data sent by the cooperative, and may also decode and re-encode and forward the data.
  • M continues to send C1&C2.
  • S1 continues to send C1&C2 on F2.
  • S2 continues to send C1&C2 on F1.
  • M continues to send C1&C2.
  • S1 continues to send C1&C2 on F2.
  • S2 continues to send C1&C2 on F1.
  • the configured common resource parameters may further include: a rate matching and mapping mode, an RV version, and a modulation mode.
  • a resource mapping manner of sending data of each child node on respective time-frequency resources is determined.
  • the rate matching method is to completely fill the data of any transport block size within a given time-frequency resource.
  • the mapping mode may be first frequency domain re-time domain mapping, or first time domain re-frequency domain mapping.
  • the configured common resource parameters further include: other basic parameters, such as a HARQ process, an RS sequence, a waveform, a subcarrier width, and the like.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of a method of transmitting data according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • the common control channel resource parameters may be additionally configured, including the time-frequency resource, sequence, and the like of the S-feedback ACK/NACK.
  • the target child node sends ACK information/NACK information to the other child nodes and/or the primary node according to the decoding result of the target child node to the own data, where the ACK information/NACK information is used for the other child nodes and / or whether the master node continues to send data of the target child node.
  • the child node After the child node is correctly decoded, the child node feeds back ACK information at a given time and resource, and the ACK information is received by the master node and the child node that is cooperatively transmitted, thereby terminating the master node and the cooperative child node to send the corresponding node. data. Thereby unnecessary transmission can be avoided, further saving resources.
  • the target child node sends ACK information/NACK information to the other child nodes and/or the primary node according to the decoding result of the target child node to the own data, where the ACK information/NACK information is used for the other child nodes and / or the master node determines the state of the frame format.
  • FIG. 11 The embodiment shown in FIG. 11 is similar to the embodiment shown in FIG. 10, and is not described here for brevity.
  • each of the foregoing configuration information may be included in one information, for example, in a configuration information, indicating its own resources, cooperation resources, feedback resources, conditions for triggering frame format conversion, conditions for triggering transmission and reception state transition, Time information of the transceiver state, etc.
  • 7 to 11 are examples in which the master node transmits data to the child nodes as an example.
  • data is transmitted from a child node to a master node in conjunction with FIG. 12 to FIG.
  • the first node receives the second data of the second node on the second resource allocated to the second node in the first time period
  • the first rule includes one or more of the following:
  • the M nodes include the second node, where M is a positive integer
  • the child node sends feedback data (Response, denoted as R) to the master node, R1 is feedback data corresponding to S1, R2 is feedback data corresponding to S2, and R3 is feedback data corresponding to S3.
  • the feedback data may be carried in the data channel or in the control channel, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the child nodes can also receive data sent by other cooperative child nodes.
  • FIG. 12 shows a schematic diagram of a child node transmitting feedback data to a master node.
  • the common resource parameters (ie, an example of the first configuration) and the cooperative behavior (ie, an example of the second configuration) are semi-statically configured for the primary node and a set of child nodes.
  • the common resource includes resources of the target child node, and resources of some or all of the cooperative child nodes.
  • the resources include at least one of the following: time-frequency resources, rate matching and mapping mode, RV version, modulation mode, frame format, frequency hopping pattern, HARQ process, RS sequence, OCC sequence, NOMA sequence, waveform, and SCS.
  • Collaborative behavior can be understood as an example of the first rule.
  • Collaborative behavior includes the behavior of each target child node cooperating with other child nodes to receive and transmit data or signals, and the behavior of receiving and transmitting frame format conversions.
  • the collaborative behavior includes at least one of the following.
  • the master node continuously listens in a semi-statically configured repetition or cycle time unit, and correctly receives the target feedback message to indicate each child node, and initially configures the child node according to a certain cooperation rule.
  • Each child node sends its own feedback message according to a certain rule.
  • the master node receives the feedback message of the target child node, it considers successful reception.
  • the target child node When the target child node sends a message to the master node, it also sends the message to other parts of the child node in the group.
  • the child node in the initial configuration of the child node listens to the child node in the sending state, and sends the self-feedback message and the received messages of other child nodes according to certain rules at the time of sending the message, and implicitly indicates The number of child nodes the message contains (for example, by the size of the selected resource block). For example, for S2, S2 sends R1 and R2.
  • the child node self-feedback message After the child node self-feedback message is received by the master node, it will cooperatively send messages of other child nodes that are not received by the master node at its own transmission opportunity. For example, for S3, since the master node feedback R3 receives correctly, S3 only needs to send R1 and R2.
  • the message sent may be jointly coded or non-co-coded.
  • the transmitted data can be either non-co-coded or joint coded.
  • the two cases in the interaction process in which the child node transmits data to the master node will be respectively described with reference to FIGS. 13 and 14.
  • FIG. 13 is the case of non-coupling coding.
  • FIG. 13 illustrates the process of data transmission in the first four time units by M, S1, S2, and S3.
  • the non-coupling coding of R1, R2, and R3 is taken as an example for description.
  • the common resource parameter is semi-statically configured for the master node M and the group of child nodes S1, S2, and S3.
  • the common resource includes the resource of S1, the resource of S2, and the resource of S3, and vice versa for S2, S3, and M. .
  • Each time S1 sends the time-frequency resource sizes F1 and T of its own data, the cooperative transmission and reception time-frequency resource sizes are F2/F3 and T. S2 and S3 are similar.
  • the resources of each user in the common resource may be more than one, for example, the frequency domain resource of the S2 cooperative receiving S1 is F1, and the frequency domain resource of the cooperative sending S1 is F4, as long as the resource configuration is configured. For the public, there will be no understanding bias.
  • the diagram (1) in FIG. 13 is taken as an example.
  • S1 sends R1 on F1, and M
  • S2, S3 all receive R1 on F1.
  • S1 receives R1 on F1 and R2 on F2.
  • S1 receives R1 on F1, R2 on F2, and R3 on F3.
  • S1 sends R1 on F1, R2 on F2, and R3 on F3.
  • Collaboration behavior can include changes in frame format, collaborative reception and/or collaborative delivery, and the like.
  • at least one of the following collaborative actions is included.
  • the child node When the child node receives the state, it cooperates to receive feedback data sent by other child nodes on other common resources according to the configured common resource parameters.
  • the child node When the child node is in the transmitting state, it sends its own feedback data on its own resources according to the configured common resource parameters, and cooperatively transmits the feedback data of other child nodes on other common resources.
  • the power of the non-transmitted resource may be allocated to the sending resource according to a certain rule.
  • the primary node is always configured to receive, that is, the primary node continues to receive R1, R2, and R3.
  • the child node is configured to at least one of two phases of a feedback data interaction phase and a feedback data collaborative delivery phase. Next, the configuration of these two phases will be specifically described.
  • the primary node may also be configured as a receiving state at the beginning, and after a predetermined time, converted to a transmitting state.
  • the feedback data interaction phase frame format includes at least one of the following configurations.
  • interaction phase K3 of all the child nodes may be configured the same or differently configured.
  • Different sub-nodes are configured with different transceiving patterns to ensure as many data interaction opportunities as possible, such as comb-tooth transceiver patterns with different sub-node configurations that do not overlap.
  • T1 is in the transmitting state
  • S2 and S3 are in the receiving state.
  • T2 is in the transmit state
  • S1 and S3 are in the receive state.
  • T3 is in the transmit state and S1 and S2 are in the receive state.
  • Different sub-nodes are configured with different transceiving patterns to ensure as many data interaction opportunities as possible. For example, configuring a specific sub-node (for example, a sub-node with better channel quality of other sub-nodes) is initially received, while other sub-nodes The node is initially in the transmit state, which in turn ensures sufficient data interaction in a shorter time. As shown in the diagram (2) in FIG. 13, it is assumed that the channel quality between S1 and S2 and S3 is good, the configuration S1 is initially in the receiving state, and S2 and S3 are initially in the transmitting state. That is, in the T1 period, S1 is the receiving state, and S2 and S3 are the transmitting states.
  • the feedback data cooperative transmission phase frame format includes at least one of the following configurations.
  • the cooperative transmission phase K4 of all the child nodes may be configured the same or different configurations.
  • different child nodes can also autonomously perform frame format conversion according to the decoding situation of the feedback data of other child nodes.
  • the frame format conversion is performed according to the pattern of the configured transceiving frame format.
  • the target child node receives M feedback data of the M child nodes, and the target child node determines whether to convert the state of the frame format according to the information of the M feedback data.
  • the feedback data sent by the other child nodes is decoded, and the frame format conversion is performed according to the decoding result and a certain criterion.
  • the child nodes S2 and S3 respectively transmit R2 and R3 on the configured common resources F2 and F3; M and S1 receive R2 and R3 on the configured common resources.
  • S1 correctly decodes R2 and R3.
  • S1 transmits its own R1 on the configured common resource, and cooperatively transmits R2 and R3; M, S2, and S3 receive R1, R2, and R3 on the common resource.
  • S2 and S3 determine whether the T3 period is converted to a transmission state according to a decoding situation of the feedback data transmitted cooperatively; or forcibly convert to a transmission state according to the configured cooperation phase frame format pattern.
  • S1, S2, and S3 cooperate to transmit R1, R2, and R3.
  • S1, S2, and S3 cooperate to transmit R1, R2, and R3.
  • the configured common resource parameters may further include: a rate matching and mapping mode, an RV version, and a modulation mode.
  • the resource mapping manner of the sending data of each child node on the respective time-frequency resources is determined.
  • the rate matching mode is that the data of any transport block size is completely filled in a given time-frequency resource, for example, the mapping mode may be first frequency.
  • the domain re-time domain mapping, or the first-time domain re-frequency domain mapping, etc., for example, the RV version of each transmission may be the same or different, for example, the modulation mode of each transmission may be the same or different.
  • the configured common resource parameters may further include: a HARQ process, an RS sequence, a waveform, a subcarrier width, and the like.
  • the master node M can feed back ACK/NACK. The details will be explained next.
  • the common resource parameters are semi-statically configured for the master node M and the group of child nodes S1, S2, and S3, and the common control channel resource parameters may be additionally configured, including the time-frequency resources and sequences of the A/N fed back by the child node.
  • the semi-static configuration of the cooperative behavior of the master node M and a group of child nodes S1, S2, and S3 can additionally increase the following possibilities.
  • the primary node decodes the feedback data of a certain child node
  • the ACK information is fed back at a given time and resource, and the ACK information is received by the child node and the child node that is cooperatively transmitted, thereby terminating the child.
  • the feedback data corresponding to the node is sent on the child node and the cooperative child node.
  • the NACK information is fed back at a given time and resource, and the NACK information is received by the child node and the child node that is cooperatively transmitted, thereby triggering the child.
  • the node and the cooperative child node send feedback data of the target child node, and the number of consecutive transmissions triggered is K5 (K5 ⁇ 1).
  • the primary node decodes the feedback data of a certain child node
  • the ACK information is fed back at a given time and resource, and the ACK information is received by the cooperatively sent child node, and the cooperative child node is triggered from the transmitting state. Convert to receive state.
  • the primary node fails to decode the feedback data of a certain child node
  • the NACK information is fed back at a given moment and the resource, and the NACK information is received by the cooperatively sent child node, and the cooperative child node is triggered from the receiving state. Convert to send status.
  • the feedback ACK information/NACK information may carry indication information at the same time, indicating which cooperative child nodes perform cooperative transmission or no cooperative transmission.
  • the indication information may further indicate information such as a corresponding transmission power, a time-frequency resource, and the like.
  • FIG. 14 is the case of joint coding.
  • FIG. 14 takes the process of data transmission in the first 4 time units by M, S1, S2, and S3 as an example, and specifically describes the process.
  • the joint coding is performed by taking R1, R2, and R3 as an example.
  • the common resource parameters are semi-statically configured for the master node M and a group of child nodes S1, S2, and S3.
  • time-frequency resources are configured for M, S1, S2, and S3.
  • One possible way is to configure the same joint coded common resource parameters for all the child nodes, such as configuring the frequency domain F1+F2+F3 for S1, S2 and S3, and the time domain T as the joint coded data packet of one transmission. Frequency resources.
  • all the child nodes are grouped, and each group of the child nodes is jointly coded, for example, the frequency domain F1+F2 is configured for S1/S2, and the time domain T is used as the time-frequency of the jointly encoded data packet of one transmission.
  • configuring the independently coded common resource parameters of each child node such as the time-frequency resource size F1 and T of S1 each time sending its own data, and the cooperative transmission and reception time-frequency resource size is F2/F3 and T; S2 and S3 are similar.
  • the configured resources may also include configuring a collaboration behavior.
  • Collaborative behavior includes changes in frame format, collaborative reception and/or collaborative delivery, and the like.
  • at least one of the following collaborative actions is included.
  • the primary node can always be configured to receive state. That is, the master node continuously receives the feedback data of S1, S2, and S3.
  • the child node is configured to feedback at least one of two phases of the data interaction phase and the feedback data cooperation delivery phase. Next, the configuration of these two phases will be specifically described.
  • the feedback data interaction phase frame format includes at least one of the following configurations.
  • interaction phase K6 of all the child nodes may be configured the same or differently.
  • Different sub-nodes are configured with different transceiving patterns to ensure as many data interaction opportunities as possible, such as comb-tooth transceiver patterns with different sub-node configurations that do not overlap.
  • T1 is in the transmitting state
  • S2 and S3 are in the receiving state.
  • T2 is in the transmit state
  • S1 and S3 are in the receive state.
  • T3 is in the transmit state and S1 and S2 are in the receive state.
  • Different sub-nodes are configured with different transceiving patterns to ensure as many data interaction opportunities as possible. For example, configuring a specific sub-node (for example, a sub-node with better channel quality of other sub-nodes) is initially received, while other sub-nodes The node is initially in the transmit state, which in turn ensures sufficient data interaction in a shorter time. As shown in the diagram (2) in FIG. 14, it is assumed that the channel quality between S1 and S2 and S3 is good, the configuration S1 is initially in the receiving state, and S2 and S3 are initially in the transmitting state. That is, in the T1 period, S1 is the receiving state, and S2 and S3 are the transmitting states.
  • the feedback data cooperative transmission phase frame format includes at least one of the following configurations.
  • the cooperative transmission phase K7 of all the child nodes may be configured the same or differently configured.
  • different sub-nodes can still be configured with different transceiving patterns to ensure that there is still an opportunity to exchange feedback data during the cooperation phase.
  • the frame format conversion is semi-statically configured by pattern.
  • different child nodes can also autonomously perform frame format conversion according to the decoding situation of the feedback data of other child nodes.
  • the frame format conversion is performed according to the pattern of the configured transceiving frame format.
  • the feedback data sent by the other child nodes is decoded, and the frame format conversion is performed according to the decoding result and a certain criterion.
  • the primary node may also be configured as a receiving state at the beginning, and after a predetermined time, converted to a transmitting state.
  • the configured resource may also include an encoding mode.
  • the configuration of the coding mode includes at least the following cases.
  • One possible way is to use separate coding methods for the child nodes in the interaction phase.
  • joint coding in the cooperation phase, and the joint coding parameters are based on semi-static configuration.
  • a certain child node can decode the joint encoded data instead of directly.
  • a certain child node performs joint coding only when all the cooperative feedback data in the joint coding is correctly decoded, and transmits it on the joint coded common resource.
  • a certain child node may fill the undecoded correct feedback data with specific bit data (or soft information), perform joint coding, and perform joint coding. Sent on public resources.
  • the resources of the independently encoded data and the resources of the jointly encoded data may overlap, and the primary node and the cooperative child node may receive by using an Interference Cancellation (IC) type algorithm.
  • IC Interference Cancellation
  • the child node when the receiving node is in the receiving state, the child node cooperatively receives the jointly encoded feedback data on the common resource according to the configured common resource parameter, or receives the independently encoded feedback data.
  • the joint encoded feedback data is sent on the common resource, or the feedback data is sent on the own resource, and the other public resources are cooperatively sent to other Independently encoded feedback data for child nodes.
  • the power of the non-transmitted resource may be allocated to the sending resource according to a certain rule.
  • the child nodes S2 and S3 respectively transmit R2 and R3 on the configured common resources F2 and F3; M and S1 receive R2 and R3 on the configured common resources.
  • S1 correctly decodes R2 and R3.
  • S1 transmits its own R1 on the configured common resource, and cooperatively transmits R2 and R3; M, S2, and S3 receive R1, R2, and R3 on the common resource.
  • S2 and S3 determine whether the T3 period is converted to the transmission state according to the decoding condition of the feedback data for cooperative transmission, and determine whether the T3 period is independent coding or joint coding; or forcibly convert to the configured cooperation phase frame format pattern according to Transmit state.
  • S1, S2, and S3 cooperate to jointly transmit the jointly encoded R1&R2&R3.
  • S1, S2, and S3 cooperate to jointly transmit the jointly encoded R1&R2&R3.
  • the configured common resource parameters may further include: a rate matching and mapping mode, an RV version, and a modulation mode.
  • the resource mapping manner of the sending data of each child node on the respective time-frequency resources is determined.
  • the rate matching mode is that the data of any transport block size is completely filled in a given time-frequency resource, for example, the mapping mode may be first frequency.
  • the domain re-time domain mapping, or the first-time domain re-frequency domain mapping, etc., for example, the RV version of each transmission may be the same or different, for example, the modulation mode of each transmission may be the same or different.
  • the configured common resource parameters may further include: a HARQ process, an RS sequence, a waveform, a subcarrier width, and the like.
  • the embodiment of FIG. 14 can also introduce an ACK/NACK control channel, thereby avoiding unnecessary transmission and further saving resources. Here, it will not be repeated for brevity.
  • FIG. 12 to FIG. 14 are examples in which the child node transmits data to the master node as an example.
  • a cycle time can include any number of time units.
  • a cycle time can also be composed of different data transmission directions according to a given or arbitrary pattern.
  • the data may be sent to the child node in the first 4 time units, and then the next 4 time units are sub- The node sends data to the master node, and so on.
  • the data transmitted by the child node may be received by the master node in the first four time units, and then the next four time units are received by the child node for the data sent by the master node. analogy.
  • FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of a method of transmitting data according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • the Master operates on the entire bandwidth (Whole Bandwith), and the Slave operates on a part of the bandwidth part (BWP).
  • BWP bandwidth part
  • the introduction of BWP is because the NR band is wider than the LTE band.
  • the NR band is at least 100M, and the radio frequencies of different terminals are different, and the maximum bandwidth that can be supported is different.
  • Slave1, Slave2, and Slave3 operate on BWP1, BWP2, and BWP3, respectively.
  • one cycle time includes four time units, and the representation of the time unit may be a mini-slot.
  • the Master sends command data CMD1, CMD2, and CMD3 on three frequency resources, and Slave1, Slave2, and Slave3 respectively receive CMD1, CMD2, and CMD3 on the corresponding frequency resources.
  • Slave1, Slave2, and Slave3 respectively receive CMD1, CMD2, and CMD3 on the corresponding frequency resources.
  • some Slaves some of the other slaves' frequency resources are out-band, so they do not receive the corresponding command data.
  • Out-band can be understood as.
  • the unallocated bandwidth is Out-band for the user.
  • the common resources include resources of the target slave and resources of some or all of the collaborative slaves.
  • the resources of all the cooperative slaves are configured for Slave1, that is, the resources of the cooperative Slave2 and Slave3 are configured.
  • the resources of some collaborative slaves are configured for Slave2, that is, the resources of the collaborative Slave1 are configured, and the resources of the collaborative Slave3 are not configured.
  • the public resource specifically includes at least one of the following: time-frequency resources, rate matching and mapping mode, RV version, modulation mode, frame format, frequency hopping pattern, HARQ process, RS sequence, OCC sequence, NOMA sequence, waveform, and SCS.
  • Collaborative behavior can include the behavior of each target slave collaborating with other slaves to receive and transmit signals, as well as the behavior of receiving and transmitting frame format conversions. In the embodiment of the present application, at least one of the following collaborative actions is included.
  • the Master sends and listens in a repeating or periodic configuration of semi-static or dynamic L1 signaling or a time unit of a given pattern.
  • Slaves can be initially configured to listen or transmit status. As shown in Figure 15, in the first mini-slot, Slave1, Slave2, and Slave3 are configured to listen (or receive). In the second mini-slot, Slave2 is converted to the transmit state, and Slave2 and Slave3 are still Listening status.
  • the transmission status frame format conversion is performed in the configured time domain (Timing), and optionally, the feedback data of the target slave and/or the collaborative Slaves are repeatedly transmitted on the configured common resources.
  • Command or feedback data As shown in Figure 15, Slave1 receives the target command data CMD1 in the first mini-slot and decodes it correctly. In the second mini-slot, the third mini-slot, and the fourth mini-slot, The feedback data RSP1, CMD2, and CMD3 are sent on the configured common resources.
  • Slave2 After the target Slave fails to decode, it continues to maintain the listening state, and can simultaneously receive command command data and/or cooperative Slaves commands and/or feedback data. As shown in FIG. 15, Slave2 receives the target command data CMD2 in the first mini-slot, and the decoding fails, and continues to receive the command data CMD2 and/or the feedback data RSP1 from the Master and Slave1 in the second mini-slot.
  • the Master receives the feedback data of the slaves in the configured listening time unit. As shown in Figure 15, the Master receives the feedback data RSP1 of Slave1 in the second mini-slot, the third mini-slot, and the fourth mini-slot; the Master is in the third mini-slot, and the fourth mini-slot
  • the feedback data RSP2 of the Slave 2 is received internally; the Master receives the feedback data RSP3 of the Slave 3 in the fourth mini-slot.
  • the command data and the feedback data of each slave share the same frequency domain resource in a rate matching manner, so the master or the cooperative slave can simultaneously receive the command and feedback data of the slave at a given time-frequency resource.
  • IC class algorithms can be used to improve performance.
  • the Master receives the command data CMD2 of the Slave 2 and the feedback data RSP2 of the Slave 2 on the given frequency resource of the third mini-slot.
  • the command data and the feedback data of each slave may be distinguished by using a Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) Radio Network Temporary Identity (RNTI) scrambling, for example, RNTI. - CMD and RNTI-RSP.
  • CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
  • RNTI Radio Network Temporary Identity
  • the data of the slave slave can be directly forwarded or coded and forwarded for the data of the coordinated slave, and can be further distinguished for the coded and forwarded.
  • One possible way is that the last time it is intercepted as command data or feedback data, it can be forwarded only for the secondary data, or it can be merged with the same data that was previously heard and then forwarded. Or, another possible way, the last time the interception is a mixture of command data and feedback data, the IC algorithm can be used, the feedback data is extracted, and the feedback data is forwarded, and the command data does not need to be sent.
  • the effective BWPs of different slaves may be different, and cooperative forwarding is only performed within the respective BWPs.
  • each slave sends data, and can perform reasonable power control on its own feedback data and cooperation data, and prioritize its own reliability.
  • the slaves can be configured to be in a listening state in a certain period, and the masters are configured in the same state as the sending state to exchange and send acknowledgement results to avoid unnecessary cooperative transmission.
  • an exemplary description is made in the manner that the primary node first sends command data, and then the child node sends feedback data.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not impose restrictions on the order in which command data and feedback data are sent.
  • the child node may first send the feedback data, and then the master node sends the command data; or, the child node and the master node may simultaneously send the feedback data and the command data; or, the different child nodes may be sent in different orders. This embodiment of the present application does not limit this.
  • FIG. 16 takes the process of data transmission in the first four time units by M, S1, and S2 as an example.
  • the master node sends command data (Command) to the child node, and the child node sends feedback data (Response) to the master node, C1 and R1 are command data and feedback data corresponding to S1, and C2 and R2 are command data and feedback data corresponding to S2.
  • the command data and the feedback data may be carried on the data channel or on the control channel.
  • the common resource parameter is semi-statically configured for the master node M and the group of child nodes S1 and S2.
  • the common resource includes the resource of S1 and the resource of S2, and vice versa for S2 and M.
  • Each time S1 sends and receives its own time-frequency resource size F1 and T, and the time-frequency resource size F2 and T for cooperative transmission and reception; S2 transmits and receives its own time-frequency resource size F2 and T each time, and the time-frequency resource size of cooperative transmission and reception is F1. And T.
  • S1 receives C1 on F1, and S1 receives C2 on F2.
  • S1 transmits R1 on F1 and C2 on F2.
  • Collaborative behavior includes changes in frame format, collaborative reception and/or collaborative delivery, and the like.
  • at least one of the following collaborative actions is included.
  • One possible way is to convert the frame format of the master node from the transmit state to the receive state at a given time.
  • the frame format is switched from the receiving state to the transmitting state at a given time.
  • the child node when receiving the state, receives command data sent by the master node and/or other child nodes cooperatively according to the configured common resource parameter, and/or cooperates on other public resources. Receive command data or feedback data sent from the primary node and/or other child nodes.
  • the child node when the child node is in the transmitting state, it sends feedback data on its own resources according to the configured common resource parameters, and/or cooperatively transmits command data or feedback data of other child nodes on other common resources.
  • the master node transmits command data C1 and C2 on different frequency domain resources F1 and F2, and the child nodes S1 and S2 receive C1 and C2 on the configured common resources F1 and F2. It is assumed that S1 decodes C1 correctly, and converts from the receiving state to the transmitting state in the T2 period; S2 fails to decode C2, and remains in the receiving state during the T2 period.
  • the master node converts from the transmitting state to the receiving state, and receives the feedback data R1 sent by S1.
  • S1 sends R1 on its own resources and cooperates to send C2 on other common resources.
  • S2 receives C2 from S1 on its own resource and R1 from S1 on the cooperative resource.
  • S2 decodes C2 correctly and transitions from the receive state to the transmit state during the T3 period.
  • S1 may directly forward the C2 data that is co-sent, or may decode, re-encode, and forward.
  • S1 continues to send R1 and C2.
  • S2 sends R1 and R2.
  • the master node M receives R1 from S1 and S2 on the resources of S1, and receives R2 from S2 and C2 from S1 on the resources of S2.
  • the master node M may perform HARQ combining with R1 received by the T2 period for R1 to improve reception performance.
  • the master node M can perform the IC and other algorithms to improve the receiving performance according to the known C2 data for the mixed data of C2 and S2 on the S2 resource.
  • M continues to receive data from S1 and S2.
  • the configured common resource parameters may further include: a rate matching and mapping mode, an RV version, and a modulation mode.
  • the resource mapping manner of the sending data of each child node on the respective time-frequency resources is determined.
  • the rate matching mode is that the data of any transport block size is completely filled in a given time-frequency resource, for example, the mapping mode may be first frequency.
  • the domain re-time domain mapping, or the first-time domain re-frequency domain mapping, etc., for example, the RV version of each transmission may be the same or different, for example, the modulation mode of each transmission may be the same or different.
  • the configured common resource parameters may further include: a HARQ process, an RS sequence, a waveform, a subcarrier width, and the like.
  • Fig. 17 is a diagram showing the continuous transmission of the master node. 17 is mostly similar to FIG. 16, and is not described in detail herein for the sake of brevity. Next, the difference between the embodiment of Fig. 17 and the embodiment of Fig. 16 will be mainly described.
  • the frame format of the master node is switched from the transmit state to the receive state at a given time, wherein the given time is after the K8th T time, where K8>1, so that the master node M can continuously send K8 command data, which can improve the reliability of command data.
  • S2 simultaneously receives C1 from the autonomous node and R1 from S1 on the cooperative resource.
  • C1 and R1 may be distinguished by RNTI-CMD and RNTI-RSP scrambling of CRC.
  • S2 can directly forward C1 and R1; it can also be decoded and coded and forwarded, and the IC algorithm can be used to extract and feed back the feedback data R1.
  • the command data C1 is not sent because R1 occurs after C1, so if R1 occurs, R1 is data that needs to be transmitted cooperatively.
  • the child node may also be configured to periodically be in the receiving state.
  • Figure 18 shows a schematic diagram of a child node periodically in a receiving state. 18 is mostly similar to FIG. 16, and is not described in detail herein for the sake of brevity. Next, the difference between the embodiment of Fig. 18 and the embodiment of Fig. 16 will be mainly described.
  • the frame format of the master node is switched from the transmit state to the receive state at a given time, where the given time is after the K9th T time, where K9 ⁇ 1 (including the case of Figures 16 and 17) ), so that the master node M can continuously transmit K9 command data.
  • the pattern of the reception and transmission frame format of the S1 after the Lth T time can be configured, and the pattern is a pattern of the relative time, which can be numbered starting from the L time, as shown in FIG.
  • the pattern of the S1 reception and transmission frame format after the Lth T time can be configured, and the pattern is an absolute time pattern, which can be numbered starting from the start of the cycle time, as shown in FIG.
  • M transmits C1 on F1 and M transmits C2 on F2.
  • S1 and S2 receive C1 and C2 on F1 and F2.
  • S2 simultaneously receives C1 from the autonomous node and R1 from S1 on the cooperative resource.
  • C1 and R1 may be distinguished by RNTI-CMD and RNTI-RSP scrambling of CRC.
  • S2 can directly forward C1 and R1; it can also be decoded and coded and forwarded, and the IC algorithm can be used to extract and feed back the feedback data R1.
  • the command data C1 is not sent because R1 occurs after C1, so if R1 occurs, R1 is data that needs to be transmitted cooperatively.
  • S1 converts the pattern according to the configured frame format, switches to the receiving state, and receives the feedback data R2 from S2.
  • S1 sends R1 and R2, and S2 also sends R1 and R2.
  • the master node M does not receive the mixed data of R2 and C2 for S2 at the same time, but only receives R2, so the receiving performance is improved.
  • Different child nodes may concurrently transmit multiple services, so some child nodes cannot be allocated for some resources in the common resource.
  • concept of BWP is introduced in the 5G standard, that is, the activation bands of different sub-nodes do not necessarily occupy the entire system spectrum resources, but only a part of the spectrum resources, and different sub-nodes may allocate different spectrum resources. These resources may not overlap, or partially overlap, or completely overlap.
  • Figure 22 shows a schematic diagram of the cooperative bandwidth of different child nodes.
  • the embodiment of Fig. 22 has the following differences.
  • the common resource parameter is semi-statically configured for the master node M and the group of child nodes S1 and S2, wherein the resource specifically includes at least one of the following:
  • Time-frequency resource The time-frequency resource size F1 and T of S1 each time transmitting its own data, and the cooperative transmission time-frequency resource size is F2 and T. Each time S2 transmits the time-frequency resource sizes F2 and T of its own data, there is no time-frequency resource for cooperative transmission.
  • different child nodes can perform cooperative reception/send on overlapping common resources.
  • FIG. 23 shows a schematic diagram of frequency hopping.
  • the embodiment of Fig. 23 has the following differences.
  • the frequency domain resources of S1 in the period from T1 to T4 are respectively configured as F1/F2/F1/F2, and the frequency domain resource configuration of S2 is reversed.
  • each child node needs to know the hopping pattern of other child nodes in addition to its own hopping pattern, thereby performing cooperative reception/transmission.
  • a multiplexing method needs to be considered, and multiplexing may be time-division multiplexing, frequency division multiplexing, space division multiplexing, and the like.
  • Fig. 24 shows a schematic diagram of multiplexing.
  • the embodiment of Fig. 24 has the following differences.
  • the multiplexing pattern may be a time division multiplexing pattern, which is grouped for different child nodes, and different groups occupy different or partially overlapping time units.
  • the multiplexing pattern may be a frequency division multiplexing pattern, which is grouped for different child nodes, and different groups occupy different or partially overlapping frequency domain units.
  • the multiplexing pattern may be a space division multiplexing pattern, and may further correspond to different OCC orthogonal sequences, or different NOMA non-orthogonal sequences, or different Precoding matrices (corresponding to multi-user multi-entry) Multiple layers of Multi-User Multiple-Input Multiple-Output (MU-MIMO) transmission, etc.
  • MU-MIMO Multi-User Multiple-Input Multiple-Output
  • Figure 24 shows the code division multiplexing mode of OCC or NOMA in space division multiplexing.
  • S1 and S3 use different Code1 and Code3 for code division multiplexing
  • S2 and S4 use different Code2 and Code4 for code division multiplexing.
  • each child node needs to know the multiplexing pattern of other child nodes in addition to its own multiplexing pattern, thereby performing cooperative reception/transmission.
  • FIG. 15 to FIG. 24 illustrate an interaction process of receiving/transmitting a hybrid cooperative transmission by a master node and a child node.
  • the master node and the child node receive/transmit mixed cooperation.
  • An interactive process with ACK/NACK feedback is described as an example.
  • FIG. 25 is a schematic diagram of a method of transmitting data according to another embodiment of the present application.
  • the Master operates on the entire bandwidth
  • the Slave operates on a part of the bandwidth part (BWP).
  • one cycle time includes four time units, and the representation of the time unit may be a mini-slot.
  • the representation of the time unit may be a mini-slot.
  • each mini-slot there are command data or feedback data, as well as ACK/NACK information.
  • each time unit is configured as a self-contained frame format, such as sending a dominant frame, indicating that the first frame is received first, or the first time is received, and the number of transmitted symbols is greater than Or equal to the number of received symbols; if the interception is dominant, it means that it is received first or later, or it means that it is received first, and the number of received symbols is greater than or equal to the number of transmitted symbols.
  • the Master is initially configured to send a dominant frame, and the Slaves initially configures to listen to the dominant frame.
  • the cooperative behavior of the semi-static configuration of the master and the set of slaves includes at least one of the following.
  • the transmission state at the rear of the time unit is converted into a listening state, and the NACK of other slaves is intercepted; and the next time unit frame format is converted into a transmission dominant frame, in the configuration.
  • the feedback data of the target slave is sent on the common resource and the command or feedback data of the collaborative Slaves that feeds back the NACK.
  • the target slave After the target slave fails to decode the target command data, it feeds back NACK and continues to maintain the interception dominant, while receiving the target command data and the command or feedback data of the cooperative Slaves.
  • the Master receives the feedback data of the slaves in the configured listening time unit, and feeds back the ACK/NACK information.
  • the time unit frame format of the subsequent timing domain (Timing) is converted into the interception dominant detection to listen to the cooperative slave.
  • the Master and all the Slaves need to receive the ACK of all the Slaves before performing the frame format switching, and then enter the cooperative feedback phase of the RSP, and the control data transmission and the feedback data transmission are separated in time as a whole.
  • command data and the feedback data for each slave may be distinguished by using RNTI-CMD and RNTI-RSP scrambling of the CRC.
  • the data of the slave slave can be forwarded or decoded and forwarded for the data of the cooperative slave.
  • the effective BWPs of different slaves may be different, and each slave performs cooperative forwarding only within the respective BWP.
  • each slave sends data, and can perform reasonable power control on its own feedback data and cooperation data, and prioritize its own reliability.
  • each slave only feeds back NACK.
  • the ACK/NACK of the slave part or all of the slaves may be jointly coded by the ACK/NACK, and may be sent in the form of a data packet, which may be distinguished from the command data by using RNTI, and may be configured to send the joint coded ACK.
  • /NACK parameters such as Timing and period.
  • an exemplary description is made in the manner that the primary node first sends command data, and then the child node sends feedback data.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not impose restrictions on the order in which command data and feedback data are sent.
  • the child node may first send the feedback data, and then the master node sends the command data; or, the child node and the master node may simultaneously send the feedback data and the command data; or, the different child nodes may be sent in different orders. This embodiment of the present application does not limit this.
  • the embodiment of FIG. 25 considers ACK/NACK feedback, and therefore needs to configure a time unit for transmitting and receiving a control channel, mainly considering two feasible frame structures, a conventional frame structure based on LTE and 5G systems, as shown in FIG. Show.
  • two or more standard time units constitute a complete transmission time unit, where the standard time unit refers to the time unit defined in the standard, which may be Short-TTI, slot, Sub-Frame, Frame. , mini-slot, symbol, etc.
  • the transmission time unit includes reception/transmission of command or feedback data, and transmission/reception of a corresponding ACK/NACK.
  • T1 transmits feedback data
  • T2 receives an ACK/NACK control message fed back by the master node
  • T1 receives the master.
  • the command data sent by the node, and T2 feeds back the ACK/NACK control message of the command data.
  • T1 and T2 may be equal or not equal.
  • T1 and T2 may be adjacent to each other, or may be non-adjacent times, which is not limited by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit how to configure T1 and T2.
  • the time of T1 and T2 may be semi-static RRC configuration, or may be configured by the Group Common L1 control message, or configured by user-level L1 control message. . It should be understood that T1 and T2 are equally applicable to the flexible frame structure of a 5G system.
  • Another frame structure is based on a Self-Contain frame structure in a 5G system, as shown in FIG.
  • the Self-Contain frame structure includes the following three features: DL symbols, UL symbols in the same subframe, or GP symbols and/or Flexible Symbols; the same subframe contains DL data and corresponding HARQ feedback; UL scheduling information and corresponding data information are transmitted in the same subframe.
  • the transmission time unit and the reception time unit are further divided in a standard time unit (Duration), so a standard time unit can constitute a completed transmission time unit. Where GP means no power is transmitted.
  • the graph (1) in Fig. 27 corresponds to the transmission dominant frame, and the graph (2) in Fig. 27 corresponds to the reception dominant frame.
  • the embodiments of the present application are applicable to both frame structures.
  • they are all represented by a Self-Contain frame structure (the GP is not shown by default), and different time stamps (such as T1 and T2) are used to distinguish the data transmission and reception time and the ACK/NACK control message transmission and reception time, and set the T2 time. Less than T1 time (because the ACK/NACK control message has a lower resource occupancy rate than the data).
  • the master node sends command data (Command) to the child node, and the child node sends feedback data (Response) to the master node, C1 and R1 are command data and feedback data corresponding to S1, and C2 and R2 are command data and feedback data corresponding to S2.
  • the child node may only feed back NACK information, and C2N indicates NACK information of the decoded C2 fed back by S2.
  • the master node may feed back NACK and ACK information, R1N/R2N is the NACK information of the decoded R1/R2 fed back by M, and R1A/R2A is the ACK information of the decoded R1/R2 fed back by M.
  • the command data and the feedback data are carried on the data channel, and the data channel corresponds to T1/T3/T5/T7 in FIG. 28, and the A/N is carried on the control channel, and the control channel corresponds to T2/T4/T6/T8 in FIG. 28.
  • the common resource parameter is semi-statically configured for the master node M and the group of child nodes S1 and S2.
  • the common resource includes the resource of S1 and the resource of S2, and vice versa for S2 and M.
  • each time S1 sends and receives its own time-frequency resource size F1 and T, the time-frequency resource size of cooperative transmission and reception is F2 and T.
  • Each time S2 sends and receives its own time-frequency resource size F2 and T, the time-frequency resource size of cooperative transmission and reception is F1 and T.
  • T corresponds to T1/T3/T5/T7.
  • the time-frequency resource of the ACK/NACK control message is configured.
  • Each time S1 sends and receives the time-frequency resource sizes F1 and T of its own control message, the time-frequency resource size of the cooperative transmission and reception control message is F2 and T.
  • Each time S2 sends and receives the time-frequency resource size F2 and T of the control message, the time-frequency resource size of the cooperative transmission and reception control message is F1 and T.
  • T corresponds to T2/T4/T6/T8.
  • semi-statically configure collaborative behavior includes changes in frame format, collaborative reception and/or collaborative delivery, and the like.
  • the initial master node is configured to be in a transmit state, corresponding to a self-contained transmit dominant frame; the child node is configured as a receive state, corresponding to a receive-dominant frame of the Self-Contain.
  • One possible way is to convert the frame format of the master node from a transmit frame to a receive frame at a given time, or from a transmit dominant frame to a receive dominant frame.
  • the frame format is switched from the receiving state to the transmitting state at a given time.
  • This state change can occur within a transmission frame, such as a transmitted symbol that receives a dominant frame is converted to a received symbol.
  • the child node when the data channel receives the state, the child node receives the command data sent by the master node and/or other child nodes cooperatively on the own resource according to the configured common resource parameter. Or, according to the ACK information, no longer receives its own command data, and cooperatively receives command data or feedback data sent from the master node and/or other child nodes on other common resources. Or the command data or the feedback data is no longer received according to the ACK corresponding to the other child nodes.
  • the child node when the data node is in the data channel transmission state, the child node sends the feedback data according to the configured common resource parameter on the self resource, or retransmits the feedback data according to the NACK fed back by the master node, or according to the ACK fed back by the master node.
  • the transmission of the feedback data is terminated, or the feedback data is terminated according to the NACK that is not received by the primary node.
  • the cooperative retransmission command data terminates the cooperative retransmission feedback data according to the ACK of the master node, or terminates the cooperative retransmission command data according to the NACK that does not receive the other child nodes or terminates the cooperative retransmission feedback data according to the NACK that does not receive the master node.
  • the child node when the control node receives the control channel, the child node receives, on its own resource, a control message such as an ACK/NACK corresponding to the feedback data jointly sent by the master node and/or other child nodes according to the configured common resource parameter. And cooperatively receiving control messages such as ACK/NACK corresponding to command data or feedback data sent by the master node and/or other child nodes on other common resources.
  • a control message such as an ACK/NACK corresponding to the feedback data jointly sent by the master node and/or other child nodes according to the configured common resource parameter.
  • cooperatively receiving control messages such as ACK/NACK corresponding to command data or feedback data sent by the master node and/or other child nodes on other common resources.
  • the child node when the control node transmits the control channel, the child node sends a control message such as ACK/NACK corresponding to the command data on its own resource according to the configured common resource parameter, and cooperatively transmits the other child nodes on other common resources.
  • a control message such as ACK/NACK corresponding to the command data or the feedback data.
  • the master node transmits command data C1 and C2 on different frequency domain resources F1 and F2, and the child nodes S1 and S2 receive C1 and on the configured common resources F1 and F2. C2. It is assumed that S1 decodes C1 correctly, the control channel is converted from the transmit state to the receive state during the T2 period, and the subsequent frame format is converted from the receive dominant frame to the transmit dominant frame. Suppose S2 decodes the C2 error and still maintains the transmit state of the control channel during the T2 period.
  • S2 feeds back the decoding error information C2N of C2 and is received by the master node and the child node S1.
  • the master node converts from the transmitting state to the receiving state, and receives the feedback data R1 of the child node S1.
  • S1 sends R1 on its own resource and cooperatively sends C2 on other common resources according to C2N.
  • S2 receives C2 from S1 on its own resource and R1 from S1 on the cooperative resource.
  • the control channel is converted from the transmit state to the receive state during the T4 period, and the subsequent frame format is converted from the receive dominant frame to the transmit dominant frame.
  • S1 may directly forward the C2 data that is co-sent, or may decode, re-encode, and forward.
  • the master node feeds back the decoding error message R1N of R1 and is simultaneously received by S1 and S2.
  • S1 continues to transmit R1 according to R1N, and since C2N is not received, the cooperative transmission C2 is stopped.
  • S2 sends R2 and sends R1 cooperatively according to R1N.
  • the master node M receives R1 from S1 and S2 on the resources of S1, and receives R2 from S2 on the resources of S2.
  • the master node M may perform HARQ combining with R1 received in the T3 period for R1 to improve the receiving performance.
  • the master node feeds back R1A and R2N and is simultaneously received by S1 and S2.
  • S2 retransmits R2 according to R2N.
  • S1 terminates the transmission of R1 according to R1A, and since R2 feedback data is not received, R2 cannot be cooperatively transmitted.
  • the master node feeds back R2A and is received by S2.
  • the configured common resource parameter may further include: a rate matching and mapping mode of the data, an RV version, and a modulation mode.
  • the resource mapping manner of the sending data of each child node on the respective time-frequency resources is determined.
  • the rate matching mode is that the data of any transport block size is completely filled in a given time-frequency resource, for example, the mapping mode may be first frequency.
  • the domain re-time domain mapping, or the first-time domain re-frequency domain mapping, etc., for example, the RV version of each transmission may be the same or different, for example, the modulation mode of each transmission may be the same or different.
  • the configured common resource parameter may further include: a sequence resource of the ACK/NACK control message, or a rate matching and mapping manner.
  • the bearer may be carried in a sequence manner; for carrying more control messages, such as CSI measurement information, etc., it may be carried in a manner similar to data encoding and rate matching.
  • the configured common resource parameters may further include: a HARQ process, an RS sequence, a waveform, a subcarrier width, and the like.
  • Fig. 29 is a diagram showing the continuous transmission of the master node. 29 is mostly similar to FIG. 28 and will not be described in detail herein for the sake of brevity. Next, the difference between the embodiment of Fig. 29 and the embodiment of Fig. 28 will be mainly described.
  • the frame format of the master node is switched from the transmission frame to the reception frame at a given time, or from the transmission dominant frame to the reception dominant frame, wherein the given time is after the K10th T time.
  • K10>1 the master node M can continuously send K10 command data continuously, thereby improving the reliability of the command data.
  • the frame format of the primary node is converted from the transmitted frame to the received frame according to a certain criterion according to the received ACK/NACK fed by the child node, or converted from the transmitted dominant frame to the received Dominant frame.
  • the criterion includes at least one of the following cases.
  • the given set of sub-nodes may be determined according to channel quality, routing status, number of transmissions, ACK/NACK information ratio, and the like.
  • the ratio of the ACK/NACK information may be: after receiving the N ACK information, performing frame format conversion, N ⁇ 1; or the ACK/NACK information ratio may also be a preset value, and performing frame format conversion.
  • the preset value may be determined according to the user himself.
  • the NACK information fed back by a certain sub-node is not received, and then the frame format conversion is performed. Among them, a given set of child nodes is similar to 2.
  • S2 simultaneously receives C1 from the autonomous node and R1 from S1 on the cooperative resource.
  • the C1 and R1 data can be distinguished by using CRC RNTI-CMD and RNTI-RSP scrambling.
  • S2 can directly forward C1 and R1; it can also be decoded and coded and forwarded, and the IC algorithm can be used to extract and feed back the feedback data R1.
  • the command data C1 is not sent because R1 occurs after C1, so if R1 occurs, R1 is data that needs to be transmitted cooperatively.
  • the child node may also be configured to periodically be in the receiving state.
  • Figure 30 shows a schematic diagram of a child node periodically in a receiving state.
  • Figure 30 is mostly similar to Figure 28 and will not be described in detail herein for the sake of brevity. Next, the difference between the embodiment of Fig. 30 and the embodiment of Fig. 28 will be mainly described.
  • the frame format of the master node is switched from the transmission frame to the reception frame at a given time, or from the transmission dominant frame to the reception dominant frame, wherein the given time is after the K11th T time.
  • K11 ⁇ 1 including the case of Figs. 28 and 29
  • the frame format is switched from the receiving state to the transmitting state at a given time.
  • This state change can occur within a transmission frame, such as a transmitted symbol that receives a dominant frame is converted to a received symbol.
  • each frame in the pattern may be any one of a transmit dominant frame, a received dominant frame, a full transmit frame, and a full received frame.
  • the pattern of the reception and transmission frame format of S1 after the Lth T time can be configured, and the pattern is a pattern of relative time, which can be numbered starting from the L time, as shown in FIG.
  • the pattern of the S1 reception and transmission frame format after the Lth T time can be configured, and the pattern is an absolute time pattern, which can be numbered starting from the beginning of the cycle time, as shown in FIG.
  • S1 is configured as a receiving state according to the pattern, thereby receiving the feedback data R2 of S2 to perform cooperative transmission of R2 according to the decoding error message R2N in the T7 period.
  • the embodiment also includes the following in FIG. 22, FIG. 23, FIG. Example.
  • the ACK/NACK part can be added on the basis of FIG. 22 to FIG. 24, which is succinct and will not be described again.
  • the ACK/NACK conversion frame format of the child node or the cooperative child node may be specifically described below.
  • FIG. 34 shows a schematic diagram of converting a frame format according to a cooperative child node NACK. On the basis of the scheme in Fig. 28, there are the following differences.
  • the cooperative behavior of the primary node M and the set of child nodes S1 and S2 is semi-statically configured.
  • the case of frame format conversion may also include the following two cases.
  • the frame format is at a given time.
  • the sub-node receives the ACK information of the self-feedback data or decodes the self-data correctly, according to certain criteria Determines whether the frame format is converted from the transmit state to the receive state at a given time. This state change can occur within a transmission frame, such as a transmitted symbol that transmits a dominant frame is converted to a received symbol.
  • the certain criterion may be determined according to the number of transmissions of multiple child nodes, the channel quality, the ratio of NACK and ACK, and the like.
  • the feedback data of the child nodes that need to be cooperatively transmitted can be received as early as possible, and the data is cooperatively transmitted at the next moment to improve the receiving performance of the feedback data.
  • the master node feeds back R1A and R2N and is simultaneously received by S1 and S2, and S1 sets the T7 period data channel from the ACK of the feedback data of the self and the NACK of the feedback data of S2.
  • the transmit state is converted to the receive state (the corresponding transmit dominant frame is converted to a full receive frame).
  • S2 retransmits R2 according to R2N, and S1 receives R2.
  • S1 receives the A/N message of R2 fed back by the master node to determine whether to jointly transmit R2 at the subsequent T9 time.
  • the frame format may also be converted according to the ACK according to the child node itself.
  • the cooperative behavior of the primary node M and the set of child nodes S1 and S2 is semi-statically configured.
  • the case of frame format conversion may also include the following two cases.
  • the frame format is at a given time. Switch from the transmit state to the receive state. This state change can occur within a transmission frame, such as a transmitted symbol that transmits a dominant frame is converted to a received symbol.
  • the sub-node receives the ACK information of the self-feedback data or decodes the self-data correctly, optionally, if the NACK and ACK information sent by the other multiple sub-nodes are received on the control channel, according to certain criteria Determines whether the frame format is converted from the transmit state to the receive state at a given time. This state change can occur within a transmission frame, such as a transmitted symbol that transmits a dominant frame is converted to a received symbol.
  • the certain criterion may be determined according to the number of transmissions of multiple child nodes, the channel quality, the ratio of NACK and ACK, and the like.
  • the feedback data of the child nodes that need to be cooperatively transmitted can be received as early as possible, and the data is cooperatively transmitted at the next moment to improve the receiving performance of the feedback data.
  • the master node feeds back R1A and R2N, and is simultaneously received by S1 and S2, and S1 transmits the T7 period data channel from the transmitting state according to the ACK of the self-feedback data and the NACK of the feedback data of S2. Converted to receive state (the corresponding transmit dominant frame is converted to full receive frame).
  • S2 retransmits R2 according to R2N, and S1 receives R2.
  • S1 receives the ACK/NACK information of R2 fed back by the primary node to determine whether to jointly transmit R2 in the subsequent T9 period.
  • the coordinated transmission power can be controlled.
  • the scheme in Fig. 28 there are the following differences.
  • the master node M and a group of child nodes S1, S2 are semi-statically configured with cooperative behavior, and the pattern configuration of power allocation is increased.
  • One possible way is to distribute the unsent power evenly to other resources that need to be sent for user resources that do not need to be co-transmitted (such as ACK has been received, or no NACK is received).
  • One possible way is to allocate unsent power to other resources that need to be sent according to certain criteria for user resources that do not need to be transmitted cooperatively (such as ACK has been received, or no NACK is received).
  • the criterion can perform power allocation according to channel quality, routing state, number of transmissions, user number, and the like of different users.
  • the master node may jointly feed back ACK/NACK.
  • the master node may jointly feed back ACK/NACK.
  • the primary node feeds back some or all of the ACK/NACKs of the child nodes, and these ACK/NACKs can be jointly encoded and sent to the child nodes in the form of a data packet.
  • One possible way is to occupy the data channel and distinguish it from the normal command data in at least one of the following: a specific time-frequency resource, a specific RS sequence, a specific CRC-RNTI, and the like.
  • the jointly encoded ACK/NACK may adopt a multiple transmission manner, and configure a Timing time, a period, a frame format and the like for transmitting a joint coded ACK/NACK.
  • the first data may be simultaneously transmitted with the primary node and the coordinated child node on the first time-frequency resource; and the primary node may be simultaneously connected to the primary time-frequency resource.
  • the cooperative child node transmits the second data. Therefore, the time delay of the task time can be saved, and the efficiency can be further improved.
  • the target child node can transmit data with the master node or transmit data with the cooperative child node, which can further save resources.
  • the target child node can receive data from the master node and the cooperative child node at the same time, which can improve the probability that the target child node receives the data.
  • no additional scheduling and BWP switching are required, and the delay is reduced.
  • the frequency domain channel diversity gain of multiple users can also be obtained.
  • the frame structure of the 5G system is a flexible configuration frame structure.
  • the protocol defines 14 symbols as a slot of a slot, and each symbol can be any one of a DL downlink symbol, a UL uplink symbol, and a flexible flexible symbol.
  • the DL downlink symbol is simply referred to as D
  • the UL uplink symbol is simply referred to as U
  • the flexible flexible symbol is simply referred to as X.
  • the protocol also defines a plurality of possible configurations and indexes of the frame structure in a slot.
  • the specific frame structure may be configured by using the RRC semi-static configuration, or may be configured by the Group Common L1 signaling, which is not limited in this embodiment. .
  • Table 1 shows the frame structure of the Normal Cyclic Prefix (Normal CP) of the 5G system.
  • Normal CP Normal Cyclic Prefix
  • a new symbol type is defined, which is referred to as an Autonomous Symbol in the embodiment of the present application.
  • DL automatic symbols for short description, abbreviated as DA
  • UL automatic symbols for simple description, abbreviated as UA
  • Flexible automatic symbols for simple description, referred to as XA
  • XA Flexible automatic symbols
  • These newly defined symbols can coexist with the existing three types of symbols, or they can replace existing symbol types in part or in whole.
  • the default configuration is DL symbol, and when it conforms to the frame structure conversion condition, it is converted into a UA symbol or a U symbol or an X symbol.
  • the frame structure transition condition is configured by semi-static RRC signaling or dynamic L1 signaling, at least one possible condition is included.
  • the conversion condition is greater than one, the condition can be numbered and indexed.
  • a possible way is to perform frame structure conversion when M cooperative data is decoded correctly or incorrectly or meets a preset condition, wherein N is assumed to be the total cooperative data number, M is greater than or equal to 1, and M is less than or a positive integer equal to N;
  • the frame structure conversion is performed.
  • the self data decoding is correct or incorrect, and the M cooperative data is decoded correctly or The error or the pre-set condition is satisfied, and the frame format conversion is performed after receiving the non-confirmation information or the confirmation information of the own data and receiving the non-confirmation information or the confirmation information of the M cooperation data or satisfying the preset condition.
  • the start time (Timing) of the frame structure conversion is configured by semi-static RRC signaling or dynamic L1 signaling, including at least one possible start time.
  • the start time may be numbered and indexed.
  • One possible way is to start with the current Symbol/mini-slot/slot/Frame, the Kth (where K is greater than or equal to 0) different symbol type boundaries, or the Kth specific symbol type boundary for frame structure A transformation in which a particular symbol type boundary, such as the boundary between an X symbol and a UA symbol, converts the UA symbol to a DA symbol.
  • the current Symbol/mini-slot/slot/Frame may be the time when the data decoding is completed, or the time when the cooperative data is decoded, or the time when the data confirmation or non-confirmation message is received. Or the time when a collaborative data confirmation or non-confirmation message is received.
  • the duration of the frame structure transition is configured by semi-static RRC signaling or dynamic L1 signaling, including at least one possible duration below.
  • the duration may be indexed when the duration is greater than one.
  • the duration is L Symbol/mini-slot/slot/Frame
  • the duration is a template defined by the time domain pattern.
  • the unit of the pattern template can be Symbol/mini-slot/slot/Frame, which can be continuous or spaced in time.
  • configuring the frame structure converted symbol format by semi-static RRC signaling or dynamic L1 signaling includes at least one possible manner.
  • the conversion mode may be numbered and indexed.
  • the DA symbol is converted to a UA symbol or a U symbol
  • the UA symbol is converted to a DA symbol or a D symbol
  • One possible way is to convert the UA symbol to an XA symbol or an X symbol.
  • Table 2 shows a form of the automatic conversion frame structure of the embodiment of the present application.
  • the frame structure type is configured by semi-static RRC signaling or dynamic L1 signaling, and includes at least one possible frame structure type.
  • the frame structure type may be numbered and indexed.
  • One possible way, within the slot is a single DA or UA or XA symbol type.
  • the slot 1 configuration table 2 format 0 is taken as an example. After the receiving self data is correctly decoded, the frame format conversion is performed in the slot, and the DA symbols after the K symbols are converted into the UA symbol or the U symbol.
  • slot 1 is configured with format 0 of slot 1 and slot 2 is configured with format 0 of table 2 as an example.
  • slot 1 receives its own data and decodes correctly, frame format conversion is performed in slot 2, and the DA symbol of slot 2 is converted into a UA symbol or U. symbol;
  • the slot 1 configuration table 1 format 0, the slot 2 configuration table 2 format 0 is taken as an example.
  • the slot 1 control channel receives the non-confirmation information of the cooperation data, the frame format conversion is performed in the slot 2, and the DA symbol of the slot 2 is converted. Coordinate data is transmitted for the UA symbol or U symbol.
  • One possible way is to configure multiple different types of symbols in the slot. For example, configuring M DA symbols, N UA symbols, P XA symbols, M' D symbols, N' U symbols, P' X symbols, where M, N, P, M', N', P are satisfied.
  • the sum of ' is the total number of symbols of the slot, and at the same time satisfying M, N, P, M', N', P' is 0 at the same time.
  • the slot 1 configuration table 1 format 28, the slot 2 configuration table 2 format 3 is taken as an example.
  • the frame format conversion is performed in the slot 2, and the DA symbol of the slot 2 is converted into the UA symbol or U.
  • the slot 2 configuration table 2 format 4 is taken as an example.
  • the slot 1 receives its own data decoding correctly, the UA symbol is converted into the DA symbol or the D symbol at the symbol type boundary of the slot 1, and the cooperation is received.
  • Non-confirmation information of the data simultaneously performing frame format conversion in slot 2, converting the DA symbol of slot 2 into a UA symbol or a U symbol, and transmitting the cooperation data, and converting the UA symbol of slot 2 into a DA symbol or a D symbol;
  • slot 1 is configured in Table 2 format 9
  • slot 2 is configured as Table 2 format 6 as an example.
  • the D symbol of slot 1 receives the confirmation information of its own data and optionally receives the non-confirmed information of the cooperation data
  • slot 2 is selected.
  • the UA symbol is converted into a DA symbol or a D symbol
  • the cooperative data is received
  • the DA symbol of slot 2 is converted into a UA symbol or a U symbol.
  • One possible way is to configure a frame structure pair with the opposite sign direction of the corresponding index in the slot, where DA and UA, D and A, etc. are opposite signs.
  • the format 0/1, the format 3/6, the format 4/7, and the format 5/8 in Table 2 are mutually opposite frame structure pairs, and the frame structure can flexibly change the frame when cooperatively transmitting at multiple nodes. Structure direction and effective collaborative transmission.
  • each slot can contain any number of symbols, such as 7 symbols / 14 symbols, etc.
  • Different frame structures can be arbitrarily combined into other types of frame structures.
  • two different 7-symbol slots can form a new 14-symbol.
  • the frame structure of the slot is only an exemplary description, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto.
  • each slot can contain any number of symbols, such as 7 symbols / 14 symbols, etc.
  • Different frame structures can be arbitrarily combined into other types of frame structures.
  • two different 7-symbol slots can form a new 14-symbol.
  • the frame structure of the slot can be arbitrarily combined into other types of frame structures.
  • the frame structure of the embodiment of the present application may be used in combination with the frame structure of the existing 5G system, including the replacement of some symbols in the frame structure of the present application with the symbols of the existing 5G system, or the frame structure of the present application.
  • the slots of the slot and the 5G system form a new slot frame structure and the like.
  • the automatic frame structure of the present application can be used as a new frame format table alone, combined with the frame format table of the 5G system, or as a supplement to the frame format table of the 5G system, and a unified number index is performed.
  • the frame structure of the present application can be applied to communication between the network side and the network side, and can also be used for uplink/downward/supplementary uplink (SUL) communication between the network side and the terminal side. It can be used for D2D/SideLink communication between the terminal side and the terminal side.
  • SUL uplink/downward/supplementary uplink
  • the DA/UA symbol may be configured by semi-static RRC signaling or dynamic L1 signaling, and the relationship with the configuration signaling of other symbols may be at least one of the following manners.
  • the semi-static RRC signaling or the dynamic L1 signaling configuration of the DA or UA may modify the semi-statically configured X symbol; or may not be modified by it;
  • the DA or UA configured by the semi-static RRC signaling or the dynamic L1 signaling may modify the X symbol of the dynamic L1 signaling configuration, where the dynamic L1 signaling may be a dynamic slot format indicator field (Slot Format Indicator). , SFI), may also be L1 signaling at the cell level or user level; or may not be modified by it;
  • SFI slot Format Indicator
  • the DA or UA configured by the semi-static RRC signaling or the dynamic L1 signaling may modify the D or U symbol of the dynamic L1 signaling configuration, where the dynamic L1 signaling may be a dynamic SFI or a cell level. Or user-level L1 signaling; or it may not be modified by it;
  • the DA or UA configured by semi-static RRC signaling or dynamic L1 signaling may modify measurement related signal transmission (such as periodic or semi-persistent SPS CSI-RS or SRS, etc.); or may not be Its modification;
  • Reuse symbols defined by existing standards The new symbol definition is not introduced, the existing standard D, U, and X symbols are reused, and the frame structure can be automatically converted on the agreed symbol type.
  • the time when the frame structure can be configured by semi-static RRC signaling or dynamic L1 signaling can be automatically converted.
  • the semi-static RRC signaling configuration automatic conversion takes effect, after which the frame structure can be converted according to a given condition; the semi-static RRC signaling configuration automatic conversion stops, and the frame structure cannot be performed after the time.
  • the dynamic L1 signaling configuration automatic conversion takes effect or stops, optionally by means of RNTI scrambling on the proprietary DCI.
  • the symbol type that can be automatically converted by configuring the frame structure by semi-static RRC signaling or dynamic L1 signaling optionally, when there are multiple manners, multiple ways may be indexed.
  • D, U and X symbols can be automatically converted into a frame structure.
  • the frame structure automatic conversion is effective by using semi-static RRC signaling or dynamic L1 signaling, and when there is a conflict with configuration signaling of other symbols, at least one of the following solutions may be adopted.
  • the semi-static RRC signaling or the dynamic L1 signaling configuration frame structure automatic conversion takes effect, and the semi-statically configured X symbol may be modified; or may not be modified by the same;
  • the automatic conversion of the frame structure is implemented by the semi-static RRC signaling or the dynamic L1 signaling configuration, and the X symbol of the dynamic L1 signaling configuration may be modified.
  • the dynamic L1 signaling may be a dynamic SFI or a cell. Level or user level L1 signaling; or may not be modified by it;
  • the automatic conversion of the frame structure is implemented by the semi-static RRC signaling or the dynamic L1 signaling configuration, and the D or U symbol configured by the dynamic L1 signaling may be modified.
  • the dynamic L1 signaling may be a dynamic SFI, or may be It is L1 signaling at the cell level or user level; or it may not be modified by it;
  • the frame structure automatic conversion is effective by semi-static RRC signaling or dynamic L1 signaling configuration, and the measurement related signal transmission (such as CSI-RS or SRS of periodic or semi-persistent SPS) may be modified; or Can not be modified by it.
  • the measurement related signal transmission such as CSI-RS or SRS of periodic or semi-persistent SPS
  • the frame structure transition condition is configured by semi-static RRC signaling or dynamic L1 signaling, including at least one possible condition below.
  • the condition can be numbered and indexed.
  • a possible way is to perform frame structure conversion when M cooperative data is decoded correctly or incorrectly or meets a preset condition, wherein N is assumed to be the total cooperative data number, M is greater than or equal to 1, and M is less than or a positive integer equal to N;
  • the frame structure conversion is performed.
  • the start time (Timing) of the frame structure conversion is configured by semi-static RRC signaling or dynamic L1 signaling, including at least one possible start time.
  • the start time may be numbered and indexed.
  • One possible way is to start with the current Symbol/mini-slot/slot/Frame, the Kth (where K is greater than or equal to 0) different symbol type boundaries, or the Kth specific symbol type boundary for frame structure conversion Where a particular symbol type boundary, such as the boundary between the X symbol and the UA symbol, converts the UA symbol to a DA symbol.
  • the currently located Symbol/mini-slot/slot/Frame may be the time when the data decoding is completed, or the time when the cooperative data is decoded, or the time when the data confirmation or non-confirmation message is received. Or the time when a collaborative data confirmation or non-confirmation message is received.
  • the duration of the frame structure transition is configured by semi-static RRC signaling or dynamic L1 signaling, including at least one possible duration below.
  • the duration may be indexed when the duration is greater than one.
  • the duration is L Symbol/mini-slot/slot/Frame
  • the duration is a template defined by the time domain pattern.
  • the unit of the pattern template can be Symbol/mini-slot/slot/Frame, which can be continuous or spaced in time.
  • the method for transmitting data in the embodiment of the present application is described above based on different interaction angles and frame structure angles.
  • the target child node receives the data corresponding to itself through the own frequency band, and the target child node can also receive the cooperation data through the cooperative frequency band, wherein the cooperation data may be data corresponding to other nodes, and the self frequency band and the cooperation frequency band may be pre-configured. resource of.
  • the pre-configured resources respectively receive their own data and collaboration data on different resources, thereby preventing the first node from first listening to whether the channel is idle, and then delaying the transmission, and saving resources.
  • the network side can perform demodulation according to a single resource mapping manner, with low complexity and good edge coverage performance.
  • the size of the sequence number of each process does not mean the order of execution, and the order of execution of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not be taken by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the implementation process constitutes any qualification.
  • FIG. 35 is a schematic block diagram of an apparatus for transmitting data according to an embodiment of the present application.
  • the apparatus 500 for transmitting data may include: a first transceiver unit 510 and a second transceiver unit 520.
  • the device 500 can be a terminal device or a chip configured in the terminal device.
  • the first transceiver unit 510 is configured to receive first data of the first node and allocate to the first data on a first resource allocated to the first node in a first time period. Receiving, by the second resource of the two nodes, the second data of the second node;
  • the second transceiver unit 520 is configured to: send the second data on the second resource in a second time period according to the first rule; where the first rule includes one or more of the following:
  • the first transceiver unit 520 stops transmitting the second data, where the second feedback information is in the first And being sent by the second resource or the third resource, where the third resource is a resource shared by the first node and the second node.
  • the first transceiver unit 510 is configured to receive a first configuration, where the first configuration is used to indicate the first resource and the second resource.
  • the first configuration is further used to indicate the third resource.
  • the first transceiver unit 510 is configured to receive a second configuration, where the second configuration is used to indicate the first rule.
  • the first transceiver unit 510 is configured to receive a third configuration, where the third configuration is used to indicate the second time period.
  • the third configuration indicates the second time period by indicating one or more of the following:
  • the type of time unit occupied by the second time period is the type of time unit occupied by the second time period.
  • the first transceiver unit 510 is configured to receive a fourth configuration, where the fourth configuration is used to indicate the first time period.
  • the fourth configuration indicates the first time period by indicating one or more of the following:
  • the type of time unit occupied by the first time period is the type of time unit occupied by the first time period.
  • the first transceiver unit 510 is configured to receive second data of the second node on a second resource allocated to the second node in a first time period;
  • the second transceiver unit 520 is configured to: send, according to the first rule, the first data of the first node and send the second resource on the first resource allocated to the first node in a second time period The second data; wherein the first rule comprises one or more of the following:
  • the M nodes include the second node, where M is a positive integer
  • the first transceiver unit 520 stops transmitting the second data, where the second feedback information is in the first And being sent by the second resource or the third resource, where the third resource is a resource shared by the first node and the second node.
  • the first transceiver unit 510 is configured to receive a first configuration, where the first configuration is used to indicate the first resource and the second resource.
  • the first configuration is further used to indicate the third resource.
  • the first transceiver unit 510 is configured to receive a second configuration, where the second configuration is used to indicate the first rule.
  • the first transceiver unit 510 is configured to receive a third configuration, where the third configuration is used to indicate the second time period.
  • the third configuration indicates the second time period by indicating one or more of the following:
  • the type of time unit occupied by the second time period is the type of time unit occupied by the second time period.
  • the first transceiver unit 510 is configured to receive a fourth configuration, where the fourth configuration is used to indicate the first time period.
  • the fourth configuration indicates the first time period by indicating one or more of the following:
  • the type of time unit occupied by the first time period is the type of time unit occupied by the first time period.
  • the first transceiver unit 510 is configured to receive first data by using a first frequency band, where the destination node of the first data is the first node;
  • the second transceiver unit 520 is configured to: receive second data by using a second frequency band, where the destination node of the second data is a second node.
  • the second transceiver unit 520 is configured to: send the second data to the second node by using the second frequency band.
  • the apparatus 500 further includes a processing unit 530, when the processing unit 530 determines that the first data is correctly decoded, the second transceiver unit 520 is configured to send the first node to the second node by using the second frequency band. Two data.
  • the second transceiver unit 520 is configured to: when receiving the non-acknowledgment information for the second data sent by the second node, send the first node to the second node by using the second frequency band Two data.
  • the second transceiver unit 520 is configured to send the second data to the second node by using the second frequency band.
  • the first transceiver unit 510 is configured to: send, by using the first frequency band or the preset third frequency band, acknowledge information for the first data, so that the node that receives the acknowledgement information is configured according to the The confirmation message stops transmitting the first data.
  • the first node receives data corresponding to itself (that is, an example of the first data) through the own frequency band (ie, an example of the first frequency band), and the first node may also pass the cooperative frequency band (ie, the second frequency band)
  • the cooperation data ie, an example of the second data
  • the cooperation data may be data corresponding to other nodes
  • the self frequency band and the cooperation frequency band may be pre-configured resources.
  • the pre-configured resources respectively receive their own data and collaboration data on different resources, thereby preventing the first node from first listening to whether the channel is idle, and then delaying the transmission, and saving resources.
  • each node can exchange data through pre-configured resources within one task time, and thus can also shorten the delay.
  • the first transceiver unit 510 is configured to send first data by using a first frequency band, where the first data is data generated by the first node;
  • the second transceiver unit 520 is configured to: receive the second data by using the second frequency band, where the second data is data generated by the second node, or the destination node of the second data is the second node.
  • the second transceiver unit 520 is configured to send the second data by using the second frequency band.
  • the second transceiver unit 520 when the second transceiver unit 520 is configured to receive the non-acknowledgment information for the second data, the second transceiver unit 520 is configured to send the second data by using the second frequency band; or
  • the second transceiver unit 520 is configured to send the second data by using the second frequency band.
  • the first transceiver unit 510 is configured to receive, by using the first frequency band, acknowledge information for the first data, so that the first node stops sending the first data according to the acknowledgement information.
  • the first node sends data corresponding to itself (that is, an example of the first data) through the own frequency band (ie, an example of the first frequency band), and the first node may also pass the cooperative frequency band (ie, the second frequency band)
  • the cooperation data ie, an example of the second data
  • the cooperation data may be data corresponding to other nodes
  • the self frequency band and the cooperation frequency band may be pre-configured resources.
  • the pre-configured resources respectively send and receive their own data and collaboration data on different resources, thereby preventing the first node from first listening to whether the channel is idle, and then delaying the transmission.
  • each node can exchange data through pre-configured resources within one task time, thereby saving resources and shortening delay.
  • the means 500 for transmitting data may correspond to a child node in the method 200 of transmitting data in accordance with an embodiment of the present application, which may include means for a method performed by a child of the method 200.
  • the modules in the device 500 for transmitting data and the other operations and/or functions described above are respectively used to implement the corresponding processes of the method 200, and the specific processes in which the respective units perform the above-mentioned respective steps have been described in detail in the method 200, for the sake of brevity, This will not be repeated here.
  • the processing unit 530 determines information of a common resource, where the common resource can be used for transmitting data by a group of child nodes, and the processing unit 530 determines a resource that overlaps the first resource with the common resource.
  • the overlapping resources are used by the first child node to transmit data, where the first resource is a resource occupied by the first child node, and the first child node is the group of child nodes. Any of the child nodes; the first transceiver unit 510 transmits data based on the overlapping resources.
  • the processing unit 530 is configured to: determine at least one resource mapping manner on the common resource, where the at least one resource mapping manner includes at least one of the following: a pre-frequency domain post-time domain, and a pre-time domain post-frequency Domain, time-frequency hybrid mapping.
  • the processing unit 530 is configured to: determine a location of the at least one starting subcarrier in the common resource; the processing unit 530 is further configured to: determine, according to the location of the at least one starting subcarrier, A resource that overlaps with the common resource.
  • the information of the common resource includes an index table, where the index table is used by the group of child nodes to determine a resource for transmitting data from the common resource.
  • the information of the common resource includes at least one redundancy version RV.
  • the apparatus 500 for transmitting data may correspond to a child node in the method 400 of transmitting data in accordance with an embodiment of the present application, which may include a module for a method performed by a child of the method 400.
  • the modules in the device 500 for transmitting data and the other operations and/or functions described above are respectively used to implement the corresponding processes of the method 400.
  • the specific process for each unit to perform the above-mentioned corresponding steps has been described in detail in the method 400, for the sake of brevity, This will not be repeated here.
  • the communication device 500 can be a network device or a chip configured in the network device.
  • the first transceiver unit 510 is configured to send the first configuration to a first node, where the first configuration is used to indicate a first resource allocated to the first node a second resource assigned to the second node;
  • the second transceiver unit 520 is configured to: send the first data of the first node on the first resource and the second data of the second node on the second resource in a first time period; among them,
  • the second resource is used by the first node to send second data in a second time period according to the first rule, where the first rule includes one or more of the following:
  • the first transceiver unit 510 receives the second feedback information indicating that the second data is successfully received, stopping sending the second data in the first time period, where the second feedback information is And sending, by the second resource or the third resource, the third resource is a resource shared by the first node and the second node.
  • the first configuration is further used to indicate the third resource.
  • the first transceiver unit 510 is configured to send a second configuration, where the second configuration is used to indicate the first rule.
  • the first transceiver unit 510 is configured to send a third configuration, where the third configuration is used to indicate the second time period.
  • the third configuration indicates the second time period by indicating one or more of the following:
  • the second time period is spaced from the time domain of the first time period
  • the type of time unit occupied by the second time period is the type of time unit occupied by the second time period.
  • the first transceiver unit 510 is configured to send a fourth configuration, where the fourth configuration is used to indicate the first time period.
  • the fourth configuration indicates the first time period by indicating one or more of the following:
  • the duration of the first period of time or
  • the type of time unit occupied by the first time period is the type of time unit occupied by the first time period.
  • the first transceiver unit 510 is configured to send the first configuration to a first node, where the first configuration is used to indicate a first resource that is allocated to the first node. And a second resource assigned to the second node;
  • the second transceiver unit 520 is configured to receive first data of the first node on the first resource and second data of the second node on the second resource in a first time period; among them,
  • the second resource is used by the first node to send second data in a second time period according to the first rule, where the first rule includes one or more of the following:
  • the M satisfies a threshold, and the second data is sent, where the M nodes include the second node, and M is a positive integer;
  • the second transceiver unit 520 is further configured to: if the second data is successfully received, send second feedback information indicating that the second data is successfully received, where the second feedback information is used to indicate to stop sending The second data, the second feedback information is sent on the second resource or the third resource, where the third resource is a resource shared by the first node and the second node.
  • the first configuration is further used to indicate the third resource.
  • the first transceiver unit 510 is configured to send a second configuration, where the second configuration is used to indicate the first rule.
  • the first transceiver unit 510 is configured to send a third configuration, where the third configuration is used to indicate the second time period.
  • the third configuration indicates the second time period by indicating one or more of the following:
  • the second time period is spaced from the time domain of the first time period
  • the type of time unit occupied by the second time period is the type of time unit occupied by the second time period.
  • the first transceiver unit 510 is configured to receive a fourth configuration, where the fourth configuration is used to indicate the first time period.
  • the fourth configuration indicates the first time period by indicating one or more of the following:
  • the duration of the first period of time or
  • the type of time unit occupied by the first time period is the type of time unit occupied by the first time period.
  • the first transceiver unit 510 is configured to send first data by using a first frequency band, where a destination node of the first data is a first node;
  • the second transceiver unit 520 is configured to: send the second data by using the second frequency band, where the destination node of the second data is the second node.
  • the first transceiver unit 510 is configured to receive first feedback information for the first data by using the first frequency band or a preset third frequency band, and the processing unit 530 determines, according to the first feedback information, Whether to stop sending the first data; and/or
  • the second transceiver unit 520 is configured to receive feedback information for the second data by using the second frequency band or the third frequency band, and the processing unit 530 determines, according to the second feedback information, whether to stop sending the second data.
  • the first transceiver unit 510 receives, by using the first frequency band or the preset third frequency band, the first feedback information for the first data after the first time, the first time is from the a time after the third node sends the first data and experiences a preset first duration; and/or
  • the second transceiver unit 520 receives the second feedback information for the second data after the second time interval by using the second frequency band or the third frequency band, where the second time is sent from the third node The time after the second data is subjected to the preset second time period.
  • the third node sends the first data corresponding to the first node by using the first frequency band, and the third node sends the second data corresponding to the second node by using the second frequency band, so that other nodes receive their own in the frequency band.
  • Data receiving collaborative data on a cooperating band. Data is sent on different resources through pre-configured resources, so that other nodes need to first listen to whether the channel is idle, and then delay the transmission, and save resources.
  • each node can exchange data through pre-configured resources within one task time, and thus can also shorten the delay.
  • the first transceiver unit 510 is configured to receive first data by using a first frequency band, where the first data is data generated by the first node;
  • the second transceiver unit 520 is configured to: receive second data by using a second frequency band, where the second data is data generated by the second node.
  • the first transceiver unit 510 is configured to send, by using the first frequency band or the preset third frequency band, acknowledge information for the first data, so that the node that receives the acknowledgement information is configured according to the acknowledgement The information stops transmitting the first data; and/or
  • the second transceiver unit 520 is configured to send, by using the second frequency band or the preset third frequency band, acknowledge information for the second data, so that the node that receives the acknowledgement information stops sending according to the acknowledgement information.
  • Second data is sent, by using the second frequency band or the preset third frequency band, acknowledge information for the second data, so that the node that receives the acknowledgement information stops sending according to the acknowledgement information.
  • the third node receives the first data corresponding to the first node by using the first frequency band, and the third node receives the second data corresponding to the second node by using the second frequency band.
  • other nodes can separately transmit their own data and cooperative data through pre-configured self-resources and cooperative resources, thereby avoiding delays caused by other nodes needing to first listen to whether the channel is idle and then transmitting. Can save resources.
  • each node can exchange data through pre-configured resources within one task time, and thus can also shorten the delay.
  • the apparatus 500 can correspond to a master node in the method 200 in accordance with an embodiment of the present application, and the apparatus 500 can include means for performing a method performed by a master node of the method 200.
  • the modules in the device 500 and the other operations and/or functions described above are respectively used to implement the corresponding processes of the method 200.
  • the specific processes in which the respective units perform the above-mentioned corresponding steps have been described in detail in the method 200. For the sake of brevity, no longer Narration.
  • the processing unit 530 is configured to determine information of a common resource, where the common resource can be used to transmit data to a group of child nodes, and determine a resource in which the first resource overlaps with the common resource, where the overlapping The resource is used by the first child node to transmit data, where the first resource is a resource occupied by the first child node, and the first child node is any one of the group of child nodes. a node; based on the overlapping resources, the first transceiver unit 510 and the first child node transmit data.
  • the processing unit 530 is configured to: determine at least one resource mapping manner on the common resource, where the at least one resource mapping manner includes at least one of the following: a pre-frequency domain post-time domain, and a pre-time domain post-frequency Domain, time-frequency hybrid mapping.
  • the processing unit 530 is configured to: determine a location of the at least one starting subcarrier in the common resource; the processing unit 530 is further configured to: determine, according to the location of the at least one starting subcarrier, A resource that overlaps with the common resource.
  • the information of the common resource includes an index table, where the index table is used by the group of child nodes to determine a resource for transmitting data from the common resource.
  • the information of the common resource includes at least one redundancy version RV.
  • the means 500 for transmitting data may correspond to a master node in a method 400 of transmitting data in accordance with an embodiment of the present application, which may include means for a method performed by a master node of method 400.
  • the modules in the device 500 for transmitting data and the other operations and/or functions described above are respectively used to implement the corresponding processes of the method 400. The specific process for each unit to perform the above-mentioned corresponding steps has been described in detail in the method 400, for the sake of brevity, This will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 36 is a schematic structural diagram of a device 600 for transmitting data according to an embodiment of the present disclosure, where the device may be a terminal device.
  • the device 600 includes a processor 601 and a transceiver 602.
  • the device 600 further includes a memory 603.
  • the processor 602, the transceiver 602 and the memory 603 communicate with each other through an internal connection path for transferring control and/or data signals
  • the memory 603 is for storing a computer program
  • the processor 601 is used for the memory 603.
  • the computer program is called and executed to control the transceiver 602 to send and receive signals.
  • the processor 601 and the memory 603 may be combined to form a processing device 604 for executing the program code stored in the memory 603 to implement the above functions.
  • the memory 603 may also be integrated in the processor 601 or independent of the processor 601.
  • the device 600 may further include an antenna 610, configured to send uplink data or uplink control signaling output by the transceiver 602 by using a wireless signal.
  • device 600 may correspond to a child node in method 200 in accordance with an embodiment of the present application, which may include a module for performing a method performed by a child node of method 200, and each module in device 600 and The other operations and/or functions described above are respectively implemented to implement the corresponding processes of the method 200.
  • the memory 603 is configured to store program code, so that when the program code is executed, the processor 601 performs a process of decoding, converting a frame format, and the like in the method 200, and controls the transceiver 602 to execute the data to be transmitted and received in the method 200, and the like.
  • the specific process of each module performing the above-mentioned corresponding steps has been described in detail in the method 200. For brevity, no further details are provided herein.
  • device 600 may correspond to a child node in method 400 in accordance with an embodiment of the present application, which may include a module for performing a method performed by a child node of method 400, and each module in device 600 and described above Other operations and/or functions are respectively implemented to implement the corresponding processes of method 400.
  • the memory 603 is configured to store program code, so that when the program code is executed, the processor 601 performs a process of decoding, converting a frame format, and the like in the method 400, and controls the transceiver 602 to execute the data to be transmitted and received in the method 400, and the like.
  • the specific process of each module performing the above-mentioned corresponding steps has been described in detail in the method 400. For brevity, no further details are provided herein.
  • the above processor 601 can be used to perform the actions implemented by the terminal described in the foregoing method embodiments, and the transceiver 602 can be used to perform the transmission of the terminal (child node) described in the foregoing method embodiment to the network device (master node). Or the action sent.
  • the transceiver 602 can be used to perform the transmission of the terminal (child node) described in the foregoing method embodiment to the network device (master node). Or the action sent.
  • the above processor 601 and memory 603 can be integrated into one processing device, and the processor 601 is configured to execute program code stored in the memory 603 to implement the above functions.
  • the memory 603 can also be integrated in the processor 601.
  • the device 600 described above can also include a power source 605 for providing power to various devices or circuits in the terminal.
  • the device 600 may further include one or more of an input unit 614, a display unit 616, an audio circuit 618, a camera 620, and a sensor 622, and the audio circuit may also Including speaker 6182, microphone 6184, and the like.
  • FIG. 37 is a schematic structural diagram of a device 700 for transmitting data according to another embodiment of the present disclosure, where the device may be a network device.
  • the device 700 includes a processor 710 and a transceiver 720.
  • the device 700 also includes a memory 730.
  • the processor 710, the transceiver 720, and the memory 730 communicate with each other through an internal connection path for transferring control and/or data signals.
  • the memory 730 is configured to store a computer program, and the processor 710 is configured to be called from the memory 730.
  • the computer program is run to control the transceiver 720 to send and receive signals.
  • the above processor 710 and memory 730 can synthesize a processing device, and the processor 710 is configured to execute the program code stored in the memory 730 to implement the above functions.
  • the memory 730 can also be integrated in the processor 710 or independent of the processor 710.
  • the device may further include an antenna 740, configured to send downlink data or downlink control signaling output by the transceiver 720 by using a wireless signal.
  • the apparatus 700 may correspond to a primary node in the method 200 in accordance with an embodiment of the present application, and the apparatus 700 may include means for performing a method performed by a primary node of the method 200.
  • each module in the device 700 and the other operations and/or functions described above are respectively implemented to implement the corresponding processes of the method 200.
  • the memory 730 is configured to store program code, such that when the program code is executed, the processor 710 performs a process of decoding, converting a frame format, and the like in the method 200, and controls the transceiver 720 to execute the method 200 through the antenna 740.
  • the specific process of performing the above-mentioned corresponding steps in each module is described in detail in the method 200. For brevity, no further details are provided herein.
  • the device 700 can correspond to a master node in the method 400 in accordance with an embodiment of the present application, which can include a module for performing a method performed by a master node of the method 400.
  • the various modules in the device 700 and the other operations and/or functions described above are respectively implemented to implement the corresponding processes of the method 400.
  • the memory 730 is configured to store program code such that when executing the program code, the processor 710 performs the decoding, conversion frame format, and the like in the method 400, and controls the transceiver 720 to perform the method 400 through the antenna 740.
  • the specific process of performing the above-mentioned corresponding steps in each module is described in detail in the method 400. For brevity, no further details are provided herein.
  • the processor may be a central processing unit (CPU), and the processor may also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSPs), and dedicated integration.
  • DSPs digital signal processors
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • the general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor or any conventional processor or the like.
  • the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory.
  • the non-volatile memory may be a read-only memory (ROM), a programmable read only memory (ROMM), an erasable programmable read only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), or an electrical Erase programmable EPROM (EEPROM) or flash memory.
  • the volatile memory can be a random access memory (RAM) that acts as an external cache.
  • RAM random access memory
  • RAM random access memory
  • SRAM static random access memory
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • synchronous dynamic randomness synchronous dynamic randomness.
  • Synchronous DRAM SDRAM
  • DDR SDRAM double data rate synchronous DRAM
  • ESDRAM enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory
  • SLDRAM synchronous connection dynamic random access memory Take memory
  • DR RAM direct memory bus random access memory
  • the application further provides a computer program product, comprising: computer program code, when the computer program code is run on a computer, causing the computer to perform the operations of FIG. 6 to FIG. 34
  • a computer program product comprising: computer program code, when the computer program code is run on a computer, causing the computer to perform the operations of FIG. 6 to FIG. 34
  • the method in the examples is shown.
  • the application further provides a computer readable medium storing program code, when the program code is run on a computer, causing the computer to perform the operations of FIG. 6 to FIG. 34
  • the method in the examples is shown.
  • the application further provides a system including the foregoing network device and one or more terminal devices.
  • the above embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any other combination.
  • the above-described embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the processes or functions according to embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part.
  • the computer can be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device.
  • the computer instructions can be stored in a computer readable storage medium or transferred from one computer readable storage medium to another computer readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions can be wired from a website site, computer, server or data center (for example, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) to another website site, computer, server or data center.
  • the computer readable storage medium can be any available media that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, data center, or the like that contains one or more sets of available media.
  • the usable medium can be a magnetic medium (eg, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (eg, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium.
  • the semiconductor medium can be a solid state hard drive.
  • the disclosed system, apparatus, and method may be implemented in other manners.
  • the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative.
  • the division of the unit is only a logical function division.
  • there may be another division manner for example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed.
  • the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, and may be electrical, mechanical or otherwise.
  • the units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of the embodiment.
  • each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.
  • the functions may be stored in a computer readable storage medium if implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as a standalone product.
  • the technical solution of the present application which is essential or contributes to the prior art, or a part of the technical solution, may be embodied in the form of a software product, which is stored in a storage medium, including
  • the instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) to perform all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of the present application.
  • the foregoing storage medium includes: a U disk, a mobile hard disk, a read-only memory (ROM), a random access memory (RAM), a magnetic disk, or an optical disk, and the like, which can store program codes. .

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

Provided by the present application are a method and device for transmitting data. The method comprises: in a first time period, a first node receiving first data of a first node on a first resource allocated to the first node and receiving second data of a second node on a second resource allocated to the second node; the first node sending the second data on the second resource in a second time period according to a first rule, wherein the first rule comprises one or more of the following: if the first data is received successfully or decoded correctly, sending the second data; if first feedback information indicating that receiving of the second data failed is received, sending the second data; if the current time period is the second time period, sending the second data; and if an emergency degree of the second data meets an emergency condition, sending the second data. By means of the present application, the first node may transmit different data by means of the first frequency band and the second frequency band respectively, which may effectively reduce transmission delay and improve efficiency. The method provided in the present embodiment may be applied to communication systems, such as V2X, LTE-V, V2V, vehicle networking, MTC, IoT, LTE-M, M2M, Internet of Things, and the like.

Description

传输数据的方法和装置Method and device for transmitting data

本申请要求于2018年05月07日提交中国专利局、申请号为PCT/CN2018/085917、发明名称为“传输数据的方法和装置”的PCT专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。The present application claims priority to PCT Patent Application No. PCT/CN2018/085917, entitled "Method and Apparatus for Transmitting Data", filed on May 07, 2018, the entire contents of In this application.

技术领域Technical field

本申请涉及通信领域,并且更具体地,涉及传输数据的方法和装置。The present application relates to the field of communications and, more particularly, to methods and apparatus for transmitting data.

背景技术Background technique

超可靠低时延通信(Ultra-Reliable Low Latency Communication,URLLC)业务对时延要求极高,在没有可靠性要求时,时延要求在0.5ms以内,在99.999%可靠性要求下,时延仍然要在1ms以内。在长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)系统的演进中,低传输时间间隔(Short transmission time interval,Short TTI)技术就从一定程度上提供了超短时延通信的可能,并且标准会继续考虑URLLC技术的演进。在5G标准中,为了达到如此严苛的时延需求,定义了更短的调度单元,例如迷你时隙(mini-slot),即采用一个或者多个正交频分复用(Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing,OFDM)符号作为调度单元,调度单元的总OFDM符号长度小于一个时隙(slot)的长度。再例如,大子载波间隔的slot,比如60kHz的子载波间隔,一个slot的长度为7个OFDM符号,时间长度仅为0.125ms。Ultra-Reliable Low Latency Communication (URLLC) service requires extremely high latency. When there is no reliability requirement, the delay requirement is within 0.5ms. Under the 99.999% reliability requirement, the delay is still It should be within 1ms. In the evolution of the Long Term Evolution (LTE) system, the Short Transmission Time Interval (Short TTI) technology provides the possibility of ultra-short delay communication to a certain extent, and the standard will continue to consider URLLC. The evolution of technology. In the 5G standard, in order to meet such severe delay requirements, shorter scheduling units, such as mini-slots, are defined, that is, one or more orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing) , OFDM) symbol as a scheduling unit, the total OFDM symbol length of the scheduling unit is less than the length of one slot. For example, a slot with a large subcarrier spacing, such as a subcarrier spacing of 60 kHz, a slot having a length of 7 OFDM symbols and a time length of only 0.125 ms.

目前,时延最短的一种数据交互方式是,一个控制器(Master)可以控制多个终端(Slaves),控制器与多个终端一般采用串行连接的拓扑方式,在一个任务时间(cycle time)内,控制器将所有终端的数据打成一个大包,采用数据火车方式,按照一定的顺序串行访问每个终端,当某个终端收到该数据包时,会解析出自身对应的数据,同时把需要反馈的数据放在该数据包中,当整个数据包(数据火车)最终返回控制器时,即完成了一个cycle time内的数据交互。At present, the shortest data interaction method is that one controller can control multiple terminals (Slaves), and the controller and multiple terminals generally adopt a serial connection topology, in a task time (cycle time) Within the controller, the controller will make all the data of the terminal into a large package, and use the data train mode to serially access each terminal in a certain order. When a terminal receives the data packet, it will parse its corresponding data. At the same time, the data that needs to be fed back is placed in the data packet, and when the entire data packet (data train) is finally returned to the controller, the data interaction in a cycle time is completed.

但是,随着终端数目的增加,整个cycle time的时间也会呈线性增加,时延会增加。另外,由于串行拓扑顺序固定,当存在终端之间需要通信的需求时,处在上游的终端可以与下游的终端通信,但是反过来就不可以了,需要等到下一个cycle time才行。However, as the number of terminals increases, the time of the entire cycle time increases linearly and the delay increases. In addition, since the serial topology order is fixed, when there is a need for communication between terminals, the upstream terminal can communicate with the downstream terminal, but the reverse is not possible, and it is necessary to wait until the next cycle time.

发明内容Summary of the invention

本申请提供一种传输数据的方法和装置,能够进一步缩短时延,提升效率。The present application provides a method and apparatus for transmitting data, which can further shorten the delay and improve the efficiency.

第一方面,提供了一种传输数据的方法,该方法包括:第一节点在第一时间段在分配给所述第一节点的第一资源上接收所述第一节点的第一数据且在分配给第二节点的第二资源上接收所述第二节点的第二数据;所述第一节点根据第一规则在第二时间段在所述第二资源上发送所述第二数据;其中,所述第一规则包括以下一项或多项:In a first aspect, a method for transmitting data is provided, the method comprising: receiving, by a first node, first data of the first node on a first resource allocated to the first node in a first time period and Receiving, by the second resource allocated to the second node, second data of the second node; the first node transmitting the second data on the second resource in a second time period according to the first rule; The first rule includes one or more of the following:

若所述第一数据成功接收或者译码正确,发送所述第二数据;或者,Sending the second data if the first data is successfully received or decoded correctly; or

若接收到指示所述第二数据接收失败的第一反馈信息,发送所述第二数据;或者,Sending the second data if receiving the first feedback information indicating that the second data reception fails; or

若当前时间段为所述第二时间段,发送所述第二数据;或者,Sending the second data if the current time period is the second time period; or

若所述第二数据的紧急程度满足紧急条件,发送所述第二数据。And transmitting the second data if the urgency of the second data meets an emergency condition.

基于上述技术方案,第一节点通过自身资源(即,第一资源的一例)接收对应自身的数据(即,第一数据的一例),第一节点还可以通过协作资源(即,第二资源的一例)接收协作数据(即,第二数据的一例),其中,协作数据可以是其他节点对应的数据,自身资源和协作资源可以是预先配置的资源。通过预先配置的资源,分别在不同的资源上接收自身数据和协作数据,从而可以避免第一节点先要去侦听信道是否空闲,再进行传输所带来的时延,而且可以节省资源。此外,第一节点还可以根据一定的规则(即,第一规则的一例),该规则可以是自身数据的译码情况,和/或,其他节点数据的译码情况、或者,各自数据的重要程度等,在协作资源上协作转发协作数据,以提高其他节点可以正确接收到自身数据的概率,进一步提高传输性能。Based on the foregoing technical solution, the first node receives data corresponding to itself (that is, an example of the first data) by using its own resource (that is, an example of the first resource), and the first node may also use the collaborative resource (ie, the second resource) For example, the cooperation data (that is, an example of the second data) is received, wherein the cooperation data may be data corresponding to other nodes, and the self resources and the cooperation resources may be pre-configured resources. The pre-configured resources respectively receive their own data and collaboration data on different resources, thereby preventing the first node from first listening to whether the channel is idle, and then delaying the transmission, and saving resources. In addition, the first node may also be according to a certain rule (ie, an example of the first rule), the rule may be a decoding situation of the own data, and/or, the decoding of other node data, or the importance of the respective data. Degree, etc., collaboratively forward collaborative data on collaborative resources to improve the probability that other nodes can correctly receive their own data, further improving transmission performance.

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述方法还包括:In conjunction with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the method further comprises:

若所述第一节点接收到指示所述第二数据成功接收的第二反馈信息,所述第一节点停止发送所述第二数据,所述第二反馈信息是在所述第二资源或者第三资源上发送的,所述第三资源为所述第一节点和所述第二节点共用的资源。If the first node receives the second feedback information indicating that the second data is successfully received, the first node stops sending the second data, and the second feedback information is in the second resource or the first The third resource is sent by the first resource and the second node.

根据本申请实施例,第一节点可以根据协作数据是否被协作节点成功接收,确定自身的协作行为,例如,当协作数据被协作节点成功接收后,第一节点可以不再协作发送协作数据,以节省资源。According to the embodiment of the present application, the first node may determine its own cooperative behavior according to whether the collaboration data is successfully received by the collaboration node. For example, after the collaboration data is successfully received by the collaboration node, the first node may no longer cooperate to send the collaboration data. save resources.

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述方法还包括:In conjunction with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the method further comprises:

所述第一节点接收第一配置,所述第一配置用于指示所述第一资源和所述第二资源。The first node receives a first configuration, where the first configuration is used to indicate the first resource and the second resource.

根据本申请实施例,第一节点可以预先接收指示自身资源和协作资源的配置信息。According to the embodiment of the present application, the first node may receive configuration information indicating the self resource and the cooperation resource in advance.

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一配置还用于指示所述第三资源。In conjunction with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the first configuration is further configured to indicate the third resource.

根据本申请实施例,第一节点接收的配置信息中还可以包括用于指示第三资源的配置信息,第三资源可以是部分或全部节点共用的资源。According to the embodiment of the present application, the configuration information received by the first node may further include configuration information for indicating a third resource, where the third resource may be a resource shared by some or all nodes.

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述方法还包括:In conjunction with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the method further comprises:

所述第一节点接收第二配置,所述第二配置用于指示所述第一规则。The first node receives a second configuration, and the second configuration is used to indicate the first rule.

根据本申请实施例,第一节点还可以预先接收关于第一规则的相关信息,第二配置与第一配置可以是包含于一个配置信息中。According to the embodiment of the present application, the first node may further receive related information about the first rule in advance, and the second configuration and the first configuration may be included in one configuration information.

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述方法还包括:In conjunction with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the method further comprises:

所述第一节点接收第三配置,所述第三配置用于指示所述第二时间段。The first node receives a third configuration, and the third configuration is used to indicate the second time period.

根据本申请实施例,第一节点还可以预先接收关于何时改变收发状态的时间段,第三配置、第二配置、以及第一配置可以是包含于一个配置信息中。According to the embodiment of the present application, the first node may further receive a time period about when to change the transceiving state, and the third configuration, the second configuration, and the first configuration may be included in one configuration information.

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述第三配置通过指示以下一项或多项来指示所述第二时间段:In conjunction with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the third configuration indicates the second time period by indicating one or more of the following:

所述第二时间段的起始位置;或者,The starting position of the second time period; or,

所述第二时间段的时长;或者,The duration of the second period of time; or,

所述第二时间段的时域样式;或者,a time domain pattern of the second time period; or

所述第二时间段与所述第一时间段的时域间隔;或者,The second time period is spaced from the time domain of the first time period; or

所述第二时间段所占用的时间单元类型。The type of time unit occupied by the second time period.

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述方法还包括:In conjunction with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the method further comprises:

所述第一节点接收第四配置,所述第四配置用于指示所述第一时间段。The first node receives a fourth configuration, where the fourth configuration is used to indicate the first time period.

结合第一方面,在第一方面的某些实现方式中,所述第四配置通过指示以下一项或多项来指示所述第一时间段:In conjunction with the first aspect, in some implementations of the first aspect, the fourth configuration indicates the first time period by indicating one or more of the following:

所述第一时间段的起始位置;或者,The starting position of the first time period; or,

所述第一时间段的时长;或者,The duration of the first period of time; or,

所述第一时间段的时域样式;或者,a time domain pattern of the first time period; or

所述第一时间段所占用的时间单元类型。The type of time unit occupied by the first time period.

第二方面,提供了一种传输数据的方法,该方法包括:第一节点在第一时间段在分配给第二节点的第二资源上接收所述第二节点的第二数据;所述第一节点根据第一规则在第二时间段,在分配给所述第一节点的第一资源上发送所述第一节点的第一数据且在所述第二资源上发送所述第二数据;其中,所述第一规则包括以下一项或多项:In a second aspect, a method for transmitting data is provided, the method comprising: receiving, by a first node, second data of the second node on a second resource allocated to a second node in a first time period; Transmitting, by the first node, the first data of the first node and the sending the second data on the second resource, on a first resource allocated to the first node, according to a first rule; The first rule includes one or more of the following:

若所述第二数据成功接收或者译码正确,发送所述第二数据;或者,Sending the second data if the second data is successfully received or decoded correctly; or

若成功接收M个节点的数据,所述M满足阈值,发送所述第二数据,其中,所述M个节点包括所述第二节点,M为正整数;或者,If the data of the M nodes is successfully received, the M meets the threshold, and the second data is sent, where the M nodes include the second node, and M is a positive integer; or

若接收到指示所述第二数据接收失败的第一反馈信息,发送所述第二数据;或者,Sending the second data if receiving the first feedback information indicating that the second data reception fails; or

若当前时间段为所述第二时间段,发送所述第二数据;或者,Sending the second data if the current time period is the second time period; or

若所述第二数据的紧急程度满足紧急条件,发送所述第二数据。And transmitting the second data if the urgency of the second data meets an emergency condition.

基于上述技术方案,第一节点通过自身资源(即,第一资源的一例)发送对应自身的数据(即,第一数据的一例),第一节点还可以通过协作资源(即,第二资源的一例)接收/发送协作数据(即,第二数据的一例),其中,协作数据可以是其他节点对应的数据,自身资源和协作资源可以是预先配置的资源。通过预先配置的资源,分别在不同的资源上发送自身数据和协作数据,从而可以避免第一节点先要去侦听信道是否空闲,再进行传输所带来的时延,而且可以节省资源。此外,第一节点还可以根据一定的规则(即,第一规则的一例),该规则可以是自身数据的译码情况,和/或,其他节点数据的译码情况、或者,各自数据的重要程度等,在协作资源上协作转发协作数据,以提高其他节点可以正确接收到自身数据的概率,进一步提高传输性能。Based on the foregoing technical solution, the first node sends data corresponding to itself (that is, an example of the first data) by using its own resource (that is, an example of the first resource), and the first node may also use the collaborative resource (ie, the second resource). For example, the data is received/transmitted (that is, an example of the second data), wherein the cooperation data may be data corresponding to other nodes, and the self resources and the cooperation resources may be pre-configured resources. The pre-configured resources respectively transmit their own data and collaboration data on different resources, thereby preventing the first node from first listening to whether the channel is idle, and then delaying the transmission, and saving resources. In addition, the first node may also be according to a certain rule (ie, an example of the first rule), the rule may be a decoding situation of the own data, and/or, the decoding of other node data, or the importance of the respective data. Degree, etc., collaboratively forward collaborative data on collaborative resources to improve the probability that other nodes can correctly receive their own data, further improving transmission performance.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述方法还包括:With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the method further includes:

若所述第一节点接收到指示所述第二数据成功接收的第二反馈信息,所述第一节点停止发送所述第二数据,所述第二反馈信息是在所述第二资源或者第三资源上发送的,所述第三资源为所述第一节点和所述第二节点共用的资源。If the first node receives the second feedback information indicating that the second data is successfully received, the first node stops sending the second data, and the second feedback information is in the second resource or the first The third resource is sent by the first resource and the second node.

根据本申请实施例,第一节点可以根据协作数据是否被协作节点成功接收,确定自身的协作行为,例如,当协作数据被协作节点成功接收后,第一节点可以不再协作发送协作数据,以节省资源。According to the embodiment of the present application, the first node may determine its own cooperative behavior according to whether the collaboration data is successfully received by the collaboration node. For example, after the collaboration data is successfully received by the collaboration node, the first node may no longer cooperate to send the collaboration data. save resources.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述方法还包括:With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the method further includes:

所述第一节点接收第一配置,所述第一配置用于指示所述第一资源和所述第二资源。The first node receives a first configuration, where the first configuration is used to indicate the first resource and the second resource.

根据本申请实施例,第一节点可以预先接收指示自身资源和协作资源的配置信息。According to the embodiment of the present application, the first node may receive configuration information indicating the self resource and the cooperation resource in advance.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一配置还用于指示所述第三资源。In conjunction with the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the first configuration is further configured to indicate the third resource.

根据本申请实施例,第一节点接收的配置信息中还可以包括用于指示第三资源的配置信息,第三资源可以是部分或全部节点共用的资源。According to the embodiment of the present application, the configuration information received by the first node may further include configuration information for indicating a third resource, where the third resource may be a resource shared by some or all nodes.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述方法还包括:With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the method further includes:

所述第一节点接收第二配置,所述第二配置用于指示所述第一规则。The first node receives a second configuration, and the second configuration is used to indicate the first rule.

根据本申请实施例,第一节点还可以预先接收关于第一规则的相关信息,第二配置与第一配置可以是包含于一个配置信息中。According to the embodiment of the present application, the first node may further receive related information about the first rule in advance, and the second configuration and the first configuration may be included in one configuration information.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述方法还包括:With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the method further includes:

所述第一节点接收第三配置,所述第三配置用于指示所述第二时间段。The first node receives a third configuration, and the third configuration is used to indicate the second time period.

根据本申请实施例,第一节点还可以预先接收关于何时改变收发状态的时间段,第三配置、第二配置、以及第一配置可以是包含于一个配置信息中。According to the embodiment of the present application, the first node may further receive a time period about when to change the transceiving state, and the third configuration, the second configuration, and the first configuration may be included in one configuration information.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述第三配置通过指示以下一项或多项来指示所述第二时间段:In conjunction with the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the third configuration indicates the second time period by indicating one or more of the following:

所述第二时间段的起始位置;或者,The starting position of the second time period; or,

所述第二时间段的时长;或者,The duration of the second period of time; or,

所述第二时间段的时域样式;或者,a time domain pattern of the second time period; or

所述第二时间段与所述第一时间段的时域间隔;或者,The second time period is spaced from the time domain of the first time period; or

所述第二时间段所占用的时间单元类型。The type of time unit occupied by the second time period.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述方法还包括:With reference to the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the method further includes:

所述第一节点接收第四配置,所述第四配置用于指示所述第一时间段。The first node receives a fourth configuration, where the fourth configuration is used to indicate the first time period.

结合第二方面,在第二方面的某些实现方式中,所述第四配置通过指示以下一项或多项来指示所述第一时间段:In conjunction with the second aspect, in some implementations of the second aspect, the fourth configuration indicates the first time period by indicating one or more of the following:

所述第一时间段的起始位置;或者,The starting position of the first time period; or,

所述第一时间段的时长;或者,The duration of the first period of time; or,

所述第一时间段的时域样式;或者,a time domain pattern of the first time period; or

所述第一时间段所占用的时间单元类型。The type of time unit occupied by the first time period.

第三方面,提供了一种传输数据的方法,该方法包括:第三节点向第一节点发送所述第一配置,其中,所述第一配置用于指示分配给所述第一节点的第一资源和分配给第二节点的第二资源;A third aspect provides a method for transmitting data, the method comprising: the third node transmitting the first configuration to a first node, wherein the first configuration is used to indicate a first allocation to the first node a resource and a second resource allocated to the second node;

所述第三节点在第一时间段,在所述第一资源上发送所述第一节点的第一数据且在所述第二资源上发送所述第二节点的第二数据;其中,The third node sends the first data of the first node on the first resource and the second data of the second node on the second resource in a first time period;

所述第二资源用于所述第一节点根据第一规则在第二时间段发送第二数据,所述第一规则包括以下一项或多项:The second resource is used by the first node to send second data in a second time period according to the first rule, where the first rule includes one or more of the following:

若所述第一数据成功接收或者译码正确,发送所述第二数据;或者,Sending the second data if the first data is successfully received or decoded correctly; or

若接收到指示所述第二数据接收失败的第一反馈信息,发送所述第二数据;或者,Sending the second data if receiving the first feedback information indicating that the second data reception fails; or

若当前时间段为所述第二时间段,发送所述第二数据;或者,Sending the second data if the current time period is the second time period; or

若所述第二数据的紧急程度满足紧急条件,发送所述第二数据。And transmitting the second data if the urgency of the second data meets an emergency condition.

基于上述技术方案,第一节点通过自身资源(即,第一资源的一例)接收第三节点发送的对应自身的数据(即,第一数据的一例),第一节点还可以通过协作资源(即, 第二资源的一例)接收协作数据(即,第二数据的一例),其中,协作数据可以是其他节点对应的数据,自身资源和协作资源可以是预先配置的资源。通过预先配置的资源,分别在不同的资源上接收自身数据和协作数据,从而可以避免第一节点先要去侦听信道是否空闲,再进行传输所带来的时延,而且可以节省资源。此外,第一节点还可以根据一定的规则(即,第一规则的一例),该规则可以是自身数据的译码情况,和/或,其他节点数据的译码情况、或者,各自数据的重要程度等,在协作资源上协作转发协作数据,以提高其他节点可以正确接收到自身数据的概率,进一步提高传输性能。Based on the foregoing technical solution, the first node receives data corresponding to itself (that is, an example of the first data) sent by the third node by using its own resource (that is, an example of the first resource), and the first node may also use the collaboration resource (ie, An example of the second resource receives the cooperation data (that is, an example of the second data), wherein the cooperation data may be data corresponding to other nodes, and the self resource and the cooperation resource may be pre-configured resources. The pre-configured resources respectively receive their own data and collaboration data on different resources, thereby preventing the first node from first listening to whether the channel is idle, and then delaying the transmission, and saving resources. In addition, the first node may also be according to a certain rule (ie, an example of the first rule), the rule may be a decoding situation of the own data, and/or, the decoding of other node data, or the importance of the respective data. Degree, etc., collaboratively forward collaborative data on collaborative resources to improve the probability that other nodes can correctly receive their own data, further improving transmission performance.

结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,所述方法还包括:In conjunction with the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the method further comprises:

所述第三节点若接收到指示所述第二数据成功接收的第二反馈信息,停止在所述第一时间段发送所述第二数据,所述第二反馈信息是在所述第二资源或者第三资源上发送的,所述第三资源为所述第一节点和所述第二节点共用的资源。If the third node receives the second feedback information indicating that the second data is successfully received, stopping sending the second data in the first time period, where the second feedback information is in the second resource Or the third resource is sent by the third resource, and the third resource is a resource shared by the first node and the second node.

结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一配置还用于指示所述第三资源。In conjunction with the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the first configuration is further configured to indicate the third resource.

结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,所述方法还包括:In conjunction with the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the method further comprises:

所述第三节点向所述第一节点发送第二配置,所述第二配置用于指示所述第一规则。The third node sends a second configuration to the first node, where the second configuration is used to indicate the first rule.

结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,所述方法还包括:In conjunction with the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the method further comprises:

所述第三节点向所述第一节点发送第三配置,所述第三配置用于指示所述第二时间段。The third node sends a third configuration to the first node, where the third configuration is used to indicate the second time period.

结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,所述第三配置通过指示以下一项或多项来指示所述第二时间段:In conjunction with the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the third configuration indicates the second time period by indicating one or more of the following:

所述第二时间段的起始位置;或者,The starting position of the second time period; or,

所述第二时间段的时长;或者,The duration of the second period of time; or,

所述第二时间段的时域样式;或者,a time domain pattern of the second time period; or

所述第二时间段与所述第一时间段的时域间隔;或者,The second time period is spaced from the time domain of the first time period; or

所述第二时间段所占用的时间单元类型。The type of time unit occupied by the second time period.

结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,所述方法还包括:In conjunction with the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the method further comprises:

所述第三节点向所述第一节点发送第四配置,所述第四配置用于指示所述第一时间段。The third node sends a fourth configuration to the first node, where the fourth configuration is used to indicate the first time period.

结合第三方面,在第三方面的某些实现方式中,所述第四配置通过指示以下一项或多项来指示所述第一时间段:In conjunction with the third aspect, in some implementations of the third aspect, the fourth configuration indicates the first time period by indicating one or more of the following:

所述第一时间段的起始位置;或者,The starting position of the first time period; or,

所述第一时间段的时长;或者,The duration of the first period of time; or,

所述第一时间段的时域样式;或者,a time domain pattern of the first time period; or

所述第一时间段所占用的时间单元类型。The type of time unit occupied by the first time period.

第四方面,提供了一种传输数据的方法,该方法包括:In a fourth aspect, a method of transmitting data is provided, the method comprising:

第三节点向第一节点发送所述第一配置,其中,所述第一配置用于指示分配给所述第一节点的第一资源和分配给第二节点的第二资源;The third node sends the first configuration to the first node, where the first configuration is used to indicate a first resource allocated to the first node and a second resource allocated to the second node;

所述第三节点在第一时间段,在所述第一资源上接收所述第一节点的第一数据且在所述第二资源上接收所述第二节点的第二数据;其中,Receiving, by the third node, the first data of the first node on the first resource and the second data of the second node on the second resource, where

所述第二资源用于所述第一节点根据第一规则在第二时间段发送第二数据,所述第一规则包括以下一项或多项:The second resource is used by the first node to send second data in a second time period according to the first rule, where the first rule includes one or more of the following:

若所述第二数据成功接收或者译码正确,发送所述第二数据;或者,Sending the second data if the second data is successfully received or decoded correctly; or

若成功接收M个节点的数据,所述M满足阈值,发送所述第二数据,其中,所述M个节点包括所述第二节点,M为正整数;或者,If the data of the M nodes is successfully received, the M meets the threshold, and the second data is sent, where the M nodes include the second node, and M is a positive integer; or

若接收到指示所述第二数据接收失败的第一反馈信息,发送所述第二数据;或者,Sending the second data if receiving the first feedback information indicating that the second data reception fails; or

若当前时间段为所述第二时间段,发送所述第二数据;或者,Sending the second data if the current time period is the second time period; or

若所述第二数据的紧急程度满足紧急条件,发送所述第二数据。And transmitting the second data if the urgency of the second data meets an emergency condition.

基于上述技术方案,第一节点通过接收第三节点发送的自身资源(即,第一资源的一例)发送对应自身的数据(即,第一数据的一例),第一节点还可以通过协作资源(即,第二资源的一例)接收/发送协作数据(即,第二数据的一例),其中,协作数据可以是其他节点对应的数据,自身资源和协作资源可以是预先配置的资源。通过预先配置的资源,分别在不同的资源上发送自身数据和协作数据,从而可以避免第一节点先要去侦听信道是否空闲,再进行传输所带来的时延,而且可以节省资源。此外,第一节点还可以根据一定的规则(即,第一规则的一例),该规则可以是自身数据的译码情况,和/或,其他节点数据的译码情况、或者,各自数据的重要程度等,在协作资源上协作转发协作数据,以提高其他节点可以正确接收到自身数据的概率,进一步提高传输性能。Based on the foregoing technical solution, the first node sends the data corresponding to itself (that is, an example of the first data) by receiving the self resource (ie, an example of the first resource) sent by the third node, and the first node may also use the collaboration resource ( That is, an example of the second resource receives/transmits the cooperation data (that is, an example of the second data), wherein the cooperation data may be data corresponding to other nodes, and the self resource and the cooperation resource may be pre-configured resources. The pre-configured resources respectively transmit their own data and collaboration data on different resources, thereby preventing the first node from first listening to whether the channel is idle, and then delaying the transmission, and saving resources. In addition, the first node may also be according to a certain rule (ie, an example of the first rule), the rule may be a decoding situation of the own data, and/or, the decoding of other node data, or the importance of the respective data. Degree, etc., collaboratively forward collaborative data on collaborative resources to improve the probability that other nodes can correctly receive their own data, further improving transmission performance.

结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,所述方法还包括:With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the method further includes:

若所述第三节点成功接收所述第二数据,则发送指示所述第二数据成功接收的第二反馈信息,所述第二反馈信息用于指示停止发送所述第二数据,所述第二反馈信息是在所述第二资源或者第三资源上发送的,所述第三资源为所述第一节点和所述第二节点共用的资源。And if the third node successfully receives the second data, sending second feedback information indicating that the second data is successfully received, where the second feedback information is used to indicate to stop sending the second data, where the The second feedback information is sent on the second resource or the third resource, where the third resource is a resource shared by the first node and the second node.

结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一配置还用于指示所述第三资源。In conjunction with the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the first configuration is further configured to indicate the third resource.

结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,所述方法还包括:With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the method further includes:

所述第三节点向所述第一节点发送第二配置,所述第二配置用于指示所述第一规则。The third node sends a second configuration to the first node, where the second configuration is used to indicate the first rule.

结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,所述方法还包括:With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the method further includes:

所述第三节点向所述第一节点发送第三配置,所述第三配置用于指示所述第二时间段。The third node sends a third configuration to the first node, where the third configuration is used to indicate the second time period.

结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,所述第三配置通过指示以下一项或多项来指示所述第二时间段:In conjunction with the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the third configuration indicates the second time period by indicating one or more of the following:

所述第二时间段的起始位置;或者,The starting position of the second time period; or,

所述第二时间段的时长;或者,The duration of the second period of time; or,

所述第二时间段的时域样式;或者,a time domain pattern of the second time period; or

所述第二时间段与所述第一时间段的时域间隔;或者,The second time period is spaced from the time domain of the first time period; or

所述第二时间段所占用的时间单元类型。The type of time unit occupied by the second time period.

结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,所述方法还包括:With reference to the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the method further includes:

所述第三节点向所述第一节点发送第四配置,所述第四配置用于指示所述第一时间段。The third node sends a fourth configuration to the first node, where the fourth configuration is used to indicate the first time period.

结合第四方面,在第四方面的某些实现方式中,所述第四配置通过指示以下一项或多项指示所述第一时间段:In conjunction with the fourth aspect, in some implementations of the fourth aspect, the fourth configuration indicates the first time period by indicating one or more of the following:

所述第一时间段的起始位置;或者,The starting position of the first time period; or,

所述第一时间段的时长;或者,The duration of the first period of time; or,

所述第一时间段的时域样式;或者,a time domain pattern of the first time period; or

所述第一时间段所占用的时间单元类型。The type of time unit occupied by the first time period.

第五方面,提供了一种传输数据的方法,该方法包括:第一节点通过第一频段接收第一数据,所述第一数据的目的节点为所述第一节点;所述第一节点通过第二频段接收第二数据,所述第二数据的目的节点为第二节点。A fifth aspect provides a method for transmitting data, where the method includes: receiving, by a first node, first data by using a first frequency band, where a destination node of the first data is the first node; The second frequency band receives the second data, and the destination node of the second data is the second node.

基于上述技术方案,第一节点通过自身频段(即,第一频段的一例)接收对应自身的数据(即,第一数据的一例),第一节点还可以通过协作频段(即,第二频段的一例)接收协作数据(即,第二数据的一例),其中,协作数据可以是其他节点对应的数据,自身频段和协作频段可以是预先配置的资源。通过预先配置的资源,分别在不同的资源上接收自身数据和协作数据,从而可以避免第一节点先要去侦听信道是否空闲,再进行传输所带来的时延,而且可以节省资源。此外,各个节点之间可以在一次任务时间内,就可以通过预配置的资源交互数据,进而也可以缩短时延。Based on the foregoing technical solution, the first node receives data corresponding to itself (that is, an example of the first data) through the own frequency band (ie, an example of the first frequency band), and the first node may also pass the cooperative frequency band (ie, the second frequency band) For example, the cooperation data (ie, an example of the second data) is received, where the cooperation data may be data corresponding to other nodes, and the self frequency band and the cooperation frequency band may be pre-configured resources. The pre-configured resources respectively receive their own data and collaboration data on different resources, thereby preventing the first node from first listening to whether the channel is idle, and then delaying the transmission, and saving resources. In addition, each node can exchange data through pre-configured resources within one task time, and thus can also shorten the delay.

结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一节点通过所述第二频段向所述第二节点发送所述第二数据。In conjunction with the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the first node sends the second data to the second node by using the second frequency band.

通过本申请实施例,第一节点还可以通过协作频段向其他节点(即,第二节点是一例)发送协作数据,以便于其他节点接收到各自的数据。Through the embodiment of the present application, the first node may also send the cooperation data to other nodes (ie, the second node is an example) through the cooperative frequency band, so that other nodes receive the respective data.

结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一节点通过所述第二频段向所述第二节点发送所述第二数据,包括:所述第一节点在确定所述第一数据译码正确时,通过所述第二频段向所述第二节点发送所述第二数据;或,所述第一节点在接收到所述第二节点发送的针对所述第二数据的非确认信息时,通过所述第二频段向所述第二节点发送所述第二数据;或,所述第一节点在确定所述第二数据的紧急程度满足预设条件时,通过所述第二频段向所述第二节点发送所述第二数据。With reference to the fifth aspect, in a certain implementation manner of the fifth aspect, the first node sends the second data to the second node by using the second frequency band, including: the first node is determining When the first data is correctly decoded, the second data is sent to the second node by using the second frequency band; or the first node is sent by the second node for the second And transmitting, by the second frequency band, the second data to the second node; or the first node, when determining that the urgency of the second data meets a preset condition, The second frequency band sends the second data to the second node.

本申请实施例,第一节点从接收态转换为发送态,或者第一节点发送协作数据可以是基于不同的触发条件。例如,可以是第一节点对接收到的数据进行译码,且译码正确的情况下,从接收态转换为发送态,进而在协作频段上协作发送协作数据(即,第二数据的一例)。或者,也可以是第一节点收到其他节点发送的非确认信息时,为保证其他节点正确接收到各自所需的数据,第一节点从接收态转换为发送态,即在协作频段上发送协作数据。In this embodiment of the present application, the first node is converted from the receiving state to the transmitting state, or the first node sending the collaboration data may be based on different triggering conditions. For example, the first node may decode the received data, and if the decoding is correct, the first node converts from the receiving state to the transmitting state, and then cooperatively transmits the cooperative data on the cooperative frequency band (ie, an example of the second data). . Alternatively, when the first node receives the non-acknowledgment information sent by the other node, in order to ensure that the other nodes correctly receive the data required by the other node, the first node converts from the receiving state to the transmitting state, that is, sends the cooperation on the cooperative frequency band. data.

结合第五方面,在第五方面的某些实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述第一节点通过所述第一频段或预设的第三频段,发送针对所述第一数据的确认信息,以便于接收到所述确认信息的节点根据所述确认信息停止发送所述第一数据。With reference to the fifth aspect, in some implementations of the fifth aspect, the method further includes: the first node sending, by using the first frequency band or a preset third frequency band, a confirmation for the first data And the information, so that the node that receives the confirmation information stops transmitting the first data according to the confirmation information.

本申请实施例中,第一节点的第一数据的译码结果可以通过一个预设的频段发送,或者,也可以通过自身频段发送,以便于在下一个时段,其他节点不再发送第一数据。In this embodiment, the decoding result of the first data of the first node may be sent through a preset frequency band, or may be sent through its own frequency band, so that other nodes no longer send the first data in the next time period.

第六方面,提供了一种传输数据的方法,该方法包括:第三节点通过第一频段发送第一数据,所述第一数据的目的节点为第一节点;所述第三节点通过第二频段发送第二数据,所述第二数据的目的节点为第二节点。A sixth aspect provides a method for transmitting data, the method comprising: sending, by a third node, first data by using a first frequency band, where a destination node of the first data is a first node; The frequency band sends the second data, and the destination node of the second data is the second node.

基于上述技术方案,第三节点通过第一频段发送第一节点对应的第一数据,第三节点通过第二频段发送第二节点对应的第二数据,以便于其他节点在自身频段上接收自身的数据,在协作频段上接收协作数据。通过预先配置的资源,分别在不同的资源上发送数据,从而可以避免其他节点需要先去侦听信道是否空闲,再进行传输所带来的时延,而且可以节省资源。此外,各个节点之间可以在一次任务时间内,就可以通过预配置的资源交互数据,进而也可以缩短时延。Based on the foregoing technical solution, the third node sends the first data corresponding to the first node by using the first frequency band, and the third node sends the second data corresponding to the second node by using the second frequency band, so that other nodes receive their own in the frequency band. Data, receiving collaborative data on a cooperating band. Data is sent on different resources through pre-configured resources, so that other nodes need to first listen to whether the channel is idle, and then delay the transmission, and save resources. In addition, each node can exchange data through pre-configured resources within one task time, and thus can also shorten the delay.

结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述第三节点通过所述第一频段或预设的第三频段,接收针对所述第一数据的第一反馈信息,并根据所述第一反馈信息确定是否停止发送所述第一数据;和/或,所述第三节点通过所述第二频段或所述第三频段,接收针对所述第二数据的反馈信息,并根据所述第二反馈信息确定是否停止发送所述第二数据。With reference to the sixth aspect, in a certain implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the method further includes: the third node receiving, by using the first frequency band or a preset third frequency band, the first data a feedback information, and determining, according to the first feedback information, whether to stop sending the first data; and/or, the third node receiving, by the second frequency band or the third frequency band, for the second And feedback information of the data, and determining, according to the second feedback information, whether to stop sending the second data.

本申请实施例中,第三节点可以通过接收到其他节点的反馈信息,进而确定是否转换帧格式的状态(即,转换收发态),或者,是否需要停止发送某些数据。从而,可以避免资源的浪费。例如,当针对第一数据的反馈信息是确认信息,针对第二数据的反馈信息是非确认信息时,第三节点可以仅发送第二数据,不再发送第一数据,或者,还可以将不发送资源的功率按照一定规则分配到发送资源上。In the embodiment of the present application, the third node may determine whether to convert the state of the frame format (ie, convert the transceiving state) by receiving feedback information of other nodes, or whether it is necessary to stop transmitting some data. Thereby, waste of resources can be avoided. For example, when the feedback information for the first data is the confirmation information, and the feedback information for the second data is the non-confirmation information, the third node may only send the second data, no longer send the first data, or may not send the information. The power of the resource is allocated to the sending resource according to certain rules.

结合第六方面,在第六方面的某些实现方式中,所述第三节点通过所述第一频段或预设的第三频段,接收针对所述第一数据的第一反馈信息,包括:所述第三节点通过所述第一频段或预设的第三频段,第一时刻之后,接收针对所述第一数据的第一反馈信息,所述第一时刻是自所述第三节点发送所述第一数据后经历预设的第一时长后的时刻;和/或,所述第三节点通过所述第二频段或所述第三频段,接收针对所述第二数据的反馈信息,包括:所述第三节点通过所述第二频段或所述第三频段,第二时刻之后,接收针对所述第二数据的第二反馈信息,所述第二时刻是自所述第三节点发送所述第二数据后经历预设的第二时长后的时刻。With reference to the sixth aspect, in a certain implementation manner of the sixth aspect, the third node, by using the first frequency band or the preset third frequency band, receives the first feedback information for the first data, including: Receiving, by the third node, the first frequency band or the preset third frequency band, after the first time, receiving first feedback information for the first data, where the first time is sent from the third node After the first data is subjected to a preset first time duration; and/or, the third node receives feedback information for the second data by using the second frequency band or the third frequency band, The method includes: the third node passes the second frequency band or the third frequency band, and after the second time, receives second feedback information for the second data, where the second time is from the third node After the second data is sent, the time after the preset second duration is experienced.

本申请实施例,第三节点从发送态转换为接收态,可以是基于不同的触发条件。例如,可以是第三节点持续发送一定的时间之后,从发送态转换为接收态,从而可以保证其他各个节点都可以正确接收到数据。In this embodiment of the present application, the third node transitions from the transmitting state to the receiving state, which may be based on different triggering conditions. For example, after the third node continues to transmit for a certain period of time, it can be converted from the transmitting state to the receiving state, so that all other nodes can correctly receive the data.

第七方面,提供了一种传输数据的方法,该方法包括:第一节点通过第一频段发送第一数据,所述第一数据是所述第一节点产生的数据;所述第一节点通过第二频段接收第二数据,所述第二数据是第二节点产生的数据,或,所述第二数据的目的节点为第二节点。A seventh aspect provides a method for transmitting data, the method comprising: a first node transmitting first data by using a first frequency band, where the first data is data generated by the first node; The second frequency band receives the second data, the second data is data generated by the second node, or the destination node of the second data is the second node.

基于上述技术方案,第一节点通过自身频段(即,第一频段的一例)发送对应自身的数据(即,第一数据的一例),第一节点还可以通过协作频段(即,第二频段的一例)接收协作数据(即,第二数据的一例),其中,协作数据可以是其他节点对应的数据,自身频段和协作频段可以是预先配置的资源。通过预先配置的资源,分别在不同的资源上收发自身数据和协作数据,从而可以避免第一节点先要去侦听信道是否空闲,再进行传输所带来的时延。此外,各个节点之间可以在一次任务时间内,就可以通过预配置的资源交互数据,进而不仅可以节省资源,也可以缩短时延。Based on the foregoing technical solution, the first node sends data corresponding to itself (that is, an example of the first data) through the own frequency band (ie, an example of the first frequency band), and the first node may also pass the cooperative frequency band (ie, the second frequency band) For example, the cooperation data (ie, an example of the second data) is received, where the cooperation data may be data corresponding to other nodes, and the self frequency band and the cooperation frequency band may be pre-configured resources. The pre-configured resources respectively send and receive their own data and collaboration data on different resources, thereby preventing the first node from first listening to whether the channel is idle, and then delaying the transmission. In addition, each node can exchange data through pre-configured resources within one task time, thereby saving resources and shortening delay.

结合第七方面,在第七方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一节点通过第二频段接收第二数据,包括:所述第一节点通过所述第一频段,在第一时刻,接收到针对所述第一数 据的确认信息时,所述第一节点通过第二频段,在所述第一时刻之后,接收所述第二数据;或,所述第一节点通过所述第二频段,在第二时刻,接收到针对所述第二数据的非确认信息时,所述第一节点通过所述第二频段,在所述第二时刻之后,接收所述第二数据。With reference to the seventh aspect, in some implementations of the seventh aspect, the receiving, by the first node, the second data by using the second frequency band, includes: the first node receiving, by using the first frequency band, at a first time When the acknowledgment information for the first data is received, the first node receives the second data after the first time through the second frequency band; or the first node passes the second frequency band And, at a second moment, when receiving the non-acknowledgment information for the second data, the first node receives the second data after the second time interval by using the second frequency band.

通过本申请实施例,第一节点可以根据针对自身数据的确认信息,或,根据针对协作数据的非确认信息,从发送态转换为接收态。Through the embodiment of the present application, the first node may convert from the sending state to the receiving state according to the confirmation information for the self data or according to the non-confirmation information for the cooperation data.

结合第七方面,在第七方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一节点通过所述第二频段发送所述第二数据。In conjunction with the seventh aspect, in some implementations of the seventh aspect, the first node sends the second data by using the second frequency band.

通过本申请实施例,第一节点还可以通过协作频段向其他节点(即,第二节点是一例)发送协作数据,以便于其他节点接收到各自的数据。Through the embodiment of the present application, the first node may also send the cooperation data to other nodes (ie, the second node is an example) through the cooperative frequency band, so that other nodes receive the respective data.

结合第七方面,在第七方面的某些实现方式中,所述第一节点通过所述第二频段发送所述第二数据,包括:所述第一节点接收到针对所述第二数据的非确认信息时,所述第一节点通过所述第二频段发送所述第二数据;或,所述第一节点在确定所述第二数据的紧急程度满足预设条件时,通过所述第二频段发送所述第二数据。With reference to the seventh aspect, in some implementations of the seventh aspect, the sending, by the first node, the second data by using the second frequency band, that: the first node receives the second data When the information is not confirmed, the first node sends the second data by using the second frequency band; or, when the first node determines that the urgency of the second data meets a preset condition, the first node passes the The second data is transmitted in the second frequency band.

本申请实施例,第一节点从接收态转换为发送态,或者第一节点发送协作数据可以是基于不同的触发条件。例如,可以是第一节点收到其他节点发送的非确认信息时,为保证其他节点正确接收到各自所需的数据,第一节点从接收态转换为发送态,即在协作频段上发送协作数据。或者,也可以是第一节点确定第二数据很重要时,协作发送第二数据。In this embodiment of the present application, the first node is converted from the receiving state to the transmitting state, or the first node sending the collaboration data may be based on different triggering conditions. For example, when the first node receives the non-acknowledgment information sent by other nodes, in order to ensure that the other nodes correctly receive the data required by the other node, the first node converts from the receiving state to the transmitting state, that is, sends the cooperative data on the cooperative frequency band. . Alternatively, the first node may also cooperate to send the second data when determining that the second data is important.

结合第七方面,在第七方面的某些实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述第一节点通过所述第一频段接收针对所述第一数据的确认信息,以便于所述第一节点根据所述确认信息停止发送所述第一数据。With reference to the seventh aspect, in some implementations of the seventh aspect, the method further includes: the first node receiving, by using the first frequency band, acknowledge information for the first data, to facilitate the first The node stops transmitting the first data according to the confirmation information.

本申请实施例中,第一节点的还可以通过自身频段接收其他节点对第一数据的确认信息,第一节点可以根据该确认信息停止发送第一数据。In the embodiment of the present application, the first node may further receive the confirmation information of the first data by the other node by using the self-band, and the first node may stop sending the first data according to the confirmation information.

第八方面,提供了一种传输数据的方法,该方法包括:第三节点通过第一频段接收第一数据,所述第一数据是第一节点产生的数据;所述第三节点通过第二频段接收第二数据,所述第二数据是第二节点产生的数据。In an eighth aspect, a method for transmitting data is provided, the method comprising: receiving, by a third node, first data by using a first frequency band, where the first data is data generated by a first node; The frequency band receives the second data, and the second data is data generated by the second node.

基于上述技术方案,第三节点通过第一频段接收第一节点对应的第一数据,第三节点通过第二频段接收第二节点对应的第二数据。换句话说,其他节点都可以通过预先配置的自身资源和协作资源,分别发送自身数据和协作数据从而可以避免其他节点需要先去侦听信道是否空闲,再进行传输所带来的时延,而且可以节省资源。此外,各个节点之间可以在一次任务时间内,就可以通过预配置的资源交互数据,进而也可以缩短时延。Based on the foregoing technical solution, the third node receives the first data corresponding to the first node by using the first frequency band, and the third node receives the second data corresponding to the second node by using the second frequency band. In other words, other nodes can separately transmit their own data and cooperative data through pre-configured self-resources and cooperative resources, thereby avoiding delays caused by other nodes needing to first listen to whether the channel is idle and then transmitting. Can save resources. In addition, each node can exchange data through pre-configured resources within one task time, and thus can also shorten the delay.

结合第八方面,在第八方面的某些实现方式中,所述方法还包括:所述方法还包括:所述第三节点通过所述第一频段或预设的第三频段,发送针对所述第一数据的确认信息,以便于接收到所述确认信息的节点根据所述确认信息停止发送所述第一数据;和/或,所述第三节点通过所述第二频段或预设的第三频段,发送针对所述第二数据的确认信息,以便于接收到所述确认信息的节点根据所述确认信息停止发送所述第二数据。In conjunction with the eighth aspect, in some implementations of the eighth aspect, the method further includes: the method further includes: sending, by the third node, the first frequency band or a preset third frequency band Determining information of the first data, so that the node that receives the confirmation information stops transmitting the first data according to the confirmation information; and/or, the third node passes the second frequency band or a preset The third frequency band transmits acknowledgement information for the second data, so that the node that receives the acknowledgement information stops transmitting the second data according to the acknowledgement information.

本申请实施例中,第三节点可以向其他节点发送针对第一数据的确认信息,和/或,第三节点向其他节点发送针对第二数据的确认信息,以便于其他节点不再发送第一数据 和/或第二数据,进而节省资源。In this embodiment, the third node may send the acknowledgement information for the first data to other nodes, and/or the third node sends the acknowledgement information for the second data to other nodes, so that the other nodes no longer send the first information. Data and / or second data, thereby saving resources.

第九方面,提供了一种传输数据的设备,所述传输数据的设备具有实现上述第一方面、第二方面、第五方面、第七方面的方法设计中的第一节点的功能。这些功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的单元。According to a ninth aspect, there is provided an apparatus for transmitting data, the apparatus for transmitting data having a function of implementing the first node in the method design of the first aspect, the second aspect, the fifth aspect, and the seventh aspect. These functions can be implemented in hardware or in software by executing the corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more units corresponding to the functions described above.

第十方面,提供了一种传输数据的设备,所述传输数据的设备具有实现上述第三方面、第四方面、第六方面、第八方面的方法设计中的第三节点的功能。这些功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。所述硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的单元。According to a tenth aspect, there is provided an apparatus for transmitting data, the apparatus for transmitting data having a function of implementing a third node in the method design of the third aspect, the fourth aspect, the sixth aspect, and the eighth aspect. These functions can be implemented in hardware or in software by executing the corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more units corresponding to the functions described above.

第十一方面,提供了一种传输数据的设备,包括收发器、处理器和存储器。该处理器用于控制收发器收发信号,该存储器用于存储计算机程序,该处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行该计算机程序,使得该传输数据的设备执行上述第一方面、第二方面、第五方面、第七方面及第一方面、第二方面、第五方面、第七方面中任意一种可能的实现方式中的方法。In an eleventh aspect, an apparatus for transmitting data is provided, including a transceiver, a processor, and a memory. The processor is configured to control a transceiver transceiver signal for storing a computer program, the processor for calling and running the computer program from the memory, such that the device transmitting the data performs the first aspect, the second aspect, and the fifth aspect Aspect, the seventh aspect, and the method of any one of the first aspect, the second aspect, the fifth aspect, and the seventh aspect.

第十二方面,提供了一种传输数据的设备,包括收发器、处理器和存储器。该处理器用于控制收发器收发信号,该存储器用于存储计算机程序,该处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行该计算机程序,使得该传输数据的设备执行上述第三方面、第四方面、第六方面、第八方面以及第三方面、第四方面、第六方面、第八方面中任意一种可能的实现方式中的方法。In a twelfth aspect, an apparatus for transmitting data is provided, including a transceiver, a processor, and a memory. The processor is configured to control a transceiver transceiver signal for storing a computer program, the processor for calling and running the computer program from the memory, such that the device for transmitting the data performs the third aspect, the fourth aspect, and the sixth Aspect, the eighth aspect, and the method of any one of the third aspect, the fourth aspect, the sixth aspect, and the eighth aspect.

第十三方面,提供了一种传输数据的装置,该传输数据的装置可以为上述方法设计中的子节点,或者为设置在子节点中的芯片。该传输数据的装置包括:处理器,与存储器耦合,可用于执行存储器中的指令,以实现上述第一方面、第二方面、第五方面、第七方面以及第一方面、第二方面、第五方面、第七方面中的任意一种可能的实现方式中子节点所执行的方法。可选地,该传输数据的装置还包括存储器。可选地,该传输数据的装置还包括通信接口,处理器与通信接口耦合。In a thirteenth aspect, an apparatus for transmitting data is provided, and the apparatus for transmitting data may be a child node in the above method design, or a chip disposed in the child node. The apparatus for transmitting data includes a processor coupled to the memory and operable to execute instructions in the memory to implement the first aspect, the second aspect, the fifth aspect, the seventh aspect, and the first aspect, the second aspect, and the The method performed by the child node in any of the possible implementation manners of the fifth aspect and the seventh aspect. Optionally, the means for transmitting data further includes a memory. Optionally, the means for transmitting data further includes a communication interface, the processor being coupled to the communication interface.

第十四方面,提供了一种传输数据的装置,该传输数据的装置可以为上述是方法设计中的主节点,或者为设置在主节点中的芯片。该传输数据的装置包括:处理器,与存储器耦合,可用于执行存储器中的指令,以实现上述第三方面、第四方面、第六方面、第八方面以及第三方面、第四方面、第六方面、第八方面中的任意一种可能的实现方式中主节点所执行的方法。可选地,该传输数据的装置还包括存储器。可选地,该传输数据的装置还包括通信接口,处理器与通信接口耦合。In a fourteenth aspect, an apparatus for transmitting data is provided, and the apparatus for transmitting data may be the master node in the method design described above, or a chip disposed in the master node. The apparatus for transmitting data includes a processor coupled to the memory and operable to execute instructions in the memory to implement the third aspect, the fourth aspect, the sixth aspect, the eighth aspect, and the third aspect, the fourth aspect, and the The method performed by the master node in any of the possible implementations of the sixth aspect and the eighth aspect. Optionally, the means for transmitting data further includes a memory. Optionally, the means for transmitting data further includes a communication interface, the processor being coupled to the communication interface.

第十五方面,提供了一种计算机程序产品,所述计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序代码,当所述计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述各方面中的方法。In a fifteenth aspect, a computer program product is provided, the computer program product comprising: computer program code, when the computer program code is run on a computer, causing the computer to perform the method of the above aspects.

第十六方面,提供了一种计算机可读介质,所述计算机可读介质存储有程序代码,当所述计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述各方面中的方法。In a sixteenth aspect, a computer readable medium storing program code for causing a computer to perform the method of the above aspects when the computer program code is run on a computer.

第十七方面,提供了一种芯片系统,该芯片系统包括处理器,用于支持子节点实现上述方面中所涉及的功能,例如,生成,接收,发送,或处理上述方法中所涉及的数据和/或信息。在一种可能的设计中,所述芯片系统还包括存储器,所述存储器,用于保存 子节点必要的程序指令和数据。该芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件。In a seventeenth aspect, a chip system is provided, the chip system comprising a processor for supporting a child node to implement the functions involved in the above aspects, for example, generating, receiving, transmitting, or processing data involved in the above method And / or information. In one possible design, the chip system further includes a memory for storing program instructions and data necessary for the child nodes. The chip system can be composed of chips, and can also include chips and other discrete devices.

第十八方面,提供了一种芯片系统,该芯片系统包括处理器,用于支持主节点实现上述方面中所涉及的功能,例如,生成,接收,发送,或处理上述方法中所涉及的数据和/或信息。在一种可能的设计中,所述芯片系统还包括存储器,所述存储器,用于保存主节点必要的程序指令和数据。该芯片系统可以由芯片构成,也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件。In an eighteenth aspect, a chip system is provided, the chip system comprising a processor for supporting a master node to implement functions involved in the above aspects, for example, generating, receiving, transmitting, or processing data involved in the foregoing method And / or information. In a possible design, the chip system further includes a memory for storing necessary program instructions and data of the master node. The chip system can be composed of chips, and can also include chips and other discrete devices.

附图说明DRAWINGS

图1是适用于本申请实施例的传输数据的方法的系统的示意图;1 is a schematic diagram of a system of a method for transmitting data applicable to an embodiment of the present application;

图2是工业有线EtherCAT总线的工作方式的示意图;2 is a schematic diagram of the operation of an industrial wired EtherCAT bus;

图3是非授权的LBT协同传输方式的示意图;3 is a schematic diagram of an unlicensed LBT coordinated transmission mode;

图4是适用于本申请实施例的传输数据的方法的一示意性流程图;4 is a schematic flowchart of a method for transmitting data applicable to an embodiment of the present application;

图5是适用于本申请实施例的资源单元的示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of a resource unit applicable to an embodiment of the present application; FIG.

图6是适用于本申请一实施例的传输数据的方法的示意图;6 is a schematic diagram of a method for transmitting data applicable to an embodiment of the present application;

图7是适用于本申请第一个实施例的传输数据的方法的一示意图;7 is a schematic diagram of a method for transmitting data applicable to the first embodiment of the present application;

图8是适用于本申请第二个实施例的传输数据的方法的一示意图;8 is a schematic diagram of a method for transmitting data applicable to a second embodiment of the present application;

图9是适用于本申请第一个实施例的传输数据的方法的另一示意图;9 is another schematic diagram of a method of transmitting data applicable to the first embodiment of the present application;

图10是适用于本申请第三个实施例的传输数据的方法的示意图;10 is a schematic diagram of a method of transmitting data applicable to a third embodiment of the present application;

图11是适用于本申请第二个实施例的传输数据的方法的另一示意图;11 is another schematic diagram of a method for transmitting data applicable to the second embodiment of the present application;

图12是适用于本申请第四个实施例的传输数据的方法的一示意图;12 is a schematic diagram of a method for transmitting data applicable to a fourth embodiment of the present application;

图13是适用于本申请第四个实施例的传输数据的方法的另一示意图;FIG. 13 is another schematic diagram of a method of transmitting data applicable to the fourth embodiment of the present application; FIG.

图14是适用于本申请第五个实施例的传输数据的方法的示意图;14 is a schematic diagram of a method of transmitting data applicable to a fifth embodiment of the present application;

图15是适用于本申请第六个实施例的传输数据的方法的一示意图;15 is a schematic diagram of a method for transmitting data applicable to a sixth embodiment of the present application;

图16是适用于本申请第六个实施例的传输数据的方法的另一示意图;16 is another schematic diagram of a method for transmitting data applicable to a sixth embodiment of the present application;

图17是适用于本申请第七个实施例的传输数据的方法的示意图;17 is a schematic diagram of a method of transmitting data applicable to a seventh embodiment of the present application;

图18是适用于本申请第九个实施例的传输数据的方法的示意图;18 is a schematic diagram of a method of transmitting data applicable to a ninth embodiment of the present application;

图19是适用于本申请实施例的帧格式转换的相对时刻的类型的示意图;19 is a schematic diagram of a type of relative time suitable for frame format conversion in the embodiment of the present application;

图20是适用于本申请实施例的帧格式转换的绝对时刻的类型的示意图;20 is a schematic diagram of types of absolute moments suitable for frame format conversion in the embodiment of the present application;

图21是适用于本申请实施例的多个子节点的帧格式转换的示意图;21 is a schematic diagram of frame format conversion applicable to multiple child nodes in the embodiment of the present application;

图22是适用于本申请第十个实施例的传输数据的方法的示意图;22 is a schematic diagram of a method of transmitting data applicable to a tenth embodiment of the present application;

图23是适用于本申请第十一个实施例的传输数据的方法的示意图;23 is a schematic diagram of a method of transmitting data applicable to an eleventh embodiment of the present application;

图24是适用于本申请第十二个实施例的传输数据的方法的示意图;Figure 24 is a schematic diagram of a method of transmitting data applicable to the twelfth embodiment of the present application;

图25是适用于本申请第十三个实施例的传输数据的方法的示意图;25 is a schematic diagram of a method of transmitting data applicable to a thirteenth embodiment of the present application;

图26是适用于本申请实施例的传统帧结构的示意图;26 is a schematic diagram of a conventional frame structure suitable for use in an embodiment of the present application;

图27是适用于本申请实施例的自包含帧结构的示意图;FIG. 27 is a schematic diagram of a self-contained frame structure applicable to an embodiment of the present application; FIG.

图28是适用于本申请第十四个实施例的传输数据的方法的示意图;28 is a schematic diagram of a method of transmitting data applicable to a fourteenth embodiment of the present application;

图29是适用于本申请第十五个实施例的传输数据的方法的示意图;29 is a schematic diagram of a method of transmitting data applicable to the fifteenth embodiment of the present application;

图30是适用于本申请第十六个实施例的传输数据的方法的示意图;30 is a schematic diagram of a method of transmitting data applicable to the sixteenth embodiment of the present application;

图31是适用于本申请第十三个实施例的帧格式转换的相对时刻的类型的示意图;31 is a schematic diagram of a type of relative time suitable for frame format conversion of the thirteenth embodiment of the present application;

图32是适用于本申请第十三个实施例的帧格式转换的绝对时刻的类型的示意图;32 is a schematic diagram of a type of absolute time suitable for frame format conversion of the thirteenth embodiment of the present application;

图33是适用于本申请第十三个实施例的多个子节点的帧格式转换的类型的示意图;33 is a schematic diagram of a type of frame format conversion applicable to a plurality of child nodes of the thirteenth embodiment of the present application;

图34是适用于本申请第十七个实施例的传输数据的方法的示意图;Figure 34 is a schematic diagram of a method of transmitting data applicable to the seventeenth embodiment of the present application;

图35是适用于本申请实施例的传输数据的装置的示意图;35 is a schematic diagram of an apparatus for transmitting data applicable to an embodiment of the present application;

图36是适用于本申请一实施例的传输数据的设备的示意图;36 is a schematic diagram of an apparatus for transmitting data applicable to an embodiment of the present application;

图37是适用于本申请另一实施例的传输数据的设备的示意图。37 is a schematic diagram of an apparatus for transmitting data applicable to another embodiment of the present application.

具体实施方式detailed description

下面将结合附图,对本申请中的技术方案进行描述。The technical solutions in the present application will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings.

图1是适用于本申请实施例的传输数据的系统100的示意图。如图1所示,该系统100包括至少一个主节点(Master)和至少一个子节点(Slave)。如图1所示,系统100可以包括主节点110,第一子节点120,第二子节点130,第三子节点140。1 is a schematic diagram of a system 100 for transmitting data suitable for use in embodiments of the present application. As shown in FIG. 1, the system 100 includes at least one master node and at least one slave node (Slave). As shown in FIG. 1, system 100 can include a primary node 110, a first child node 120, a second child node 130, and a third child node 140.

主节点和子节点之间,可以通过传输数据实现交互。其中,主节点和子节点可以为网络设备和网络设备,或者,网络设备和终端设备,或者,终端设备和终端设备。The interaction between the master node and the child nodes can be achieved by transmitting data. The master node and the child node may be a network device and a network device, or a network device and a terminal device, or a terminal device and a terminal device.

本申请实施例中的终端设备可以指用户设备、接入终端、用户单元、用户站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端、移动设备、用户终端、终端、无线通信设备、用户代理或用户装置。终端设备还可以是蜂窝电话、无绳电话、会话启动协议(Session Initiation Protocol,SIP)电话、无线本地环路(Wireless Local Loop,WLL)站、个人数字处理(Personal Digital Assistant,PDA)、具有无线通信功能的手持设备、计算设备或连接到无线调制解调器的其他处理设备、车载设备、可穿戴设备,未来5G网络中的终端设备或者未来演进的公用陆地移动通信网络(Public Land Mobile Network,PLMN)中的终端设备等,本申请实施例对此并不限定。The terminal device in the embodiment of the present application may refer to a user equipment, an access terminal, a subscriber unit, a subscriber station, a mobile station, a mobile station, a remote station, a remote terminal, a mobile device, a user terminal, a terminal, a wireless communication device, a user agent, or User device. The terminal device may also be a cellular phone, a cordless phone, a Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) phone, a Wireless Local Loop (WLL) station, a Personal Digital Assistant (PDA), with wireless communication. Functional handheld devices, computing devices or other processing devices connected to wireless modems, in-vehicle devices, wearable devices, terminal devices in future 5G networks, or in the future evolution of the Public Land Mobile Network (PLMN) The terminal device and the like are not limited in this embodiment of the present application.

本申请实施例中的网络设备可以是用于与终端设备通信的设备,该网络设备可以是全球移动通讯(Global System of Mobile communication,GSM)系统或码分多址(Code Division Multiple Access,CDMA)中的基站(Base Transceiver Station,BTS),也可以是宽带码分多址(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access,WCDMA)系统中的基站(NodeB,NB),还可以是LTE系统中的演进型基站(Evolutional NodeB,eNB或eNodeB),还可以是云无线接入网络(Cloud Radio Access Network,CRAN)场景下的无线控制器,或者该网络设备可以为中继站、接入点、车载设备、可穿戴设备以及未来5G网络中的网络设备或者未来演进的PLMN网络中的网络设备等,本申请实施例并不限定。The network device in the embodiment of the present application may be a device for communicating with the terminal device, and the network device may be a Global System of Mobile communication (GSM) system or Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA). Base Transceiver Station (BTS), which may also be a base station (NodeB, NB) in a Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA) system, or an evolved base station in an LTE system (Evolutional The NodeB, eNB or eNodeB) may also be a wireless controller in a Cloud Radio Access Network (CRAN) scenario, or the network device may be a relay station, an access point, an in-vehicle device, a wearable device, and a future. The network device in the 5G network or the network device in the PLMN network in the future is not limited in this embodiment.

目前,移动通信已经深刻地改变了人们的生活,但人们对更高性能移动通信的追求从未停止。为了应对未来爆炸性的移动数据流量增长、海量的设备连接、不断涌现的各类新业务和应用场景,长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)系统持续演进,同时第五代移动通信(5G)系统也应运而生。不同场景、不同业务、不同设备对于通信网络的要求也是不一样的。At present, mobile communication has profoundly changed people's lives, but the pursuit of higher performance mobile communication has never stopped. In order to cope with the explosive growth of mobile data traffic, massive device connections, and emerging new services and application scenarios, the Long Term Evolution (LTE) system continues to evolve, while the fifth-generation mobile communication (5G) system also It came into being. Different scenarios, different services, and different devices have different requirements for communication networks.

国际电信联盟(International Telecommunication Union,ITU)在对5G的期望和要求中定义了三大类业务,分别为增强移动宽带通信(Enhanced Mobile BroadBand,eMBB),超可靠低时延通信(Ultra-Reliable Low Latency Communication,URLLC)和海量机器类通信(massive Machine Type of Communication,mMTC)。eMBB业务主要 包含超高清视频、增强现实(Augmented Reality,AR)、虚拟现实(Virtual Reality,VR)等,主要特点是传输数据量大、传输速率很高。URLLC业务主要是用于物联网中的工业控制、无人驾驶等等,主要特点是超高可靠性、低延时,传输数据量较少以及具有突发性。mMTC业务主要是用于物联网中的智能电网、智慧城市等,主要特点是海量设备连接、传输数据量小、容忍较长时间的延时。The International Telecommunication Union (ITU) defines three types of services in the 5G expectation and requirements, namely Enhanced Mobile BroadBand (eMBB) and Ultra-Reliable Low (Ultra-Reliable Low). Latency Communication, URLLC) and massive machine type of communication (mMTC). The eMBB service mainly includes ultra-high definition video, Augmented Reality (AR), and Virtual Reality (VR). The main features are large transmission data and high transmission rate. The URLLC service is mainly used for industrial control, driverless, etc. in the Internet of Things. The main features are ultra-high reliability, low latency, low transmission data and burstiness. The mMTC service is mainly used for smart grids and smart cities in the Internet of Things. The main features are the connection of mass devices, the small amount of data transmitted, and the delay of tolerating for a long time.

此外,随着高可靠低时延技术在第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd Generation Partnership Project,3GPP)中的讨论,垂直行业也越来越关注标准在这块的进展,并针对垂直行业的需求在SA1提出了TR22.804,其中针对工业场景给出了一些需要极高可靠性(6-8个9)和超低时延(<2ms)的场景,基本涵盖工业运动控制(马达等),机器人协作等。In addition, with the discussion of the high-reliability and low-latency technology in the 3rd Generation Partnership Project (3GPP), the vertical industry is also paying more and more attention to the progress of the standard in this piece, and the demand for the vertical industry is SA1 proposed TR22.804, which gives some scenarios that require extremely high reliability (6-8 9) and ultra low latency (<2ms) for industrial scenarios, covering industrial motion control (motors, etc.), robots. Collaboration, etc.

目前,有一种主仆模式master-slave,其是基于分而治之的思想设计的模式。该模式是将一个任务(原始任务)分解为若干个语义等同的子任务,并由专门的工作者线程来并行执行这些任务,原始任务的结果是通过整合各个子任务的处理结果形成的。At present, there is a master-slave mode, which is a model based on the idea of divide and conquer. This mode is to decompose a task (original task) into several semantically equivalent subtasks, and these tasks are executed in parallel by a special worker thread. The result of the original task is formed by integrating the processing results of each subtask.

具体地,master-slave之间通信的方式通常有下面三种方式。Specifically, there are usually three ways to communicate between master-slave.

方式一method one

如图2所示,一个控制器(即,Master的一例)控制多个终端(即,Slave的一例),控制器与多个终端一般采用串行连接的拓扑方式,在一个任务时间单位(cycletime)内,控制器将所有终端的数据打成一个大包,采用数据火车方式,按照一定的顺序串行访问每个终端,当某个终端收到该数据包时,会解析出自身对应的数据,同时把需要反馈的数据放在该数据包中,当整个数据包(数据火车)最终返回控制器时,即完成了一个任务时间单位内的数据交互。As shown in FIG. 2, one controller (ie, an example of a Master) controls a plurality of terminals (ie, an example of a Slave), and the controller and the plurality of terminals generally adopt a serial connection topology manner in a task time unit (cycletime). Within the controller, the controller will make all the data of the terminal into a large package, and use the data train mode to serially access each terminal in a certain order. When a terminal receives the data packet, it will parse its corresponding data. At the same time, the data that needs to be fed back is placed in the data packet, and when the entire data packet (data train) finally returns to the controller, the data interaction within one task time unit is completed.

Master与多个Slave采用了串行的通信方式,随着Slave数目的增加,整个cycleTime的时间也会呈线性增加,这对于自动化工业控制的生产效率会有很大的影响。另外,由于串行拓扑顺序固定,当存在Slave之间需要通信的需求时,处在上游的Slave可以与下游的Slave通信,但是反过来就不可以了,需要等到下一个cycle time才行。Master and multiple slaves use serial communication. As the number of slaves increases, the time of the entire cycleTime increases linearly, which has a great impact on the productivity of automated industrial control. In addition, since the serial topology order is fixed, when there is a need for communication between the slaves, the upstream Slave can communicate with the downstream Slave, but the reverse is not possible, and it is necessary to wait until the next cycle time.

方式二Way two

如图3所示,目前绝大多数的设备到设备(Device-to-Device,D2D)的协作方式,都是通过基站为目标终端组配置资源,同时终端之间的连接和数据传输,都是需要基站进行调度。As shown in Figure 3, most of the current device-to-device (D2D) cooperation modes are configured by the base station to allocate resources for the target terminal group, and the connections and data transmission between the terminals are The base station is required to perform scheduling.

还有一类终端协作的方式是,在非授权(Unlicensed)频谱,终端间采用先听后说(Listen-before-Talk,LBT)的方式。也就是终端在发送数据前,需要侦听是否有别的终端在发送数据,当确定信道空闲才发起数据。There is also a way for the terminal to cooperate. In the unlicensed spectrum, the terminal uses a Listen-before-Talk (LBT) method. That is, before the terminal sends data, it needs to listen to whether other terminals are transmitting data, and initiate data when it is determined that the channel is idle.

从目前授权(Licensed)频谱和Unlicensed频谱这两种典型的终端协作技术来看,不管是基于调度的终端协作,还是基于无调度但是需要LBT的协作,都需要额外的时间开销,因此对于工业控制这种要求cycle time时延在2ms以下的场景还是不适用的。From the two typical terminal collaboration technologies of the currently licensed (Licensed) spectrum and the Unlicensed spectrum, whether it is based on scheduling terminal cooperation or based on unscheduled but LBT-based collaboration, additional time overhead is required, so for industrial control This scenario where the cycle time delay is less than 2ms is still not applicable.

方式三Way three

半静态配置每个终端的每个传输时间间隔(transmission time interval,TTI)的接收/发送等动作进行终端间的协作转发。方式三是对每个终端的侦听和发送状态进行半静态配置,所有终端仍然是采用时分的方式进行协作传输,因此时延较大,同时资源利用率不高。另外,该方式三中每个终端同时只能侦听或者发送一个终端的数据,不能同时发送自身和协作数据,因此频谱利用率也较低。The operations of receiving/transmitting each transmission time interval (TTI) of each terminal are semi-statically configured to perform cooperative forwarding between terminals. The third method is to semi-statically configure the listening and sending status of each terminal. All terminals still use the time-division method for cooperative transmission, so the delay is large and the resource utilization is not high. In addition, each terminal in the third mode can only listen to or send data of one terminal at the same time, and cannot transmit its own and collaborative data at the same time, so the spectrum utilization rate is also low.

基于上述三种方式的缺陷,本申请实施例提出一种传输数据的方法,能够大大降低cycle time的时延,提升效率。图4是适用于本申请实施例的传输数据的方法的一示意性流程图。Based on the defects of the foregoing three modes, the embodiment of the present application provides a method for transmitting data, which can greatly reduce the delay of the cycle time and improve the efficiency. FIG. 4 is a schematic flowchart of a method for transmitting data applicable to an embodiment of the present application.

接收端(Slave),包括两类信道类型:数据信道、控制信道。The receiving end (Slave) includes two types of channel types: a data channel and a control channel.

在数据信道,当接收端的收发状态是接收态时,从配置的公共资源上,使用本用户资源,接收本用户的命令数据;使用协作资源,接收协作用户的命令数据和/或反馈数据。In the data channel, when the receiving and receiving state of the receiving end is the receiving state, the user data is used to receive the command data of the user from the configured common resource; and the command data and/or the feedback data of the cooperative user are received by using the cooperative resource.

在数据信道,当接收端的收发状态是发送态时,一方面,该接收端可以从配置的公共资源上,使用本用户资源,发送针对命令数据的反馈数据。此外,发送端接收到该反馈数据后,也可以对该反馈数据进行译码,如果译码正失败,则发送端会发送针对该反馈数据的控制数据,例如,可以发送不确认(Non-Acknowledgement,NACK)信息。接收端如果收到该NACK信息,则重传本用户的反馈数据,以便于发送端正确译码。另一方面,接收端也可以使用协作资源,接收其他协作接收端的反馈信息,并根据该反馈信息确定接收端自己的收发态。In the data channel, when the receiving and receiving state of the receiving end is the transmitting state, on the one hand, the receiving end can use the user resource to send feedback data for the command data from the configured common resource. In addition, after receiving the feedback data, the transmitting end may also decode the feedback data. If the decoding fails, the transmitting end may send control data for the feedback data, for example, may send unconfirmed (Non-Acknowledgement , NACK) information. If the receiving end receives the NACK information, the receiving end retransmits the feedback data of the user, so that the transmitting end can correctly decode. On the other hand, the receiving end may also use the cooperative resource to receive feedback information of other cooperative receiving ends, and determine the receiving and transmitting state of the receiving end according to the feedback information.

应理解,在本申请实施例中,用命令数据表示从发送端(或主节点Master)向接收端(或子节点Master)发送的数据,用反馈数据表示从接收端向发送端发送的数据,用控制数据表示发送端向接收端发送的针对反馈数据的数据。换句话说,命令数据和反馈数据可以都是数据信号,仅是对应的传输方向不同而已,且其没有必然的先后顺序。控制数据,例如ACK/NACK,是表示命令数据或反馈数据译码正确与否的控制信息。It should be understood that, in the embodiment of the present application, the data sent from the sending end (or the master node Master) to the receiving end (or the child node master) is represented by the command data, and the data sent from the receiving end to the sending end is represented by the feedback data. The control data is used to indicate the data sent by the transmitting end to the receiving end for the feedback data. In other words, the command data and the feedback data may both be data signals, only the corresponding transmission directions are different, and there is no necessary sequence. Control data, such as ACK/NACK, is control information indicating whether the command data or feedback data is decoded correctly.

在控制信道,接收端从配置的公共资源上,收发控制数据。On the control channel, the receiving end transmits and receives control data from the configured common resources.

图4仅是示例性说明,本申请实施例的传输数据的方法在后面的实施例中具体描述。FIG. 4 is only an exemplary illustration, and the method for transmitting data in the embodiment of the present application is specifically described in the following embodiments.

此外,本申请实施例的技术方案可以应用于各种通信系统,例如:全球移动通讯(Global System of Mobile communication,GSM)系统、码分多址(Code Division Multiple Access,CDMA)系统、宽带码分多址(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access,WCDMA)系统、通用分组无线业务(General Packet Radio Service,GPRS)、长期演进(Long Term Evolution,LTE)系统、LTE频分双工(Frequency Division Duplex,FDD)系统、LTE时分双工(Time Division Duplex,TDD)、通用移动通信系统(Universal Mobile Telecommunication System,UMTS)、全球互联微波接入(Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access,WiMAX)通信系统、未来的第五代(5th Generation,5G)系统或新无线(New Radio,NR)等。In addition, the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application can be applied to various communication systems, for example, a Global System of Mobile communication (GSM) system, a Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA) system, and a broadband code division. Wideband Code Division Multiple Access (WCDMA) system, General Packet Radio Service (GPRS), Long Term Evolution (LTE) system, LTE Frequency Division Duplex (FDD) system LTE Time Division Duplex (TDD), Universal Mobile Telecommunication System (UMTS), Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access (WiMAX) communication system, the fifth generation of the future (5th Generation, 5G) system or New Radio (NR).

应理解,图1中示出的系统仅为示例性说明,而不应对本申请构成任何限定。本申请对于主节点以及子节点的数量以及部署方式并未特别限定。It should be understood that the system illustrated in FIG. 1 is merely illustrative and should not be construed as limiting the application. The number of the primary node and the child nodes and the manner of deployment are not particularly limited in this application.

还应理解,图1所示的系统只是本申请实施例的一种可能的应用场景,不应对本申请构成任何限定。It should be understood that the system shown in FIG. 1 is only one possible application scenario of the embodiment of the present application, and should not be construed as limiting the present application.

为了便于理解本申请实施例,下面首先简单介绍几个本申请实施例提及的概念。In order to facilitate the understanding of the embodiments of the present application, the following briefly introduces several concepts mentioned in the embodiments of the present application.

1、最小调度时间单元1, the minimum scheduling time unit

最小调度时间单元指的是时域上的资源粒度。一个时间单元(也可称为时域单位)可以但不限于,是一个符号,或者一个迷你时隙(mini-slot),或者一个时隙(slot),或者一个子帧(subframe),或者一个帧(frame)。其中,一个子帧在时域上的持续时 间可以是1毫秒(ms),一个时隙由7个或者14个符号组成,一个迷你时隙可以包括至少一个符号(例如,2个符号或4个符号或7个符号或者14个符号,或者小于等于14个符号的任意数目符号)。The minimum scheduling time unit refers to the resource granularity in the time domain. A time unit (also referred to as a time domain unit) may be, but is not limited to, a symbol, or a mini-slot, or a slot, or a subframe, or a Frame. The duration of one subframe in the time domain may be 1 millisecond (ms), one slot is composed of 7 or 14 symbols, and one mini slot may include at least one symbol (for example, 2 symbols or 4 symbols) Symbol or 7 symbols or 14 symbols, or any number of symbols less than or equal to 14 symbols).

2、符号2, symbol

符号(symbol)指的是时域资源的最小单位。本申请实施例对一个符号的时间长度不做限制。针对不同的子载波间隔,一个符号的长度可以有所不同。符号可以包括上行符号和下行符号,作为示例而非限定,上行符号例如可以称为单载波频分多址(Single Carrier-Frequency Division Multiple Access,SC-FDMA)符号或正交频分多址(Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing,OFDM)符号;下行符号例如可以称为OFDM符号。在本申请实施例中,符号可以是资源单元的再一例。The symbol refers to the smallest unit of time domain resources. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the length of time of one symbol. The length of one symbol can vary for different subcarrier spacing. The symbols may include uplink symbols and downlink symbols. By way of example and not limitation, the uplink symbols may be referred to as Single Carrier-Frequency Division Multiple Access (SC-FDMA) symbols or Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access (Orthogonal). Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM) symbols; downlink symbols may be referred to as OFDM symbols, for example. In the embodiment of the present application, the symbol may be another example of the resource unit.

3、任务时间3, task time

本申请实施例中,任务时间(cycle time),可以指完成一次完整交互所需要的时间。一个cycle time中可以包括多个小的时间单元。本申请实施例以一个任务时间单位为例进行说明,应理解,本申请并未限定一个任务时间单位。In the embodiment of the present application, the cycle time may refer to the time required to complete a complete interaction. A plurality of small time units can be included in one cycle time. The embodiment of the present application is described by taking a task time unit as an example. It should be understood that the present application does not limit one task time unit.

4、资源单元4, resource unit

资源单元,可用于作为资源在时域、频域或时频域占用的资源的计量单位。在本申请实施例中,资源单元可以表示频域上的资源粒度,如图5所示。该资源单元可以但不限于资源块(Resource Block,RB)、资源块组(Resource Block Group,RBG)、物理资源块(Physical Resource Block,PRB)、虚拟资源块(Visual Resource Block,VRB)、资源粒子(Resource Element,RE)、子载波、子带(subband)等。A resource unit that can be used as a unit of measure for resources that are occupied by resources in the time domain, frequency domain, or time-frequency domain. In the embodiment of the present application, the resource unit may represent the resource granularity in the frequency domain, as shown in FIG. 5. The resource unit may be, but not limited to, a resource block (RB), a resource block group (RBG), a physical resource block (PRB), a virtual resource block (VRB), a resource. A resource (Resource Element, RE), a subcarrier, a subband, and the like.

5、资源粒子5, resource particles

资源粒子(Resource Element,RE)也可以称为资源元素。在时域上可以对应一个符号,在频域上可以对应一个子载波。在本申请实施例中,RE可以是资源单元的一例。A Resource Element (RE) can also be called a resource element. One symbol can be corresponding to the time domain, and one subcarrier can be corresponding to the frequency domain. In the embodiment of the present application, the RE may be an example of a resource unit.

6、资源块6, resource blocks

一个RB在频域上占用N RB个连续的子载波。其中,N RB为正整数。例如,在LTE协议中,N RB可以等于12。本申请实施例中,可以仅从频域资源上来定义RB,也就是说,不限制RB在时域上占用的时域资源数量。在本申请实施例中,RB可以是资源单元的又一例。 One RB occupies N RB consecutive subcarriers in the frequency domain. Where N RB is a positive integer. For example, in the LTE protocol, N RB can be equal to 12. In this embodiment of the present application, the RB may be defined only from the frequency domain resource, that is, the number of time domain resources occupied by the RB in the time domain is not limited. In the embodiment of the present application, the RB may be another example of the resource unit.

需要说明的是,在本申请实施中,“协议”可以指通信领域的标准协议,例如可以包括LTE协议、NR协议以及应用于未来的通信系统中的相关协议,本申请对此不做限定。It should be noted that, in the implementation of the present application, the “protocol” may refer to a standard protocol in the communication field, and may include, for example, the LTE protocol, the NR protocol, and related protocols used in a future communication system, which is not limited in this application.

还需要说明的是,本申请实施例中,“预先定义”可以通过在设备(例如,包括终端设备和网络设备)中预先保存相应的代码、表格或其他可用于指示相关信息的方式来实现,本申请对于其具体的实现方式不做限定。比如预先定义可以是指协议中定义的。It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present application, “pre-definition” may be implemented by pre-storing corresponding codes, tables, or other manners that can be used to indicate related information in a device (for example, including a terminal device and a network device). This application does not limit its specific implementation. For example, pre-definition can be defined in the protocol.

还需要说明的是,本申请实施例中,名词“网络”和“系统”经常交替使用,但本领域的技术人员可以理解其含义。信息(information),信号(signal),消息(message),信道(channel)有时可以混用,应当指出的是,在不强调其区别时,其所要表达的含义是一致的。“的(of)”,“相应的(corresponding,relevant)”和“对应的(corresponding)”有时可以混用,应当指出的是,在不强调其区别时,其所要表达的含义是一致的。It should also be noted that in the embodiments of the present application, the terms "network" and "system" are often used interchangeably, but those skilled in the art can understand the meaning thereof. Information, signals, messages, and channels can sometimes be mixed. It should be noted that the meanings to be expressed are consistent when the distinction is not emphasized. "of", "corresponding (relevant)" and "corresponding" can sometimes be mixed. It should be noted that the meaning to be expressed is consistent when the distinction is not emphasized.

还需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中,“主节点”、“Master”、“M”经常交替使用,应当指出的是,在不强调区别时,其所要表达的含义是一致。“子节点”、“Slave”、“S”经常交替使用,应当指出的是,在不强调区别时,其所要表达的含义是一致。It should also be noted that, in the embodiment of the present application, “master node”, “master”, and “M” are often used interchangeably. It should be noted that when the difference is not emphasized, the meanings to be expressed are consistent. “Sub-nodes”, “Slave”, and “S” are often used interchangeably. It should be noted that when the distinction is not emphasized, the meanings to be expressed are the same.

还需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中,“上报”和“反馈”经常交替使用,但本领域的技术人员可以理解其含义。对于终端设备来说,上报确认(Acknowledgement,ACK)/NACK,和反馈ACK/NACK实质上都可以是发送ACK/NACK。因此,在本申请实施例中,在不强调其区别时,其所要表达的含义是一致的。It should also be noted that in the embodiments of the present application, "reporting" and "feedback" are often used interchangeably, but those skilled in the art can understand the meaning thereof. For the terminal device, the Acknowledgement (ACK)/NACK, and the feedback ACK/NACK can all be substantially ACK/NACK. Therefore, in the embodiments of the present application, the meanings to be expressed are consistent when the distinction is not emphasized.

还需要说明的是,“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。“至少一个”是指一个或一个以上;“A和B中的至少一个”,类似于“A和/或B”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和B中的至少一个,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。下面将结合附图详细说明本申请提供的技术方案。It should also be noted that “and/or” describes the association relationship of the associated objects, indicating that there may be three relationships, for example, A and/or B, which may indicate that A exists separately, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists separately. These three situations. The character "/" generally indicates that the contextual object is an "or" relationship. "At least one" means one or more; "at least one of A and B", similar to "A and/or B", describing the association of associated objects, indicating that there may be three relationships, for example, A and B. At least one of them may indicate that A exists separately, and A and B exist simultaneously, and B cases exist separately. The technical solutions provided by the present application will be described in detail below with reference to the accompanying drawings.

应理解,在本申请中,第一、第二、第三等仅为便于区分不同的对象,例如,区分不同的Slave、不同的数据等,不应对本申请构成任何限定,例如,第一数据可以既包括命令数据,又包括反馈数据;或者,第一数据可以包括至少两个节点的数据。It should be understood that in the present application, the first, second, third, etc. are only for facilitating the distinction between different objects, for example, distinguishing different slaves, different data, etc., and should not constitute any limitation to the present application, for example, the first data. The command data may be included as well as the feedback data; or the first data may include data of at least two nodes.

应理解,本申请提供的传输数据的方法可适用于通信系统,如图1中所示的系统100。例如,本申请可用于需要高可靠低时延的应用场景,不限于工业运动控制、机器人协作场景,也可以用于其它典型的终端协作、无线网格网路(Mesh)等场景。此外,本申请可用于Master和Slaves、网络设备和终端设备,网络设备和网络设备、终端设备和终端设备等多种组合形式。It should be understood that the method of transmitting data provided by the present application is applicable to a communication system, such as system 100 shown in FIG. For example, the present application can be applied to an application scenario that requires high reliability and low latency, and is not limited to industrial motion control, robot cooperation scenarios, and can also be used in other typical terminal cooperation, wireless mesh network (Mesh) and the like. In addition, the present application can be used in various combinations of Master and Slaves, network devices and terminal devices, network devices and network devices, terminal devices, and terminal devices.

本申请实施例中的主节点可以同时与一个或多个子节点通信,例如,本申请实施例中的主节点(即,第三节点的一例)可对应于图1中的主节点110,本申请实施例中的子节点(即,第一节点的一例)可对应于图1中的子节点120、子节点130、子节点140中的任意一个或多个。The master node in the embodiment of the present application can communicate with one or more child nodes at the same time. For example, the master node (ie, an example of the third node) in the embodiment of the present application may correspond to the master node 110 in FIG. 1 . The child nodes (ie, an example of the first node) in the embodiment may correspond to any one or more of the child node 120, the child node 130, and the child node 140 in FIG.

以下,不失一般性,以一个主节点与三个子节点之间的交互过程为例详细说明本申请实施例的传输数据的方法。In the following, without loss of generality, a method for transmitting data according to an embodiment of the present application will be described in detail by taking an interaction process between a master node and three child nodes as an example.

图6是本申请实施例提供的传输数据的方法200的示意图。如图所示,图6中所示的方法200可以包括步骤210、220。FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of a method 200 of transmitting data provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown, the method 200 shown in FIG. 6 can include steps 210, 220.

210,第一节点通过第一频段接收第一数据,第一数据的目的节点为第一节点;210. The first node receives the first data by using the first frequency band, where the destination node of the first data is the first node.

220,第一节点通过第二频段接收第二数据,第二数据的目的节点为第二节点。220. The first node receives the second data by using the second frequency band, and the destination node of the second data is the second node.

第一子节点(即,Slave或第一节点的一例)与主节点(即,Master的一例)、或与第二子节点(即,第二节点的一例)传输数据时,会通过预先配置的公共资源进行数据传输。该公共资源参数(即,配置参数的一例)可以是主节点配置的,也可以是其他网络设备配置的,本申请实施例对此不作限定。The first child node (ie, an instance of the slave or the first node) and the master node (ie, an instance of the master) or the second child node (ie, an instance of the second node) transmit data through pre-configured Public resources for data transmission. The common resource parameter (that is, an example of the configuration parameter) may be configured by the master node, or may be configured by other network devices, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.

具体地,第一节点在第一时间段在分配给所述第一节点的第一资源上接收所述第一节点的第一数据且在分配给第二节点的第二资源上接收所述第二节点的第二数据;所述第一节点根据第一规则在第二时间段在所述第二资源上发送所述第二数据;其中,所述第一规则包括以下一项或多项:若所述第一数据成功接收或者译码正确,发送所述第二数据;若接收到指示所述第二数据接收失败的第一反馈信息,发送所述第二数据;若当 前时间段为所述第二时间段,发送所述第二数据;若所述第二数据的紧急程度满足紧急条件,发送所述第二数据。Specifically, the first node receives the first data of the first node on a first resource allocated to the first node in a first time period, and receives the first data on a second resource allocated to a second node The second data of the two nodes; the first node sends the second data on the second resource in a second time period according to the first rule; wherein the first rule includes one or more of the following: Sending the second data if the first data is successfully received or decoded correctly, and sending the second data if receiving the first feedback information indicating that the second data is failed to be received; if the current time period is Transmitting the second data in the second time period; and sending the second data if the urgency of the second data meets an emergency condition.

需要说明的是,本申请实施例中提及的传输,可以是指主节点到子节点的数据传输,也可以指子节点到主节点的数据传输,或者,也可以指子节点到子节点的数据传输,本申请实施例对此不作限定。It should be noted that the transmission mentioned in the embodiment of the present application may refer to data transmission from a primary node to a child node, data transmission from a child node to a primary node, or may refer to a child node to a child node. The data transmission is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.

还需要说明的是,本申请实施例中提及的第一规则可以理解为:触发节点从接收态转换为发送态的条件,和/或,从发送态转换为接收态的条件。It should be noted that the first rule mentioned in the embodiment of the present application can be understood as a condition that triggers a node to switch from a receiving state to a transmitting state, and/or a condition that changes from a transmitting state to a receiving state.

还需要说明的是,本申请实施例中提及的分配给第一节点的第一资源,可以理解为,第一节点用于接收/发送自身数据(即,第一数据的一例)的资源;本申请实施例中提及的分配给第二节点的第二资源,可以理解为,第二节点用于接收/发送自身数据(即,第二数据的一例)的资源。其中,第一资源也可以作为第二节点的协作资源,用于第二节点接收/发送第一数据,或者接收/发送除自身数据之外的协作数据(即,其他节点的数据)。同理,第二资源也可以作为第一节点的协作资源,用于第一节点接收/发送第二数据,或者接收/发送除自身数据之外的协作数据(即,其他节点的数据)。It should be noted that the first resource allocated to the first node mentioned in the embodiment of the present application may be understood as a resource used by the first node to receive/transmit its own data (ie, an example of the first data); The second resource allocated to the second node mentioned in the embodiment of the present application can be understood as a resource used by the second node to receive/transmit its own data (ie, an example of the second data). The first resource may also serve as a cooperative resource of the second node, where the second node receives/transmits the first data, or receives/transmits collaboration data other than the self data (ie, data of other nodes). Similarly, the second resource may also serve as a cooperative resource of the first node, for the first node to receive/send the second data, or to receive/transmit collaborative data other than the own data (ie, data of other nodes).

可选地,可以通过无线链路资源控制(Radio Resource Control,RRC)半静态消息、介质访问控制(Media Access Control,MAC)消息、物理层的用户级或公共控制信息(如L1消息或Common L1消息),配置公共资源参数。该公共资源参数可以包括以下至少一个:时频资源、速率匹配和映射方式、冗余(Redundancy Version,RV)版本、扰码、调制方式、帧格式、跳频类型(pattern)、预编码(Precoding)矩阵、混合自动重传请求(Hybrid Automatic Repeat reQuest,HARQ)进程、参考信号(Reference Signal,RS)序列、正交覆盖码(Orthogonal Cover Code,OCC)序列、非正交多址接入(Non-Orthogonal Multiple Access,NOMA)序列、波形、子载波间隔(Sequence Control System,SCS)。Optionally, a Radio Resource Control (RRC) semi-static message, a Media Access Control (MAC) message, a user level of a physical layer, or a common control information (such as an L1 message or a Common L1) may be used. Message), configure common resource parameters. The common resource parameter may include at least one of the following: time-frequency resource, rate matching and mapping mode, redundancy (RV) version, scrambling code, modulation mode, frame format, frequency hopping pattern, precoding (Precoding) ) Matrix, Hybrid Automatic Repeat ReQuest (HARQ) process, Reference Signal (RS) sequence, Orthogonal Cover Code (OCC) sequence, Non-orthogonal multiple access (Non) - Orthogonal Multiple Access (NOMA) Sequence, Waveform, and Subsequence Control System (SCS).

这里首先对公共资源参数中可能包含的上述内容进行简单地说明。Here, the above-mentioned contents that may be included in the common resource parameters are first briefly explained.

其中,时频资源、速率匹配和RE映射方式、扰码、调制方式为最基本的调度信息,通过半静态配置可以免除专门的L1调度信令的开销。为主节点和子节点配置用于传输数据的时频资源,该时频资源包括时域资源和频域资源。The time-frequency resource, the rate matching, the RE mapping mode, the scrambling code, and the modulation mode are the most basic scheduling information, and the overhead of the dedicated L1 scheduling signaling can be eliminated by the semi-static configuration. A time-frequency resource for transmitting data is configured for the master node and the child node, and the time-frequency resource includes a time domain resource and a frequency domain resource.

其中,协作行为,即对于一组子节点来说,协同参与为至少一个目标子节点的数据传输,或联合接收至少一个目标子节点发送的数据。协作行为包括每个目标子节点协作其他子节点接收和/或发送信号的行为,以及接收和/或发送帧格式转换的行为。The cooperative behavior, that is, for a group of child nodes, cooperatively participates in data transmission of at least one target child node, or jointly receives data sent by at least one target child node. Collaborative behavior includes the behavior of each target child node cooperating with other child nodes to receive and/or transmit signals, as well as the behavior of receiving and/or transmitting frame format conversions.

其中,帧格式有发送帧、接收帧、发送占优帧、侦听占优帧等。在配置公共资源参数时,会配置的默认的初始帧结构形式,后续会根据协作行为进行动态更改。The frame format includes a sending frame, a receiving frame, a sending dominant frame, and a listening dominant frame. When configuring common resource parameters, the default initial frame structure form will be configured, and subsequent changes will be made dynamically according to the collaborative behavior.

其中,RV版本、跳频pattern、Precoding矩阵的配置可以使能Slave的编码分集、信道分集、频域分集、多入多出(Multiple-Input Multiple-Output,MIMO)分集等效果,进一步提升接收性能。The configuration of the RV version, the hopping pattern, and the Precoding matrix can enable the Slave coding diversity, channel diversity, frequency domain diversity, and multiple-input multiple-output (MIMO) diversity to further improve the receiving performance. .

其中,HARQ进程可以配置每个子节点的接收数据和发送数据不同的HARQ进程,也可以配置共享相同的HARQ进程。The HARQ process can be configured to configure the HARQ process with different receiving data and sending data for each sub-node, or configure the same HARQ process.

其中,RS序列、OCC序列定义了各种RS序列的序列特征,如信道状态信息参考信号(Channel-state information reference signal,CSI-RS)、解调参考信号(Demodulation reference signals,DM-RS),相位跟踪参考信号(Phase-tracking reference signals,PT- RS),TRS等。RS可以速率匹配的方式与数据共存,也可以直接打孔数据的方式。The RS sequence and the OCC sequence define sequence characteristics of various RS sequences, such as a channel-state information reference signal (CSI-RS) and a demodulation reference signal (DM-RS). Phase-tracking reference signals (PT-RS), TRS, etc. RS can coexist with data in a rate matching manner, or it can directly punch data.

其中,NOMA序列定义了多个子节点可以以OCC正交方式,或者NOMA非正交多址方式共享相同或部分的时频资源,从而提升接入用户数。The NOMA sequence defines that multiple child nodes can share the same or part of time-frequency resources in an OCC orthogonal manner or a NOMA non-orthogonal multiple access manner, thereby increasing the number of access users.

其中,波形可以是正交频分复用(Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing,OFDM)、单载波频分多址(Single-carrier Frequency-Division Multiple Access,SC-FDM)等。SCS可以对应不同的子载波宽度,如15kHz/30kHz/60kHz等。The waveform may be Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing (OFDM), Single-Carrier Frequency-Division Multiple Access (SC-FDM), or the like. The SCS can correspond to different subcarrier widths, such as 15 kHz/30 kHz/60 kHz.

需要说明的是,本申请实施例中提及的第一配置可以理解为:与用于收发自身数据和/或协作数据的资源相关的配置。本申请实施例中提及的第二配置可以理解为:与帧格式、帧格式转换的条件、时机、协作行为等相关的配置。本申请实施例提及的第三配置和第四配置可以理解为:节点的帧格式在某一状态时的时间信息,或者是与帧格式转换相关的时间信息。在本申请实施例中,时间信息,可以包括以下至少一种:时间段的起始位置、时间段的时长、时间段的时域样式、从接收态(发送态)转换为发送态(接收态)的时间间隔、时间单元类型等。应理解,第一配置、第二配置、第三配置、第四配置可以包含于上面所述的公共资源参数中。此外,第一配置、第二配置、第三配置、第四配置可以分别发送给各个节点,也可以包含于一个消息发送给各个节点。It should be noted that the first configuration mentioned in the embodiment of the present application may be understood as a configuration related to resources for transmitting and receiving self data and/or cooperation data. The second configuration mentioned in the embodiment of the present application can be understood as a configuration related to a frame format, a condition of a frame format conversion, an opportunity, a cooperative behavior, and the like. The third configuration and the fourth configuration mentioned in the embodiments of the present application can be understood as time information of a frame format of a node in a certain state, or time information related to a frame format conversion. In this embodiment, the time information may include at least one of the following: a starting position of the time period, a duration of the time period, a time domain pattern of the time period, and a conversion from the receiving state (transmission state) to the transmitting state (reception state). Time interval, time unit type, etc. It should be understood that the first configuration, the second configuration, the third configuration, and the fourth configuration may be included in the common resource parameters described above. In addition, the first configuration, the second configuration, the third configuration, and the fourth configuration may be separately sent to each node, or may be included in one message and sent to each node.

还需要说明的是,第一节点可以接收数据,第一节点也可以发送数据。本申请实施例不限于上行或者下行传输或者SideLink传输或者设备到设备(Device-to-Device,D2D)传输等。It should also be noted that the first node can receive data and the first node can also send data. The embodiments of the present application are not limited to uplink or downlink transmission or SideLink transmission or Device-to-Device (D2D) transmission.

第一数据可以理解为:第一节点的数据;或,第一数据可以理解为:第一数据的目的节点为第一子节点。即第一数据可以是主节点发送的对应第一子节点的数据。第一频段可以是第一子节点接收自身数据所使用的资源。第一节点通过第二频段接收第二数据,第二数据的目的节点为第二节点。即第二数据可以是主节点发送的对应第二子节点的数据。换句话说,第一子节点可以通过第二频段来接收对应其他子节点的数据,进而也可以协作转发这些数据。The first data can be understood as: data of the first node; or, the first data can be understood as: the destination node of the first data is the first child node. That is, the first data may be data corresponding to the first child node sent by the master node. The first frequency band may be a resource used by the first child node to receive its own data. The first node receives the second data through the second frequency band, and the destination node of the second data is the second node. That is, the second data may be data corresponding to the second child node sent by the master node. In other words, the first child node can receive data corresponding to other child nodes through the second frequency band, and can also cooperatively forward the data.

其中,第一规则可以理解为:触发第一节点改变收发状态的条件。The first rule can be understood as: triggering the condition that the first node changes the sending and receiving state.

第一种可能的方式,若所述第一数据成功接收或者译码正确,发送所述第二数据。可以理解为,第一节点根据自身数据的译码情况,改变收发状态。如,如果接收成功或译码正确,则从接收态转化为发送态。In a first possible manner, if the first data is successfully received or decoded correctly, the second data is sent. It can be understood that the first node changes the transceiving state according to the decoding condition of its own data. For example, if the reception is successful or the decoding is correct, it is converted from the receiving state to the transmitting state.

第二种可能的方式,若接收到指示所述第二数据接收失败的第一反馈信息,发送所述第二数据。可以理解为,根据其他节点对各自数据的译码情况,改变收发状态。例如,当其他节点都已经正确接收各自数据,则第一节点不需要再协作转发协作数据了;又如,当其他节点没有全部正确接收各自数据,或,全都没有正确接收各自数据,则第一节点可以从接收态转换为发送态,协作转发协作数据,以提高协作节点接收到各自数据的概率。In a second possible manner, if the first feedback information indicating that the second data reception fails is received, the second data is sent. It can be understood that the transceiving state is changed according to the decoding status of the respective data by other nodes. For example, when other nodes have correctly received the respective data, the first node does not need to cooperate to forward the cooperation data; for example, when other nodes do not all correctly receive the respective data, or all of them do not correctly receive the respective data, the first The node can convert from the receiving state to the transmitting state and cooperatively forward the cooperative data to improve the probability that the cooperative node receives the respective data.

第三种可能的方式,若当前时间段为所述第二时间段,发送所述第二数据。In a third possible manner, if the current time period is the second time period, the second data is sent.

第四种可能的方式,若所述第二数据的紧急程度满足紧急条件,发送所述第二数据。该紧急条件可以是预先设置的、或,根据具体情况确定。例如,紧急条件可以包括:当发送的数据中包括警告信息(例如商业移动告警系统(commercial mobile alert system,CMAS)信息)时,确定该数据的紧急程度满足紧急条件;或者,紧急条件可以包括:该数据是对时延要求较高的数据时,确定该数据的紧急程度满足紧急条件。当第 二数据比较紧急时,第一节点可以协作转发第二数据。In a fourth possible manner, if the urgency of the second data meets an emergency condition, the second data is sent. The emergency condition may be preset or determined on a case-by-case basis. For example, the emergency condition may include: when the transmitted data includes warning information (for example, commercial mobile alert system (CMAS) information), determining that the urgency of the data meets the emergency condition; or the emergency condition may include: When the data is data with high latency requirements, it is determined that the urgency of the data meets the emergency condition. When the second data is urgent, the first node can cooperatively forward the second data.

需要说明的是,本申请提及的第一规则包括一项或多项,可以理解为,第一规则可以包括列举的所有可能方式中的一种,或者多种。以上述列举的四种可能的方式为例进行示例性说明。It should be noted that the first rule mentioned in the present application includes one or more items, and it can be understood that the first rule may include one or more of all possible ways listed. The four possible ways listed above are exemplified for example.

具体地,第一规则可以包括以上列举的可能的方式中的任意一种,如,可以包括第一种可能的方式、第二种可能的方式、第三种可能的方式、或第四种可能的方式。Specifically, the first rule may include any one of the possible modes listed above, for example, may include the first possible manner, the second possible manner, the third possible manner, or the fourth possibility The way.

或者,第一规则可以包括以上列举的可能的方式中的部分方式。如,第一规则可以包括:第一种可能的方式和第二种可能的方式,或,第一种可能的方式和第三种可能的方式,或,第一种可能的方式和第四种可能的方式,或,第二种可能的方式和第三种可能的方式,或,第二种可能的方式和第四种可能的方式,或,第三种可能的方式和第四种可能的方式。又如,第一规则可以包括:第一种可能的方式、第二种可能的方式、和第三种可能的方式,或者,第一种可能的方式、第二种可能的方式、和第四种可能的方式,或者,第一种可能的方式、第三种可能的方式、和第四种可能的方式,或者,第二种可能的方式、第三种可能的方式、和第四种可能的方式。Alternatively, the first rule may include some of the possible ways listed above. For example, the first rule may include: a first possible way and a second possible way, or a first possible way and a third possible way, or the first possible way and the fourth Possible way, or, the second possible way and the third possible way, or the second possible way and the fourth possible way, or the third possible way and the fourth possible the way. As another example, the first rule may include: a first possible mode, a second possible mode, and a third possible mode, or the first possible mode, the second possible mode, and the fourth Possible way, or, the first possible way, the third possible way, and the fourth possible way, or the second possible way, the third possible way, and the fourth possibility The way.

或者,第一规则可以包括以上列举的全部的可能的方式,即,第一规则可以包括:第一种可能的方式、第二种可能的方式、第三种可能的方式、和第四种可能的方式。Alternatively, the first rule may include all of the possible ways listed above, that is, the first rule may include: a first possible way, a second possible way, a third possible way, and a fourth possibility The way.

应理解,上述“第一”、“第二”、“第三”、“第四”仅是为了区分不同的对象,不对本申请构成任何限定。例如,第一种可能的方式和第二种可能的方式,仅为为了表示两种不同的可能的方式。It should be understood that the above-mentioned "first", "second", "third", and "fourth" are only for distinguishing different objects, and do not constitute any limitation to the present application. For example, the first possible way and the second possible way are merely to indicate two different possible ways.

下面结合从交互角度,对公共资源参数中可能包含的具体内容进行详细的说明。The following is a detailed description of the specific content that may be included in the common resource parameters from the perspective of interaction.

首先以Master(即,主节点的一例)向Slave(即,子节点或第一节点的一例)发送数据的过程为例进行说明。在本申请实施例中,为简洁,将Master简称为M,将Slave简称为S,S1、S2、S3分别表示不同的子节点。First, a process in which a master (that is, an example of a master node) transmits data to a slave (that is, an example of a child node or a first node) will be described as an example. In the embodiment of the present application, for the sake of brevity, the Master is simply referred to as M, and the Slave is simply referred to as S, and S1, S2, and S3 respectively represent different child nodes.

Master与Slave之间传输的数据至少包括以下两种方式。The data transmitted between the Master and the Slave includes at least the following two methods.

方式1Mode 1

联合编码。在本申请实施例中,联合编码可以是指把所有或部分子节点的命令数据作为一个数据包进行发送和接收,所述作为一个数据包可以是将所有或部分子节点的命令数据联合编码,也可以仅是联合的速率匹配。联合编码的循环冗余校验(Cyclic Redundancy Check,CRC)可以仅对整体数据进行,也可以每个子节点仍然保持各自独立的CRC。其中,编码可以是低密度奇偶校验码(Low Density Parity Check Code,LDPC)、涡轮增压(Turbo)、极化码(Polar)等各种可行的编码方式。Joint coding. In the embodiment of the present application, the joint coding may refer to sending and receiving command data of all or a part of the child nodes as a data packet, where the data packet may be jointly coded by command data of all or a part of the child nodes. It can also be just a joint rate match. The Joint Coded Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) can be performed only on the overall data, or each sub-node can still maintain its own independent CRC. The coding may be a variety of feasible coding modes such as a Low Density Parity Check Code (LDPC), a Turbo, and a Polarization.

图7示出了主节点向子节点发送数据时联合编码的示意图。在图7中,有一个主节点M,三个子节点S1、S2、S3。一个cycle time是1ms,一个cycle time中有八个时间单元。在本申请实施例中,假设M与S之间传输的数据包括:命令数据(command,C)和反馈数据(记为R)。即将S1的自身数据(即,对应S1的数据)记为C1、R1,S2的自身数据(即,对应S2的数据)记为C2、R2,S3的自身数据(即,对应S3的数据)记为C3、R3。FIG. 7 shows a schematic diagram of joint coding when a primary node transmits data to a child node. In Fig. 7, there is one master node M and three child nodes S1, S2, S3. One cycle time is 1ms, and there are eight time units in one cycle time. In the embodiment of the present application, it is assumed that the data transmitted between M and S includes: command data (command, C) and feedback data (denoted as R). That is, the self data of S1 (that is, the data corresponding to S1) is recorded as C1, R1, and S2's own data (that is, the data corresponding to S2) is recorded as C2, R2, and S3's own data (that is, the data corresponding to S3). For C3, R3.

应理解,第一数据可以包括C1和/或R1,第二数据可以包括C2和/或R2。其中,R1也可以称为C1的反馈数据,R2也可以称为C2的反馈数据。It should be understood that the first data may include C1 and/or R1 and the second data may include C2 and/or R2. Among them, R1 can also be called feedback data of C1, and R2 can also be called feedback data of C2.

应理解,本申请实施例中的时间单元,也可以称为时长或时间间隔或时段或时刻。 即,一个cycle time包括多个时长或时间间隔或时段或时刻。It should be understood that the time unit in the embodiment of the present application may also be referred to as a duration or a time interval or a time period or a time. That is, one cycle time includes a plurality of durations or time intervals or time periods or moments.

对于M来说,M在一个cycle time中一直处于发送状态,即一直发送包括C1、C2、C3的数据包。可选地,该数据包中也可以包括反馈数据R1、R2、R3。For M, M is always in the transmission state in one cycle time, that is, the data packets including C1, C2, and C3 are always sent. Optionally, the data packet may also include feedback data R1, R2, and R3.

对于S1来说,S1在第一个时间单元内接收该数据包。如果S1对C1译码正确,那么,S1在后面的时间单元内,可以不再接收该数据包,而是协作转发该数据包。For S1, S1 receives the packet in the first time unit. If S1 decodes C1 correctly, then S1 may no longer receive the data packet in a later time unit, but cooperatively forward the data packet.

对于S2来说,S2在第一个时间单元内接收该数据包,但是译码失败,那么S2在第二个时间单元内仍然接收该数据包。如果S2在第二个时间单元内,对C2译码正确,则S2在第三个时间单元内,不再接收该数据包,而是协作转发该数据包。For S2, S2 receives the packet in the first time unit, but the decoding fails, then S2 still receives the packet in the second time unit. If S2 is correctly decoded for C2 in the second time unit, then S2 does not receive the data packet in the third time unit, but cooperatively forwards the data packet.

对于S3来说,在前两个时间单元内,S3接收该数据包,且译码失败,那么S3在第三个时间单元内仍然接收该数据包。如果,在第三个时间单元内,S3对接收到的C3正确译码,则在后面的时间单元内,S3不需要再接收该数据包,而是协作发送该数据包。For S3, in the first two time units, S3 receives the data packet, and the decoding fails, then S3 still receives the data packet in the third time unit. If, in the third time unit, S3 correctly decodes the received C3, then in the following time unit, S3 does not need to receive the data packet again, but cooperatively transmits the data packet.

需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中,T用来表示发送(Transmit),R用来表示接收(receive)。子节点接收到自身数据,且译码正确后,可以不再接收自身数据,而是协作发送其他子节点的数据。It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present application, T is used to indicate Transmit, and R is used to indicate reception. After receiving the data of the own node, and the decoding is correct, the child node can no longer receive its own data, but cooperatively send the data of other child nodes.

方式2Mode 2

非联合编码。在本申请实施例中,非联合编码可以是指不同子节点配置不同的资源,如,可以是不同的时频资源、不同的正交资源、不同的NOMA资源等。可选地,对于译码正确的子节点S,可以不再接收/发送自身的数据,而仅转发协作数据(即,其他子节点的数据)。Non-joint coding. In the embodiment of the present application, the non-co-coding may refer to different resources configured by different sub-nodes, for example, different time-frequency resources, different orthogonal resources, different NOMA resources, and the like. Alternatively, for decoding the correct child node S, it is no longer possible to receive/send its own data, but only the collaborative data (ie, the data of other child nodes).

图8示出了主节点向子节点发送数据时非联合编码的示意图。在图8中,有一个主节点M,三个子节点S1、S2、S3。一个cycle time是1ms,一个cycle time中有八个时间单元。Figure 8 shows a schematic diagram of non-co-encoding when the primary node sends data to the child node. In Fig. 8, there is one master node M and three child nodes S1, S2, S3. One cycle time is 1ms, and there are eight time units in one cycle time.

对于M来说,M在一个cycle time中一直处于发送状态,即一直发送数据C1、C2、C3,可选地,M还可以发送反馈数据R1、R2、R3。For M, M is always in the transmitting state in one cycle time, that is, data C1, C2, C3 is always transmitted. Alternatively, M can also send feedback data R1, R2, R3.

对于S1来说,S1在第一个时间单元内接收来自M的C1、C2、C3。如果S1对C1译码正确,那么,S1在后面的时间单元内,可以不再接收数据C1,而是协作转发其他子节点的数据,即C2和C3。For S1, S1 receives C1, C2, C3 from M in the first time unit. If S1 decodes C1 correctly, then S1 may no longer receive data C1 in subsequent time units, but cooperatively forward data of other child nodes, namely C2 and C3.

对于S2来说,S2在第一个时间单元内接收来自M的C1、C2、C3。假设S2对C2译码失败,那么S2在第二个时间单元内仍然接收数据C2。具体地,S2在第二个时间单元接收来自M的C1、C2、C3,以及来自S1的C2和C3。如果S2在第二个时间单元内,对C2译码正确,则S2在第三个时间单元内,不再接收数据,而是协作转发其他子节点的数据,即S2协作转发C1和C3。For S2, S2 receives C1, C2, C3 from M in the first time unit. Assuming that S2 fails to decode C2, then S2 still receives data C2 in the second time unit. Specifically, S2 receives C1, C2, C3 from M, and C2 and C3 from S1 in the second time unit. If S2 is correctly decoded in C2 in the second time unit, S2 does not receive data in the third time unit, but cooperatively forwards data of other child nodes, that is, S2 cooperatively forwards C1 and C3.

对于S3来说,S3在第一个时间单元内接收来自M的C1、C2、C3,但是对C3译码失败,那么S3在第二个时间单元内仍然接收数据C3。具体地,S3在第二个时间单元接收来自M的C1、C2、C3,以及来自S1的C2和C3。如果S3在第二个时间单元内,对C3译码仍错误,则S3在第三个时间单元内仍然接收数据C3。具体地,S3在第三个时间单元接收来自M的C1、C2、C3,以及来自S1的C2和C3,以及来自S2的C1和C3。如果S3在第三个时间单元内,对C3译码正确,则S3不再接收数据,而是协作转发其他子节点的数据,即C1和C2。For S3, S3 receives C1, C2, C3 from M in the first time unit, but fails to decode C3, then S3 still receives data C3 in the second time unit. Specifically, S3 receives C1, C2, C3 from M, and C2 and C3 from S1 in the second time unit. If S3 is still in error in C3 decoding in the second time unit, then S3 still receives data C3 in the third time unit. Specifically, S3 receives C1, C2, C3 from M, and C2 and C3 from S1, and C1 and C3 from S2 in the third time unit. If S3 is correctly decoded in C3 in the third time unit, S3 no longer receives the data, but cooperatively forwards the data of other child nodes, namely C1 and C2.

需要说明的是,上述两种方式仅为示例性说明,本申请实施例并未限定于此。例 如,可以先对子节点进行分组,对一组子节点对应的数据采用联合编码,对另一组子节点对应的数据采用非联合编码。It should be noted that the above two modes are merely exemplary descriptions, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited thereto. For example, the child nodes may be grouped first, the data corresponding to one group of nodes is jointly coded, and the data corresponding to the other group of nodes is non-joined.

如前所述,在本申请实施例中,主节点和子节点之间传输数据时,会预先配置公共资源参数,即半静态配置公共资源参数。As described above, in the embodiment of the present application, when data is transmitted between the primary node and the child node, common resource parameters are pre-configured, that is, semi-statically configured common resource parameters.

具体地,为M、S1、S2、S3半静态配置公共资源参数。对于S1来说,公共资源可以包括S1的资源、S2的资源、S3的资源。其中,S1的资源,指的是传输S1自身数据时使用的资源;S2的资源指的是,S1传输S2对应的数据(即,对应S2的数据)时使用的资源;S3的资源指的是,S1传输S3对应的数据时使用的资源。同样的,对于S2来说,公共资源包括S1的资源、S2的资源、S3的资源。同样的,对于S3来说,公共资源包括S1的资源、S2的资源、S3的资源。同样的,对于M来说,公共资源包括S1的资源、S2的资源、S3的资源。接下来具体说明。Specifically, the common resource parameters are semi-statically configured for M, S1, S2, and S3. For S1, the common resource may include the resource of S1, the resource of S2, and the resource of S3. The resource of S1 refers to the resource used when transmitting S1 own data; the resource of S2 refers to the resource used when S1 transmits the data corresponding to S2 (that is, the data corresponding to S2); the resource of S3 refers to , S1 uses the resources used when transmitting data corresponding to S3. Similarly, for S2, the common resources include the resources of S1, the resources of S2, and the resources of S3. Similarly, for S3, the common resources include the resources of S1, the resources of S2, and the resources of S3. Similarly, for M, the common resources include the resources of S1, the resources of S2, and the resources of S3. The details will be explained next.

为M、S1、S2、S3半静态配置时频资源。Time-frequency resources are semi-statically configured for M, S1, S2, and S3.

对于S1来说,S1每次接收自身数据的时频资源大小F1和T,协作收发的时频资源大小F2/F3和T。或者,S1每次接收自身数据的时频资源大小是F1和T,协作收发S2的时频资源大小是F2和T,协作收发S3的时频资源大小是F3和T。For S1, S1 receives the time-frequency resource sizes F1 and T of its own data each time, and the time-frequency resource sizes F2/F3 and T that are cooperatively transmitted and received. Or, the time-frequency resource size of the S1 receiving the data itself is F1 and T, the time-frequency resource size of the cooperative transmitting and receiving S2 is F2 and T, and the time-frequency resource size of the cooperative transmitting and receiving S3 is F3 and T.

对于S2来说,S2每次接收自身数据的时频资源大小F2和T,协作收发的时频资源大小F1/F3和T。或者,S2每次接收自身数据的时频资源大小是F2和T,协作收发S1的时频资源大小是F1和T,协作收发S3的时频资源大小是F3和T。For S2, S2 receives the time-frequency resource sizes F2 and T of its own data each time, and the time-frequency resource sizes F1/F3 and T that are cooperatively transmitted and received. Alternatively, the time-frequency resource size of the S2 receiving its own data is F2 and T, the time-frequency resource size of the cooperative transmitting and receiving S1 is F1 and T, and the time-frequency resource size of the cooperative transmitting and receiving S3 is F3 and T.

对于S3来说,S3每次接收自身数据的时频资源大小F3和T,协作收发的时频资源大小F2/F1和T。或者,S3每次接收自身数据的时频资源大小是F3和T,协作收发S2的时频资源大小是F2和T,协作收发S1的时频资源大小是F1和T。For S3, S3 receives the time-frequency resource sizes F3 and T of its own data each time, and the time-frequency resource sizes F2/F1 and T that are cooperatively transmitted and received. Or, the time-frequency resource size of the S3 receiving the data itself is F3 and T, the time-frequency resource size of the cooperative transmitting and receiving S2 is F2 and T, and the time-frequency resource size of the cooperative transmitting and receiving S1 is F1 and T.

对于M来说,M收发S1对应的数据的时频资源大小F1和T,收发S2对应的数据的时频资源大小F2和T,收发S3对应的数据的时频资源大小F3和T。或者,M收发S1对应的数据、S2对应的数据、以及S3对应的数据,时频资源可以全都相同或者部分相同。For M, the M transmits and receives the time-frequency resource sizes F1 and T of the data corresponding to S1, and transmits and receives the time-frequency resource sizes F2 and T of the data corresponding to S2, and transmits and receives the time-frequency resource sizes F3 and T of the data corresponding to S3. Alternatively, the M transmits and receives the data corresponding to S1, the data corresponding to S2, and the data corresponding to S3, and the time-frequency resources may all be the same or partially the same.

图9以M、S1、S2在前4个时间单元内进行数据传输的过程为例,具体说明该过程。图9的实施例中,以C1、C2非联合编码为例进行说明。FIG. 9 illustrates the process of data transmission in the first four time units by M, S1, and S2. In the embodiment of Fig. 9, the C1 and C2 non-coupling coding will be described as an example.

可选地,所述第一节点接收第一配置,所述第一配置用于指示所述第一资源和所述第二资源。即,预先为M、S1、S2配置公共资源参数(即,第一配置的一例),对于S1来说,配置的公共资源参数包括S1的资源和S2的资源,反之对S2、M也一样。即,第一配置可以理解为:用于指示各个节点收发自身数据、协作数据的资源。Optionally, the first node receives a first configuration, where the first configuration is used to indicate the first resource and the second resource. That is, the common resource parameters (ie, an example of the first configuration) are previously configured for M, S1, and S2. For S1, the configured common resource parameters include the resources of S1 and the resources of S2, and vice versa for S2 and M. That is, the first configuration can be understood as a resource for instructing each node to send and receive its own data and collaboration data.

可选地,配置时频资源。S1每次接收自身数据的时频资源大小F1和T,协作收发的时频资源大小F2和T。S2每次接收自身数据的时频资源大小F2和T,协作收发的时频资源大小F1和T。Optionally, configure time-frequency resources. Each time S1 receives the time-frequency resource sizes F1 and T of its own data, and cooperatively transmits and receives time-frequency resource sizes F2 and T. Each time S2 receives the time-frequency resource sizes F2 and T of its own data, the time-frequency resource sizes F1 and T that are cooperatively transmitted and received.

需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中,配置的资源中每个用户(即,Slave的一例)的资源可以不止一个,比如S2协作接收S1的频域资源为F1,但协作发送S1的频域资源为F3,只要这些资源配置为公共的,就不会产生理解偏差。It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present application, each user in the configured resource (that is, an instance of the Slave) may have more than one resource, for example, the frequency domain resource of the S2 cooperative receiving S1 is F1, but the frequency of the S1 is cooperatively transmitted. The domain resource is F3, and as long as these resources are configured to be public, there is no comprehension bias.

具体地,在图9的实施例中,在T1时段内,M在不同的频域资源F1和F2上发送数据C1、C2。S1公共资源F1上接收C1,在公共资源F2上接收C2。S2在公共资源F1上接收C1,在公共资源F2上接收C2。Specifically, in the embodiment of FIG. 9, during the T1 period, M transmits data C1, C2 on different frequency domain resources F1 and F2. The S1 public resource F1 receives C1 and the public resource F2 receives C2. S2 receives C1 on the common resource F1 and C2 on the common resource F2.

可选地,所述第一节点接收第四配置,所述第四配置用于指示所述第一时间段。Optionally, the first node receives a fourth configuration, where the fourth configuration is used to indicate the first time period.

可选地,所述第四配置通过指示以下一项或多项来指示所述第一时间段:所述第一时间段的起始位置、所述第一时间段的时长、所述第一时间段的时域样式、所述第一时间段所占用的时间单元类型。Optionally, the fourth configuration indicates the first time period by indicating one or more of: a starting position of the first time period, a duration of the first time period, the first The time domain pattern of the time period, and the time unit type occupied by the first time period.

具体地,可以预先为子节点配置接收数据的时间段的信息。例如,可以指示子节点在一定的起始位置和/或在预定时长的时间段内,接收数据。Specifically, the information of the time period in which the data is received may be configured in advance for the child node. For example, the child node may be instructed to receive data at a certain starting location and/or for a predetermined period of time.

可选地,所述第一节点接收第二配置,所述第二配置用于指示所述第一规则。即,半静态配置协作行为(即,第二配置的一例)。协作行为可以包括帧格式的变化,协作接收和/或协作发送等。帧格式包括两种状态,接收态、发送态。在本申请实施例中,至少包括以下至少一种协作行为。Optionally, the first node receives a second configuration, where the second configuration is used to indicate the first rule. That is, the semi-static configuration cooperation behavior (ie, an example of the second configuration). Collaboration behavior can include changes in frame format, collaborative reception and/or collaborative delivery, and the like. The frame format includes two states, a receiving state and a transmitting state. In the embodiment of the present application, at least one of the following collaborative actions is included.

主节点在发送态时,根据配置的公共资源参数,向子节点发送数据。When the master node is in the transmit state, it sends data to the child node according to the configured common resource parameters.

子节点在接收态时,根据配置的公共资源参数,在自身资源上接收来自主节点和/或其他子节点协作发送的自身数据,并在其他公共资源上协作接收来自主节点和/或其他子节点发送的其他子节点对应的数据。When receiving the state, the child node receives its own data co-sent from the master node and/or other child nodes according to the configured common resource parameters, and cooperatively receives the master node and/or other children on other common resources. The data corresponding to other child nodes sent by the node.

子节点在发送态时,根据配置的公共资源参数,在自身资源上不发送数据,在其他公共资源上协作发送其他子节点的命令数据。可选地,可以将不发送资源的功率按照一定规则分配给发送资源上。When the child node is in the transmit state, it does not send data on its own resources according to the configured common resource parameters, and cooperatively transmits command data of other child nodes on other common resources. Optionally, the power of the non-transmitted resource may be allocated to the sending resource according to a certain rule.

应理解,上述只是示例性说明,本申请实施例并未限定于此,例如,可选地,所述第一节点接收第三配置,所述第三配置用于指示所述第二时间段。即,对于主节点来说,可以在开始的时候配置为发送态,预定的时间(即,第二时间段的一例)后,转换为接收态。其中,指示的第二时间段,可以是以下至少一项:所述第二时间段的起始位置、所述第二时间段的时长、所述第二时间段的时域样式、所述第二时间段与所述第一时间段的时域间隔、所述第二时间段所占用的时间单元类型)。It should be understood that the foregoing is only an exemplary description, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto. For example, the first node receives the third configuration, and the third configuration is used to indicate the second time period. That is, for the master node, it can be configured to be in the transmit state at the beginning, and after a predetermined time (ie, an example of the second time period), it is converted to the receive state. The second time period of the indication may be at least one of: a starting position of the second time period, a duration of the second time period, a time domain pattern of the second time period, the first a time domain interval between the second time period and the first time period, and a time unit type occupied by the second time period).

具体地,在图9中的实施例中,M的帧格式的初始配置为发送态,S的帧格式初始配置为接收态。Specifically, in the embodiment in FIG. 9, the initial configuration of the frame format of M is a transmission state, and the frame format of S is initially configured as a reception state.

可选地,根据子节点对自身数据的译码结果,确定是否转换帧格式的状态。Optionally, it is determined whether to convert the state of the frame format according to the decoding result of the child node to the self data.

具体地,在图9的实施例中,对于S1来说,假设在T1时段,S1译码C1正确,那么,在T2时段,S1从接收态转换为发送态。S1从接收态转换为发送态后,在后面的时段,可以不在F1上接收自身的数据,而是在F2上协作发送C2。对于S2来说,假设在T1时段,S2译码C2错误,在T2时段仍然保持接收态。且,S2在T2时段接收来自M和S1的数据。Specifically, in the embodiment of FIG. 9, for S1, it is assumed that S1 decodes C1 correctly during the T1 period, and then, in the T2 period, S1 is switched from the receiving state to the transmitting state. After S1 is switched from the receiving state to the transmitting state, in the following period, it is possible to not receive its own data on F1, but to jointly transmit C2 on F2. For S2, it is assumed that in the T1 period, S2 decodes the C2 error and remains in the receive state during the T2 period. And, S2 receives data from M and S1 in the T2 period.

或者,当子节点对自身数据译码正确时,子节点确定在给定时间转换帧格式的状态。其中,给定时间可以是多个T之后。Alternatively, when the child node decodes its own data correctly, the child node determines the state of the frame format to be converted at a given time. Wherein, the given time can be after multiple Ts.

或者,当S1确定C2的紧急程度满足预设的条件时,通过F2向S2发送C2。具体地,子节点可以根据其他子节点对应的数据的重要程度,从接收态转发为发送态,即协作发送其他子节点对应的数据。Alternatively, when S1 determines that the urgency of C2 satisfies the preset condition, C2 is transmitted to S2 through F2. Specifically, the child node may be forwarded from the receiving state to the transmitting state according to the importance degree of the data corresponding to the other child nodes, that is, the data corresponding to the other child nodes are cooperatively transmitted.

在T2时段,M继续发送C1和C2。S1在F1上终止接收/发送数据,并在F2上协作发送C2。S2在F2上接收来自M和S1发送的C2。假设S2译码C2正确,则S2在T3时段从接收态转换为发送态。During the T2 period, M continues to send C1 and C2. S1 terminates receiving/transmitting data on F1 and cooperatively transmits C2 on F2. S2 receives C2 from M and S1 transmissions on F2. Assuming S2 decodes C2 correctly, S2 transitions from the receive state to the transmit state during the T3 period.

可选地,S1对于协作发送的C2数据可以直接转发,也可以译码再编码后转发。Optionally, S1 may directly forward the C2 data that is co-sent, or may decode, re-encode, and forward.

在T3时段,M继续发送C1和C2。S1在F2上继续发送C2。S2在F1上继续发送C1。During the T3 period, M continues to send C1 and C2. S1 continues to send C2 on F2. S2 continues to send C1 on F1.

在T4时段,M继续发送C1和C2。S1在F2上继续发送C2。S2在F1上继续发送C1。During the T4 period, M continues to send C1 and C2. S1 continues to send C2 on F2. S2 continues to send C1 on F1.

需要说明的是,S1或S2译码自身的数据正确后,也可以继续接收来自M或其他子节点的数据,并把接收到的数据协作转发。It should be noted that, after S1 or S2 decodes its own data correctly, it can continue to receive data from M or other child nodes, and cooperatively forward the received data.

可选地,配置的公共资源参数还可以包括:速率匹配和映射方式、RV版本、调制方式。Optionally, the configured common resource parameters may further include: a rate matching and mapping mode, an RV version, and a modulation mode.

具体地,确定每个子节点在各自时频资源上的发送数据的资源映射方式。比如,速率匹配方式为对于任意传输块大小的数据在给定的时频资源内完全填充。比如,映射方式,可以先频域再时域映射,或者先时域再频域映射等。Specifically, a resource mapping manner of sending data of each child node on respective time-frequency resources is determined. For example, the rate matching method is to completely fill the data of any transport block size within a given time-frequency resource. For example, the mapping mode may be first frequency domain re-time domain mapping, or first time domain re-frequency domain mapping.

可选地,配置的公共资源参数还包括:其他一些基本参数,如HARQ进程、RS序列、波形、子载波宽度等。Optionally, the configured common resource parameters further include: other basic parameters, such as a HARQ process, an RS sequence, a waveform, a subcarrier width, and the like.

可选地,S接收到M发送的数据后,向M反馈是否正确译码。本申请实施例以反馈信号是ACK/NACK的形式为例进行说明。应理解,本申请实施例对反馈信号的形式并不限于是ACK/NACK。图10是本申请另一实施例的传输数据的方法的示意图。Optionally, after receiving the data sent by the M, the S feedbacks to the M whether it is correctly decoded. The embodiment of the present application is described by taking the form that the feedback signal is ACK/NACK as an example. It should be understood that the form of the feedback signal in the embodiment of the present application is not limited to being ACK/NACK. FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram of a method of transmitting data according to another embodiment of the present application.

可选地,所述第一配置还用于指示所述第三资源。即,在配置公共资源时,可以额外配置公共的控制信道资源参数(即,第三资源的一例),包括S反馈ACK/NACK的时频资源、序列等。Optionally, the first configuration is further used to indicate the third resource. That is, when the common resource is configured, the common control channel resource parameter (that is, an example of the third resource) may be additionally configured, including the time-frequency resource, sequence, and the like of the S-feedback ACK/NACK.

可选地,根据目标子节点对自身数据的译码结果,目标子节点向其他子节点和/或主节点发送ACK信息/NACK信息,所述ACK信息/NACK信息用于所述其他子节点和/或主节点是否继续发送所述目标子节点的数据。Optionally, the target child node sends ACK information/NACK information to the other child nodes and/or the primary node according to the decoding result of the target child node to the own data, where the ACK information/NACK information is used for the other child nodes and / or whether the master node continues to send data of the target child node.

具体地,子节点译码正确后,该子节点在给定的时频资源上反馈ACK信息,该ACK信息被主节点和协作发送的子节点接收,从而终止主节点和协作发送的子节点发送该子节点对应的命令数据。从而可以避免不必要的发送,进一步节省资源。Specifically, after the child node is correctly decoded, the child node feeds back ACK information on a given time-frequency resource, and the ACK information is received by the master node and the child node that is cooperatively transmitted, thereby terminating the sending of the master node and the cooperatively sent child node. The command data corresponding to the child node. Thereby unnecessary transmission can be avoided, further saving resources.

如图10中,S1译码C1正确,从而发送ACK信息,M和S2接收到该ACK信息。在后面的时间单元内,M和S2不需要再发送C1。As shown in FIG. 10, S1 decodes C1 correctly, thereby transmitting ACK information, and M and S2 receive the ACK information. In the following time unit, M and S2 do not need to send C1 again.

可选地,子节点译码失败后,在给定的时刻和资源上反馈NACK信息,该NACK信息被主节点和协作发送的子节点接收,从而触发主节点和协作发送的子节点发送该目标子节点的命令数据,触发的连续发送次数为K1,其中,K1≥1。Optionally, after the sub-node fails to decode, the NACK information is fed back at a given moment and the resource, and the NACK information is received by the primary node and the cooperatively sent child node, thereby triggering the primary node and the cooperatively sent child node to send the target. The command data of the child node, the number of consecutive transmissions triggered is K1, where K1 ≥ 1.

可选地,反馈消息可以触发帧格式的状态变化。即,根据目标子节点对自身数据的译码结果,目标子节点向其他子节点和/或主节点发送ACK信息/NACK信息,所述ACK信息/NACK信息用于所述其他子节点和/或主节点确定帧格式的状态。Alternatively, the feedback message can trigger a state change in the frame format. That is, according to the decoding result of the target child node to its own data, the target child node sends ACK information/NACK information to other child nodes and/or the master node, and the ACK information/NACK information is used for the other child nodes and/or The master node determines the state of the frame format.

可选地,子节点译码正确后,在给定的时刻和资源上反馈ACK信息,该ACK信息被协作发送的子节点接收,触发该协作子节点从发送态转换为接收态。Optionally, after the child node is correctly decoded, the ACK information is fed back at a given time and resource, and the ACK information is received by the cooperatively sent child node, and the cooperative child node is triggered to be converted from the transmitting state to the receiving state.

可选地,子节点译码失败后,在给定的时刻和资源上反馈NACK信息,该NACK信息被协作发送的子节点接收,触发该协作子节点从接收态转换为发送态。Optionally, after the sub-node fails to decode, the NACK information is fed back at a given moment and the resource, and the NACK information is received by the cooperatively sent child node, and the cooperative child node is triggered to be converted from the receiving state to the transmitting state.

可选地,反馈ACK/NACK信息可以同时携带指示信息,指示哪些协作子节点和/或主节点进行协作发送或者不进行协作发送。可选地,还可以指示对应的发送功率、时频资源等信息。Optionally, the feedback ACK/NACK information may carry indication information at the same time, indicating which cooperative child nodes and/or the master node perform cooperative transmission or no cooperative transmission. Optionally, information about the corresponding transmit power, time-frequency resources, and the like may also be indicated.

图11以M、S1、S2在前4个时间单元内进行数据传输的过程为例,具体说明该过程。图11的实施例中,以C1、C2数据采用联合编码为例进行说明。FIG. 11 illustrates an example of the process of data transmission in the first four time units by M, S1, and S2, and the process is specifically described. In the embodiment of Fig. 11, the joint coding is performed using C1 and C2 data as an example.

预先为M、S1、S2配置公共资源参数,对于S1来说,配置的公共资源参数包括S1的资源和S2的资源,反之对S2、M也一样,接下来具体说明。The common resource parameters are configured in advance for M, S1, and S2. For S1, the configured common resource parameters include the resources of S1 and the resources of S2, and vice versa for S2 and M.

可选地,为M、S1、S2配置时频资源。Optionally, time-frequency resources are configured for M, S1, and S2.

一种可能的方式是,为所有子节点配置同样的公共资源参数,如为S1和S2配置频域F1+F2,时域T作为一次传输的联合编码数据包的时频资源。或者,另一种可能的方式是,将所有子节点进行分组,每组子节点进行联合编码,例如,为S1/S3配置频域F1,时域T作为一次传输的联合编码数据包的时频资源;为S2/S4配置频域F2,时域T作为一次传输的联合编码数据包的时频资源。One possible way is to configure the same common resource parameters for all the child nodes, such as configuring the frequency domain F1+F2 for S1 and S2, and the time domain T as the time-frequency resource of the jointly encoded data packet of one transmission. Alternatively, another possible way is to group all the child nodes, and each group of the nodes performs joint coding, for example, configuring the frequency domain F1 for S1/S3, and the time domain T as the time-frequency of the jointly encoded data packet of one transmission. Resource; configure frequency domain F2 for S2/S4, time domain T as the time-frequency resource of the jointly encoded data packet of one transmission.

需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中,配置的资源中每个用户的资源可以不止一个,比如S2协作接收S1的频域资源为F1,但协作发送S1的频域资源为F3,只要这些资源配置为公共的,就不会产生理解偏差。It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present application, the resources of each user in the configured resources may be more than one, for example, the frequency domain resource of the S2 cooperative receiving S1 is F1, but the frequency domain resource of the cooperative sending S1 is F3, as long as these If resources are configured to be public, there will be no comprehension bias.

具体地,在图11的实施例中,在T1时段,M在公共资源F1+F2上发送联合编码数据C1&C2,子节点S1和S2在配置的公共资源F1和F2上均接收C1&C2。Specifically, in the embodiment of FIG. 11, during the T1 period, M transmits joint encoded data C1 & C2 on the common resource F1+F2, and the child nodes S1 and S2 receive C1&C2 on the configured common resources F1 and F2.

应理解,在本申请实施例中,C1&C2表示的是C1和C2以数据包的形式进行传输。It should be understood that in the embodiment of the present application, C1 & C2 indicates that C1 and C2 are transmitted in the form of data packets.

可选地,配置的资源中还可以包括配置协作行为。协作行为包括帧格式的变化,协作接收和协作发送等。配置的协作行为至少包括以下至少一种。Optionally, the configured resources may also include configuring a collaboration behavior. Collaborative behavior includes changes in frame format, collaborative reception, and collaborative delivery. The configured collaborative behavior includes at least one of the following.

主节点持续发送联合编码的数据。The master node continuously sends the jointly encoded data.

子节点译码正确后,帧格式在给定时间从接收态转换到发送态。该给定时间可以是指K2个时段之后,K2≥0。After the child node is decoded correctly, the frame format is switched from the receiving state to the transmitting state at a given time. The given time may refer to K2 ≥ 0 after K2 periods.

子节点在接收态时,根据配置的公共资源参数,接收联合编码数据包,并译码自身对应的数据。可选地,子节点可以同时译码其他子节点的数据。When the child node receives the state, it receives the joint encoded data packet according to the configured common resource parameters, and decodes the data corresponding to itself. Alternatively, the child node can simultaneously decode data of other child nodes.

子节点在发送态时,根据配置的公共资源参数,发送联合编码数据包。子节点可以直接转发,也可以译码编码后转发。When the child node is in the transmit state, it sends a joint encoded data packet according to the configured common resource parameters. The child nodes can be forwarded directly, or they can be decoded and forwarded.

在图11的实施例中,M的帧格式的初始配置为发送态,S的帧格式初始配置为接收态。In the embodiment of FIG. 11, the initial configuration of the frame format of M is the transmission state, and the frame format of S is initially configured as the reception state.

可选地,根据子节点对自身数据的译码结果,确定是否转换帧格式的状态。Optionally, it is determined whether to convert the state of the frame format according to the decoding result of the child node to the self data.

具体地,在图11的实施例中,假设S1译码C1正确,那么,在T2时段,S1从接收态转换为发送态。S2译码C2错误,在T2时段仍然保持接收态。Specifically, in the embodiment of FIG. 11, assuming that S1 decodes C1 correctly, then in the T2 period, S1 transitions from the receive state to the transmit state. S2 decodes the C2 error and remains in the receive state during the T2 period.

在T2时段,M继续发送C1&C2。S1在F1上终止接收/发送数据,并在F2上协作发送C1&C2。S2在F2上接收来自M和S1发送的C1&C2。假设S2译码C2正确,则S2在T3时段从接收态转换为发送态。During the T2 period, M continues to send C1&C2. S1 terminates receiving/transmitting data on F1 and cooperatively transmits C1&C2 on F2. S2 receives C1&C2 from M and S1 transmissions on F2. Assuming S2 decodes C2 correctly, S2 transitions from the receive state to the transmit state during the T3 period.

可选地,S1对于协作发送的C1&C2数据可以直接转发,也可以译码再编码后转发。Optionally, S1 may directly forward the C1&C2 data sent by the cooperative, and may also decode and re-encode and forward the data.

在T3时段,M继续发送C1&C2。S1在F2上继续发送C1&C2。S2在F1上继续发送C1&C2。During the T3 period, M continues to send C1&C2. S1 continues to send C1&C2 on F2. S2 continues to send C1&C2 on F1.

在T4时段,M继续发送C1&C2。S1在F2上继续发送C1&C2。S2在F1上继续发送C1&C2。During the T4 period, M continues to send C1&C2. S1 continues to send C1&C2 on F2. S2 continues to send C1&C2 on F1.

可选地,配置的公共资源参数还可以包括:速率匹配和映射方式、RV版本、调制方 式。Optionally, the configured common resource parameters may further include: a rate matching and mapping mode, an RV version, and a modulation mode.

具体地,确定每个子节点在各自时频资源上的发送数据的资源映射方式。比如,速率匹配方式为对于任意传输块大小的数据在给定的时频资源内完全填充。比如,映射方式,可以先频域再时域映射,或者先时域再频域映射等。Specifically, a resource mapping manner of sending data of each child node on respective time-frequency resources is determined. For example, the rate matching method is to completely fill the data of any transport block size within a given time-frequency resource. For example, the mapping mode may be first frequency domain re-time domain mapping, or first time domain re-frequency domain mapping.

可选地,配置的公共资源参数还包括:其他一些基本参数,如HARQ进程、RS序列、波形、子载波宽度等。Optionally, the configured common resource parameters further include: other basic parameters, such as a HARQ process, an RS sequence, a waveform, a subcarrier width, and the like.

可选地,S接收到M发送的数据后,向M反馈ACK/NACK。图12是本申请另一实施例的传输数据的方法的示意图。Optionally, after receiving the data sent by the M, the S feeds back ACK/NACK to the M. FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram of a method of transmitting data according to another embodiment of the present application.

在配置公共资源时,还可以会额外配置公共的控制信道资源参数,包括S反馈ACK/NACK的时频资源、序列等。When configuring a common resource, the common control channel resource parameters may be additionally configured, including the time-frequency resource, sequence, and the like of the S-feedback ACK/NACK.

可选地,根据目标子节点对自身数据的译码结果,目标子节点向其他子节点和/或主节点发送ACK信息/NACK信息,所述ACK信息/NACK信息用于所述其他子节点和/或主节点是否继续发送所述目标子节点的数据。Optionally, the target child node sends ACK information/NACK information to the other child nodes and/or the primary node according to the decoding result of the target child node to the own data, where the ACK information/NACK information is used for the other child nodes and / or whether the master node continues to send data of the target child node.

子节点译码正确后,该子节点在给定的时刻和资源上反馈ACK信息,该ACK信息被主节点和协作发送的子节点接收,从而终止主节点和协作子节点发送该子节点对应的数据。从而可以避免不必要的发送,进一步节省资源。After the child node is correctly decoded, the child node feeds back ACK information at a given time and resource, and the ACK information is received by the master node and the child node that is cooperatively transmitted, thereby terminating the master node and the cooperative child node to send the corresponding node. data. Thereby unnecessary transmission can be avoided, further saving resources.

可选地,根据目标子节点对自身数据的译码结果,目标子节点向其他子节点和/或主节点发送ACK信息/NACK信息,所述ACK信息/NACK信息用于所述其他子节点和/或主节点确定帧格式的状态。Optionally, the target child node sends ACK information/NACK information to the other child nodes and/or the primary node according to the decoding result of the target child node to the own data, where the ACK information/NACK information is used for the other child nodes and / or the master node determines the state of the frame format.

图11所示的实施例和图10所示的实施例类似,为简洁,此处不再赘述。The embodiment shown in FIG. 11 is similar to the embodiment shown in FIG. 10, and is not described here for brevity.

需要说明的是,上述各个配置信息可以包含于一个信息中,例如,可以在一个配置信息中,同时指示自身资源、协作资源、反馈资源、触发帧格式转换的条件、触发收发态转换的条件、收发态的时间信息等。It should be noted that each of the foregoing configuration information may be included in one information, for example, in a configuration information, indicating its own resources, cooperation resources, feedback resources, conditions for triggering frame format conversion, conditions for triggering transmission and reception state transition, Time information of the transceiver state, etc.

图7至图11是以主节点向子节点发送数据为例进行说明。下面结合图12至图14,从子节点向主节点发送数据为例进行说明。7 to 11 are examples in which the master node transmits data to the child nodes as an example. Next, an example will be described in which data is transmitted from a child node to a master node in conjunction with FIG. 12 to FIG.

第一节点在第一时间段在分配给第二节点的第二资源上接收所述第二节点的第二数据;The first node receives the second data of the second node on the second resource allocated to the second node in the first time period;

所述第一节点根据第一规则在第二时间段,在分配给所述第一节点的第一资源上发送所述第一节点的第一数据且在所述第二资源上发送所述第二数据;Transmitting, by the first node, the first data of the first node and the sending the second resource on the first resource allocated to the first node according to the first rule Two data;

其中,所述第一规则包括以下一项或多项:The first rule includes one or more of the following:

若所述第二数据成功接收或者译码正确,发送所述第二数据;Sending the second data if the second data is successfully received or decoded correctly;

若成功接收M个节点的数据,所述M满足阈值,发送所述第二数据,其中,所述M个节点包括所述第二节点,M为正整数;If the data of the M nodes is successfully received, the M meets the threshold, and the second data is sent, where the M nodes include the second node, where M is a positive integer;

若接收到指示所述第二数据接收失败的第一反馈信息,发送所述第二数据;Sending the second data if receiving the first feedback information indicating that the second data reception fails;

若当前时间段为所述第二时间段,发送所述第二数据;Sending the second data if the current time period is the second time period;

若所述第二数据的紧急程度满足紧急条件,发送所述第二数据。And transmitting the second data if the urgency of the second data meets an emergency condition.

假设子节点向主节点发送反馈数据(Response,记为R),R1为S1对应的反馈数据,R2为S2对应的反馈数据,R3为S3对应的反馈数据。其中反馈数据可以承载在数据信道,也可以承载在控制信道,本申请实施例对此不作限定。此外,子节点也可以接收其他协作子节点发送的数据。It is assumed that the child node sends feedback data (Response, denoted as R) to the master node, R1 is feedback data corresponding to S1, R2 is feedback data corresponding to S2, and R3 is feedback data corresponding to S3. The feedback data may be carried in the data channel or in the control channel, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application. In addition, the child nodes can also receive data sent by other cooperative child nodes.

图12示出了子节点向主节点发送反馈数据的示意图。FIG. 12 shows a schematic diagram of a child node transmitting feedback data to a master node.

为主节点和一组子节点半静态配置公共资源参数(即,第一配置的一例)和协作行为(即,第二配置的一例)。可选地,公共资源包括目标子节点的资源,以及部分或全部协作子节点的资源。其中资源具体包括以下至少一种:时频资源、速率匹配和映射方式、RV版本、调制方式、帧格式、跳频pattern、HARQ进程、RS序列、OCC序列、NOMA序列、波形、SCS。The common resource parameters (ie, an example of the first configuration) and the cooperative behavior (ie, an example of the second configuration) are semi-statically configured for the primary node and a set of child nodes. Optionally, the common resource includes resources of the target child node, and resources of some or all of the cooperative child nodes. The resources include at least one of the following: time-frequency resources, rate matching and mapping mode, RV version, modulation mode, frame format, frequency hopping pattern, HARQ process, RS sequence, OCC sequence, NOMA sequence, waveform, and SCS.

协作行为可以理解为第一规则的一例。协作行为包括每个目标子节点协作其他子节点接收和发送数据或信号的行为,以及接收和发送帧格式转换的行为。可选地,协作行为至少包括以下至少一种。Collaborative behavior can be understood as an example of the first rule. Collaborative behavior includes the behavior of each target child node cooperating with other child nodes to receive and transmit data or signals, and the behavior of receiving and transmitting frame format conversions. Optionally, the collaborative behavior includes at least one of the following.

在一个cycle time内,主节点以半静态配置的重复或周期时间单位持续侦听,并且将正确接收目标反馈消息指示各子节点,按一定协作规则对子节点进行初始配置。During a cycle time, the master node continuously listens in a semi-statically configured repetition or cycle time unit, and correctly receives the target feedback message to indicate each child node, and initially configures the child node according to a certain cooperation rule.

各子节点按一定规则发送自身的反馈消息,主节点收到目标子节点的反馈消息即认为成功接收。Each child node sends its own feedback message according to a certain rule. When the master node receives the feedback message of the target child node, it considers successful reception.

目标子节点向主节点发送消息时,同时向组(Group)内其他部分子节点发送该消息。When the target child node sends a message to the master node, it also sends the message to other parts of the child node in the group.

子节点初始配置中处于侦听状态的子节点,侦听处于发送状态的子节点,并在自身发送时机,将自身反馈消息和接收到的其他子节点的消息按一定规则发送,并隐式指示该消息包含的子节点数(例如,通过选择的资源块大小)。例如,对于S2来说,S2发送R1和R2。The child node in the initial configuration of the child node listens to the child node in the sending state, and sends the self-feedback message and the received messages of other child nodes according to certain rules at the time of sending the message, and implicitly indicates The number of child nodes the message contains (for example, by the size of the selected resource block). For example, for S2, S2 sends R1 and R2.

子节点自身反馈消息被主节点接收后,将在自身的发送时机协作发送未被主节点收到的其他子节点的消息。例如对于S3,由于主节点反馈R3接收正确,因此,S3只需要发送R1和R2。After the child node self-feedback message is received by the master node, it will cooperatively send messages of other child nodes that are not received by the master node at its own transmission opportunity. For example, for S3, since the master node feedback R3 receives correctly, S3 only needs to send R1 and R2.

需要说明的是,协作子节点在辅助传输时,发送的消息可以是联合编码的,也可以是非联合编码的。It should be noted that, when the cooperative child node is in the auxiliary transmission, the message sent may be jointly coded or non-co-coded.

还需要说明的是,每个子节点发送消息时,可以根据编码类型进行合理的功率控制,优先考虑能量效率。It should also be noted that when each child node sends a message, reasonable power control can be performed according to the coding type, and energy efficiency is prioritized.

如前所述,传输的数据可以是非联合编码,也可以是联合编码。接下来通过图13和图14分别说明在子节点向主节点发送数据的交互过程中的这两种情况。As mentioned before, the transmitted data can be either non-co-coded or joint coded. Next, the two cases in the interaction process in which the child node transmits data to the master node will be respectively described with reference to FIGS. 13 and 14.

图13是非联合编码的情况。图13以M、S1、S2、S3在前4个时间单元内进行数据传输的过程为例,具体说明该过程。图13的实施例中,以R1、R2、R3采用非联合编码为例进行说明。Figure 13 is the case of non-coupling coding. FIG. 13 illustrates the process of data transmission in the first four time units by M, S1, S2, and S3. In the embodiment of Fig. 13, the non-coupling coding of R1, R2, and R3 is taken as an example for description.

为主节点M和一组子节点S1、S2、S3半静态配置公共资源参数,对S1来说,公共资源包括S1的资源、S2的资源和S3的资源,反之对S2、S3、M也一样。The common resource parameter is semi-statically configured for the master node M and the group of child nodes S1, S2, and S3. For S1, the common resource includes the resource of S1, the resource of S2, and the resource of S3, and vice versa for S2, S3, and M. .

可选地,配置时频资源。S1每次发送自身数据的时频资源大小F1和T,协作收发时频资源大小为F2/F3和T。S2、S3类似。Optionally, configure time-frequency resources. Each time S1 sends the time-frequency resource sizes F1 and T of its own data, the cooperative transmission and reception time-frequency resource sizes are F2/F3 and T. S2 and S3 are similar.

需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中,公共资源中每个用户的资源可以不止一个,比如S2协作接收S1的频域资源为F1,协作发送S1的频域资源为F4,只要这些资源配置为公共的,就不会产生理解偏差。It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present application, the resources of each user in the common resource may be more than one, for example, the frequency domain resource of the S2 cooperative receiving S1 is F1, and the frequency domain resource of the cooperative sending S1 is F4, as long as the resource configuration is configured. For the public, there will be no understanding bias.

具体地,以图13中的图(1)为例。对于S1来说,在T1时段,S1在F1上发送R1,M、S2、S3都在F1上接收R1。在T2时段,S1在F1上接收R1,在F2上接收 R2。在T3时段,S1在F1上接收R1,在F2上接收R2,在F3上接收R3。在T4时段,S1在F1上发送R1,在F2上发送R2,在F3上发送R3。Specifically, the diagram (1) in FIG. 13 is taken as an example. For S1, during the T1 period, S1 sends R1 on F1, and M, S2, S3 all receive R1 on F1. During the T2 period, S1 receives R1 on F1 and R2 on F2. During the T3 period, S1 receives R1 on F1, R2 on F2, and R3 on F3. During the T4 period, S1 sends R1 on F1, R2 on F2, and R3 on F3.

可选地,半静态配置协作行为。协作行为可以包括帧格式的变化,协作接收和/或协作发送等。在本申请实施例中,至少包括以下至少一种协作行为。Optionally, semi-statically configure collaborative behavior. Collaboration behavior can include changes in frame format, collaborative reception and/or collaborative delivery, and the like. In the embodiment of the present application, at least one of the following collaborative actions is included.

子节点在接收态时,根据配置的公共资源参数,在其他公共资源上协作接收来自其他子节点发送的反馈数据。When the child node receives the state, it cooperates to receive feedback data sent by other child nodes on other common resources according to the configured common resource parameters.

子节点在发送态时,根据配置的公共资源参数,在自身资源上发送自身的反馈数据,在其他公共资源上协作发送其他子节点的反馈数据。可选地,可以将不发送资源的功率按照一定规则分配给发送资源上。When the child node is in the transmitting state, it sends its own feedback data on its own resources according to the configured common resource parameters, and cooperatively transmits the feedback data of other child nodes on other common resources. Optionally, the power of the non-transmitted resource may be allocated to the sending resource according to a certain rule.

对于主节点来说,主节点始终配置为接收态,即,主节点持续接收R1、R2、R3。子节点配置为反馈数据交互阶段和反馈数据协作发送阶段两个阶段中的至少一个阶段。接下来,具体介绍这两个阶段的配置。For the primary node, the primary node is always configured to receive, that is, the primary node continues to receive R1, R2, and R3. The child node is configured to at least one of two phases of a feedback data interaction phase and a feedback data collaborative delivery phase. Next, the configuration of these two phases will be specifically described.

应理解,上述只是示例性说明,本申请实施例并未限定于此,例如,对于主节点来说,也可以在开始的时候配置为接收态,预定的时间后,转换为发送态。It should be understood that the foregoing is only an exemplary description, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto. For example, for the primary node, it may also be configured as a receiving state at the beginning, and after a predetermined time, converted to a transmitting state.

一、反馈数据交互阶段帧格式First, the feedback data interaction phase frame format

反馈数据交互阶段帧格式至少包括以下至少一种配置。The feedback data interaction phase frame format includes at least one of the following configurations.

1、持续时间K3个T,其中K3≥0(K3=0表示不配置交互阶段)。即,子节点在K3个时间单元内和其他子节点交互反馈数据。1. Duration K3 T, where K3 ≥ 0 (K3 = 0 means no interaction phase is configured). That is, the child node interacts with other child nodes to feed back data in K3 time units.

需要说明的是,所有子节点的交互阶段K3可以配置相同,也可以配置不同。It should be noted that the interaction phase K3 of all the child nodes may be configured the same or differently configured.

2、不同子节点配置不同的收发pattern,保证尽量充分的数据交互机会,比如不同子节点配置不重叠的梳齿状收发pattern。如图13中的图(1),在T1时段,S1处于发送态,S2和S3处于接收态。在T2时段,S2处于发送态,S1和S3处于接收态。在T3时段,S3处于发送态,S1和S2处于接收态。2. Different sub-nodes are configured with different transceiving patterns to ensure as many data interaction opportunities as possible, such as comb-tooth transceiver patterns with different sub-node configurations that do not overlap. As shown in the diagram (1) in Fig. 13, in the period T1, S1 is in the transmitting state, and S2 and S3 are in the receiving state. During the T2 period, S2 is in the transmit state and S1 and S3 are in the receive state. During the T3 period, S3 is in the transmit state and S1 and S2 are in the receive state.

3、不同子节点配置不同的收发pattern,保证尽量充分的数据交互机会,比如配置一个特定的子节点(如,与其他子节点的信道质量较好的子节点)初始为接收态,而其他子节点初始为发送态,进而可以保证更短的时间进行充分的数据交互。如图13中的图(2),假设S1与S2、S3之间的信道质量良好,配置S1初始为接收态,S2、S3初始为发送态。即,在T1时段,S1为接收态,S2、S3为发送态。3. Different sub-nodes are configured with different transceiving patterns to ensure as many data interaction opportunities as possible. For example, configuring a specific sub-node (for example, a sub-node with better channel quality of other sub-nodes) is initially received, while other sub-nodes The node is initially in the transmit state, which in turn ensures sufficient data interaction in a shorter time. As shown in the diagram (2) in FIG. 13, it is assumed that the channel quality between S1 and S2 and S3 is good, the configuration S1 is initially in the receiving state, and S2 and S3 are initially in the transmitting state. That is, in the T1 period, S1 is the receiving state, and S2 and S3 are the transmitting states.

二、反馈数据协作发送阶段帧格式Second, feedback data collaborative transmission phase frame format

反馈数据协作发送阶段帧格式至少包括以下至少一种配置。The feedback data cooperative transmission phase frame format includes at least one of the following configurations.

1、持续时间K4个T,其中K4≥0(K4=0表示不配置协作阶段)。即,子节点在K4个时间单元内协作发送数据。1. The duration is K4 T, where K4 ≥ 0 (K4 = 0 means no coordination phase is configured). That is, the child nodes cooperatively transmit data in K4 time units.

需要说明的是,所有子节点的协作发送阶段K4可以配置相同,也可以配置不同。It should be noted that the cooperative transmission phase K4 of all the child nodes may be configured the same or different configurations.

2、在协作阶段内,不同子节点仍然可以配置不同的收发pattern,以保证在协作阶段仍然有交互反馈数据的机会,此种情况帧格式的转换半静态配置。2. In the collaboration phase, different sub-nodes can still be configured with different transceiving patterns to ensure that there is still an opportunity for interactive feedback data during the cooperation phase. In this case, the frame format is converted to a semi-static configuration.

3、在协作阶段内,不同子节点也可以根据对于其他子节点反馈数据的译码情况,自主地进行帧格式的转换。3. In the cooperation phase, different child nodes can also autonomously perform frame format conversion according to the decoding situation of the feedback data of other child nodes.

可选地,根据配置的收发帧格式的pattern进行帧格式转换。Optionally, the frame format conversion is performed according to the pattern of the configured transceiving frame format.

可选地,目标子节点接收M个子节点的M个反馈数据,所述目标子节点根据所述M个反馈数据的信息,确定是否转换帧格式的状态。Optionally, the target child node receives M feedback data of the M child nodes, and the target child node determines whether to convert the state of the frame format according to the information of the M feedback data.

具体地,对收到其他子节点发送的反馈数据进行译码,根据译码结果和一定的准则进行帧格式转换。一种可能的方式是,所述的准则可以是正确译码的反馈数据的数目。例如,假设正确译码的反馈数据达到了N个,则进行帧格式转换,N≥1。其中,N=1时,表示只要有一个正确译码,则进行帧格式转换。或者,N为子节点的个数,表示的是全部译对才可以转换。或者根据不同子节点之间的信道质量、路由状态、反馈数据译码质量的历史信息等,决定是否进行帧格式转换。Specifically, the feedback data sent by the other child nodes is decoded, and the frame format conversion is performed according to the decoding result and a certain criterion. One possible way is that the criterion can be the number of correctly decoded feedback data. For example, if the correctly decoded feedback data reaches N, then frame format conversion is performed, N≥1. Wherein, when N=1, it means that as long as there is a correct decoding, the frame format conversion is performed. Or, N is the number of child nodes, indicating that all translated pairs can be converted. Or determining whether to perform frame format conversion according to channel quality, routing status, and historical information of feedback data decoding quality between different child nodes.

接下来结合图13中的图(2)具体说明。Next, it will be specifically described with reference to the diagram (2) in FIG.

在交互阶段的T1时段,根据配置的帧格式pattern,子节点S2和S3在配置的公共资源F2和F3上分别发送R2和R3;M和S1在配置的公共资源上接收R2和R3。假设S1正确译码R2和R3。During the T1 period of the interaction phase, according to the configured frame format pattern, the child nodes S2 and S3 respectively transmit R2 and R3 on the configured common resources F2 and F3; M and S1 receive R2 and R3 on the configured common resources. Suppose S1 correctly decodes R2 and R3.

在交互阶段的T2时段,根据配置的帧格式pattern,S1在配置的公共资源上发送自身的R1,以及协作发送R2和R3;M、S2和S3在公共资源上接收R1、R2和R3。可选地,S2和S3根据对于协作发送的反馈数据的译码情况确定T3时段是否转换为发送态;或者根据配置的协作阶段帧格式pattern强行转换为发送态。During the T2 period of the interaction phase, according to the configured frame format pattern, S1 transmits its own R1 on the configured common resource, and cooperatively transmits R2 and R3; M, S2, and S3 receive R1, R2, and R3 on the common resource. Optionally, S2 and S3 determine whether the T3 period is converted to a transmission state according to a decoding situation of the feedback data transmitted cooperatively; or forcibly convert to a transmission state according to the configured cooperation phase frame format pattern.

在协作阶段的T3时段,S1、S2和S3一起协作发送R1、R2和R3。During the T3 period of the collaboration phase, S1, S2, and S3 cooperate to transmit R1, R2, and R3.

在协作阶段的T4时段,S1、S2和S3一起协作发送R1、R2和R3。During the T4 period of the collaboration phase, S1, S2, and S3 cooperate to transmit R1, R2, and R3.

可选地,配置的公共资源参数还可以包括:速率匹配和映射方式、RV版本、调制方式。Optionally, the configured common resource parameters may further include: a rate matching and mapping mode, an RV version, and a modulation mode.

具体地,确定每个子节点在各自时频资源上的发送数据的资源映射方式,比如速率匹配方式为对于任意传输块大小的数据在给定的时频资源内完全填充,比如映射方式可以先频域再时域映射,或者先时域再频域映射等,比如每次传输的RV版本可以相同,也可以不同,比如每次传输的调制方式可以相同,也可以不同。Specifically, the resource mapping manner of the sending data of each child node on the respective time-frequency resources is determined. For example, the rate matching mode is that the data of any transport block size is completely filled in a given time-frequency resource, for example, the mapping mode may be first frequency. The domain re-time domain mapping, or the first-time domain re-frequency domain mapping, etc., for example, the RV version of each transmission may be the same or different, for example, the modulation mode of each transmission may be the same or different.

可选地,配置的公共资源参数还可以包括:HARQ进程、RS序列、波形、子载波宽度等。Optionally, the configured common resource parameters may further include: a HARQ process, an RS sequence, a waveform, a subcarrier width, and the like.

作为另一个实施例,主节点M可以反馈ACK/NACK。接下来具体说明。As another embodiment, the master node M can feed back ACK/NACK. The details will be explained next.

为主节点M和一组子节点S1、S2、S3半静态配置公共资源参数,可以额外配置公共的控制信道资源参数,包括子节点反馈A/N的时频资源、序列等。The common resource parameters are semi-statically configured for the master node M and the group of child nodes S1, S2, and S3, and the common control channel resource parameters may be additionally configured, including the time-frequency resources and sequences of the A/N fed back by the child node.

为主节点M和一组子节点S1、S2、S3半静态配置协作行为,可以额外增加以下可能情况。The semi-static configuration of the cooperative behavior of the master node M and a group of child nodes S1, S2, and S3 can additionally increase the following possibilities.

一种可能的方式,主节点译码某个子节点的反馈数据正确后,在给定的时刻和资源上反馈ACK信息,该ACK信息被该子节点和协作发送的子节点接收,从而终止该子节点对应的反馈数据在该子节点和协作子节点上的发送。In a possible manner, after the primary node decodes the feedback data of a certain child node, the ACK information is fed back at a given time and resource, and the ACK information is received by the child node and the child node that is cooperatively transmitted, thereby terminating the child. The feedback data corresponding to the node is sent on the child node and the cooperative child node.

一种可能的方式,主节点译码某个子节点的反馈数据失败后,在给定的时刻和资源上反馈NACK信息,该NACK信息被该子节点和协作发送的子节点接收,从而触发该子节点和协作子节点发送该目标子节点的反馈数据,触发的连续发送次数为K5(K5≥1)。In a possible manner, after the primary node fails to decode the feedback data of a certain child node, the NACK information is fed back at a given time and resource, and the NACK information is received by the child node and the child node that is cooperatively transmitted, thereby triggering the child. The node and the cooperative child node send feedback data of the target child node, and the number of consecutive transmissions triggered is K5 (K5 ≥ 1).

一种可能的方式,主节点译码某个子节点的反馈数据正确后,在给定的时刻和资源上反馈ACK信息,该ACK信息被协作发送的子节点接收,触发该协作子节点从发送态转换为接收态。In a possible manner, after the primary node decodes the feedback data of a certain child node, the ACK information is fed back at a given time and resource, and the ACK information is received by the cooperatively sent child node, and the cooperative child node is triggered from the transmitting state. Convert to receive state.

一种可能的方式,主节点译码某个子节点的反馈数据失败后,在给定的时刻和资源 上反馈NACK信息,该NACK信息被协作发送的子节点接收,触发该协作子节点从接收态转换为发送态。In a possible manner, after the primary node fails to decode the feedback data of a certain child node, the NACK information is fed back at a given moment and the resource, and the NACK information is received by the cooperatively sent child node, and the cooperative child node is triggered from the receiving state. Convert to send status.

可选地,反馈ACK信息/NACK信息可以同时携带指示信息,指示哪些协作子节点进行协作发送或者不进行协作发送。可选地,该指示信息还可以指示对应的发送功率、时频资源等信息。Optionally, the feedback ACK information/NACK information may carry indication information at the same time, indicating which cooperative child nodes perform cooperative transmission or no cooperative transmission. Optionally, the indication information may further indicate information such as a corresponding transmission power, a time-frequency resource, and the like.

图14是联合编码的情况。图14以M、S1、S2、S3在前4个时间单元内进行数据传输的过程为例,具体说明该过程。图14的实施例中,以R1、R2、R3采用联合编码为例进行说明。Figure 14 is the case of joint coding. FIG. 14 takes the process of data transmission in the first 4 time units by M, S1, S2, and S3 as an example, and specifically describes the process. In the embodiment of Fig. 14, the joint coding is performed by taking R1, R2, and R3 as an example.

为主节点M和一组子节点S1、S2、S3半静态配置公共资源参数。The common resource parameters are semi-statically configured for the master node M and a group of child nodes S1, S2, and S3.

可选地,为M、S1、S2、S3配置时频资源。Optionally, time-frequency resources are configured for M, S1, S2, and S3.

一种可能的方式是,为所有子节点配置同样的联合编码的公共资源参数,如为S1、S2和S3配置频域F1+F2+F3,时域T作为一次传输的联合编码数据包的时频资源。One possible way is to configure the same joint coded common resource parameters for all the child nodes, such as configuring the frequency domain F1+F2+F3 for S1, S2 and S3, and the time domain T as the joint coded data packet of one transmission. Frequency resources.

或者,另一种可能的方式,将所有子节点进行分组,每组子节点进行联合编码,如为S1/S2配置频域F1+F2,时域T作为一次传输的联合编码数据包的时频资源;为S3/S4配置频域F3+F4,时域T作为一次传输的联合编码数据包的时频资源。Or, in another possible manner, all the child nodes are grouped, and each group of the child nodes is jointly coded, for example, the frequency domain F1+F2 is configured for S1/S2, and the time domain T is used as the time-frequency of the jointly encoded data packet of one transmission. Resource; configure the frequency domain F3+F4 for S3/S4, and the time domain T is used as the time-frequency resource of the jointly encoded data packet of one transmission.

或者,另一种可能的方式,配置每个子节点的独立编码的公共资源参数,如S1每次发送自身数据的时频资源大小F1和T,协作收发时频资源大小为F2/F3和T;S2、S3类似。Or, in another possible manner, configuring the independently coded common resource parameters of each child node, such as the time-frequency resource size F1 and T of S1 each time sending its own data, and the cooperative transmission and reception time-frequency resource size is F2/F3 and T; S2 and S3 are similar.

可选地,配置的资源中还可以包括配置协作行为。协作行为包括帧格式的变化,协作接收和/或协作发送等。在本申请实施例中,至少包括以下至少一种协作行为。Optionally, the configured resources may also include configuring a collaboration behavior. Collaborative behavior includes changes in frame format, collaborative reception and/or collaborative delivery, and the like. In the embodiment of the present application, at least one of the following collaborative actions is included.

对于主节点来说,主节点可以始终配置为接收态。即主节点持续接收S1、S2和S3的反馈数据。For the primary node, the primary node can always be configured to receive state. That is, the master node continuously receives the feedback data of S1, S2, and S3.

对于子节点来说,子节点配置为反馈数据交互阶段和反馈数据协作发送阶段两个阶段中的至少一个阶段。接下来,具体介绍这两个阶段的配置。For the child node, the child node is configured to feedback at least one of two phases of the data interaction phase and the feedback data cooperation delivery phase. Next, the configuration of these two phases will be specifically described.

一、反馈数据交互阶段帧格式First, the feedback data interaction phase frame format

反馈数据交互阶段帧格式至少包括以下至少一种配置。The feedback data interaction phase frame format includes at least one of the following configurations.

1、持续时间K6个T,其中K6≥0(K6=0表示不配置交互阶段)。1. The duration is K6 T, where K6≥0 (K6=0 means no interaction phase is configured).

需要说明的是,所有子节点的交互阶段K6可以配置相同,也可以配置不同。It should be noted that the interaction phase K6 of all the child nodes may be configured the same or differently.

2、不同子节点配置不同的收发pattern,保证尽量充分的数据交互机会,比如不同子节点配置不重叠的梳齿状收发pattern。如图14中的图(1),在T1时段,S1处于发送态,S2和S3处于接收态。在T2时段,S2处于发送态,S1和S3处于接收态。在T3时段,S3处于发送态,S1和S2处于接收态。2. Different sub-nodes are configured with different transceiving patterns to ensure as many data interaction opportunities as possible, such as comb-tooth transceiver patterns with different sub-node configurations that do not overlap. As shown in the diagram (1) in Fig. 14, in the period T1, S1 is in the transmitting state, and S2 and S3 are in the receiving state. During the T2 period, S2 is in the transmit state and S1 and S3 are in the receive state. During the T3 period, S3 is in the transmit state and S1 and S2 are in the receive state.

3、不同子节点配置不同的收发pattern,保证尽量充分的数据交互机会,比如配置一个特定的子节点(如,与其他子节点的信道质量较好的子节点)初始为接收态,而其他子节点初始为发送态,进而可以保证更短的时间进行充分的数据交互。如图14中的图(2),假设S1与S2、S3之间的信道质量良好,配置S1初始为接收态,S2、S3初始为发送态。即,在T1时段,S1为接收态,S2、S3为发送态。3. Different sub-nodes are configured with different transceiving patterns to ensure as many data interaction opportunities as possible. For example, configuring a specific sub-node (for example, a sub-node with better channel quality of other sub-nodes) is initially received, while other sub-nodes The node is initially in the transmit state, which in turn ensures sufficient data interaction in a shorter time. As shown in the diagram (2) in FIG. 14, it is assumed that the channel quality between S1 and S2 and S3 is good, the configuration S1 is initially in the receiving state, and S2 and S3 are initially in the transmitting state. That is, in the T1 period, S1 is the receiving state, and S2 and S3 are the transmitting states.

二、反馈数据协作发送阶段帧格式Second, feedback data collaborative transmission phase frame format

反馈数据协作发送阶段帧格式至少包括以下至少一种配置。The feedback data cooperative transmission phase frame format includes at least one of the following configurations.

1、持续时间K7个T,其中K7≥0(K7=0表示不配置协作阶段)。1. The duration is K7 T, where K7 ≥ 0 (K7 = 0 means no coordination phase is configured).

需要说明的是,所有子节点的协作发送阶段K7可以配置相同,也可以配置不同。It should be noted that the cooperative transmission phase K7 of all the child nodes may be configured the same or differently configured.

2、在协作阶段内,不同子节点仍然可以配置不同的收发pattern,以保证在协作阶段仍然有交互反馈数据的机会,此种情况帧格式的转换由pattern半静态配置。2. In the cooperation phase, different sub-nodes can still be configured with different transceiving patterns to ensure that there is still an opportunity to exchange feedback data during the cooperation phase. In this case, the frame format conversion is semi-statically configured by pattern.

3、在协作阶段内,不同子节点也可以根据对于其他子节点反馈数据的译码情况,自主地进行帧格式的转换。3. In the cooperation phase, different child nodes can also autonomously perform frame format conversion according to the decoding situation of the feedback data of other child nodes.

可选地,根据配置的收发帧格式的pattern进行帧格式转换。Optionally, the frame format conversion is performed according to the pattern of the configured transceiving frame format.

可选地,对收到其他子节点发送的反馈数据进行译码,根据译码结果和一定的准则进行帧格式转换。一种可能的方式是,所述的准则可以是正确译码的反馈数据的数目。例如,假设正确译码的反馈数据达到了N个,则进行帧格式转换,N≥1。其中,N=1时,表示只要有一个正确译码,则进行帧格式转换。或者,N为子节点的个数,表示的是全部译对才可以转换。或者根据不同子节点之间的信道质量、路由状态、反馈数据译码质量的历史信息等,决定是否进行帧格式转换。Optionally, the feedback data sent by the other child nodes is decoded, and the frame format conversion is performed according to the decoding result and a certain criterion. One possible way is that the criterion can be the number of correctly decoded feedback data. For example, if the correctly decoded feedback data reaches N, then frame format conversion is performed, N≥1. Wherein, when N=1, it means that as long as there is a correct decoding, the frame format conversion is performed. Or, N is the number of child nodes, indicating that all translated pairs can be converted. Or determining whether to perform frame format conversion according to channel quality, routing status, and historical information of feedback data decoding quality between different child nodes.

应理解,上述只是示例性说明,本申请实施例并未限定于此,例如,对于主节点来说,也可以在开始的时候配置为接收态,预定的时间后,转换为发送态。It should be understood that the foregoing is only an exemplary description, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto. For example, for the primary node, it may also be configured as a receiving state at the beginning, and after a predetermined time, converted to a transmitting state.

可选地,配置的资源中还可以包括编码方式。该编码方式的配置至少包括以下情况。Optionally, the configured resource may also include an encoding mode. The configuration of the coding mode includes at least the following cases.

一种可能的方式,在交互阶段子节点采取分别独立编码的方式。One possible way is to use separate coding methods for the child nodes in the interaction phase.

一种可能的方式,在协作阶段采用联合编码的方式,联合编码的参数根据半静态配置。One possible way is to use joint coding in the cooperation phase, and the joint coding parameters are based on semi-static configuration.

一种可能的方式,在协作阶段采用联合编码,以及独立编码共存的方式,具体共存方式在下面协作行为中描述。One possible way is to use joint coding in the collaboration phase, as well as the way in which co-existence of independent coding, which is described in the following collaborative behavior.

协作阶段的编码方式的转换方式可以有以下几种可能的情况。There are several possible scenarios for the way the encoding of the collaboration phase is converted.

一种可能的方式,某个子节点可以对联合编码数据不译码,而是直接转发。In one possible way, a certain child node can decode the joint encoded data instead of directly.

一种可能的方式,某个子节点只有当联合编码中所有协作的反馈数据都译码正确后,才进行联合编码,并在联合编码的公共资源上发送。In a possible way, a certain child node performs joint coding only when all the cooperative feedback data in the joint coding is correctly decoded, and transmits it on the joint coded common resource.

一种可能的方式,某个子节点如果只有部分协作的反馈数据译码正确后,可以对未译码正确的反馈数据填充特定的比特数据(或软信息),再进行联合编码,并在联合编码的公共资源上发送。In a possible way, if only a part of the cooperative feedback data is correctly decoded, a certain child node may fill the undecoded correct feedback data with specific bit data (or soft information), perform joint coding, and perform joint coding. Sent on public resources.

一种可能的方式,对于某个子节点来说,如果只有部分协作的反馈数据译码正确,可以仅对译码正确的反馈数据,进行独立编码,并在独立编码的公共资源上发送。此时独立编码数据的资源与联合编码数据的资源可能会有重叠,主节点和协作子节点可以采用干扰抵消(Interference Cancellation,IC)类算法进行接收。In a possible way, for a certain child node, if only part of the cooperative feedback data is correctly decoded, only the correct feedback data can be independently coded and transmitted on the independently coded common resource. At this time, the resources of the independently encoded data and the resources of the jointly encoded data may overlap, and the primary node and the cooperative child node may receive by using an Interference Cancellation (IC) type algorithm.

一种可能的方式,子节点在接收态时,根据配置的公共资源参数,在公共资源上协作接收联合编码的反馈数据,或接收独立编码的反馈数据。In a possible manner, when the receiving node is in the receiving state, the child node cooperatively receives the jointly encoded feedback data on the common resource according to the configured common resource parameter, or receives the independently encoded feedback data.

一种可能的方式,子节点在发送态时,根据配置的公共资源参数,在公共资源上发送联合编码的反馈数据,或在自身资源上发送自身的反馈数据,在其他公共资源上协作发送其他子节点的独立编码的反馈数据。可选地,可以将不发送资源的功率按照一定规则分配给发送资源上。In a possible manner, when the child node is in the transmitting state, according to the configured common resource parameter, the joint encoded feedback data is sent on the common resource, or the feedback data is sent on the own resource, and the other public resources are cooperatively sent to other Independently encoded feedback data for child nodes. Optionally, the power of the non-transmitted resource may be allocated to the sending resource according to a certain rule.

接下来结合图14中的图(2)具体说明。Next, it will be specifically described with reference to the diagram (2) in Fig. 14 .

在交互阶段的T1时段,根据配置的帧格式pattern,子节点S2和S3在配置的公共资 源F2和F3上分别发送R2和R3;M和S1在配置的公共资源上接收R2和R3。假设S1正确译码R2和R3。During the T1 period of the interaction phase, according to the configured frame format pattern, the child nodes S2 and S3 respectively transmit R2 and R3 on the configured common resources F2 and F3; M and S1 receive R2 and R3 on the configured common resources. Suppose S1 correctly decodes R2 and R3.

在交互阶段的T2时段,根据配置的帧格式pattern,S1在配置的公共资源上发送自身的R1,以及协作发送R2和R3;M、S2和S3在公共资源上接收R1、R2和R3。可选地,S2和S3根据对于协作发送的反馈数据的译码情况确定T3时段是否转换为发送态,以及判断T3时段是独立编码还是联合编码;或者根据配置的协作阶段帧格式pattern强行转换为发送态。During the T2 period of the interaction phase, according to the configured frame format pattern, S1 transmits its own R1 on the configured common resource, and cooperatively transmits R2 and R3; M, S2, and S3 receive R1, R2, and R3 on the common resource. Optionally, S2 and S3 determine whether the T3 period is converted to the transmission state according to the decoding condition of the feedback data for cooperative transmission, and determine whether the T3 period is independent coding or joint coding; or forcibly convert to the configured cooperation phase frame format pattern according to Transmit state.

在协作阶段的T3时段,S1、S2和S3一起协作发送联合编码的R1&R2&R3。During the T3 period of the collaboration phase, S1, S2, and S3 cooperate to jointly transmit the jointly encoded R1&R2&R3.

在协作阶段的T4时段,S1、S2和S3一起协作发送联合编码的R1&R2&R3。During the T4 period of the collaboration phase, S1, S2, and S3 cooperate to jointly transmit the jointly encoded R1&R2&R3.

可选地,配置的公共资源参数还可以包括:速率匹配和映射方式、RV版本、调制方式。Optionally, the configured common resource parameters may further include: a rate matching and mapping mode, an RV version, and a modulation mode.

具体地,确定每个子节点在各自时频资源上的发送数据的资源映射方式,比如速率匹配方式为对于任意传输块大小的数据在给定的时频资源内完全填充,比如映射方式可以先频域再时域映射,或者先时域再频域映射等,比如每次传输的RV版本可以相同,也可以不同,比如每次传输的调制方式可以相同,也可以不同。Specifically, the resource mapping manner of the sending data of each child node on the respective time-frequency resources is determined. For example, the rate matching mode is that the data of any transport block size is completely filled in a given time-frequency resource, for example, the mapping mode may be first frequency. The domain re-time domain mapping, or the first-time domain re-frequency domain mapping, etc., for example, the RV version of each transmission may be the same or different, for example, the modulation mode of each transmission may be the same or different.

可选地,配置的公共资源参数还可以包括:HARQ进程、RS序列、波形、子载波宽度等。Optionally, the configured common resource parameters may further include: a HARQ process, an RS sequence, a waveform, a subcarrier width, and the like.

需要说明的是,类似于图10、图11、图13的实施例,图14的实施例也可以同样引入ACK/NACK控制信道,从而可以避免不必要的发送,进一步节省资源。此处,为简洁不再赘述。It should be noted that, similar to the embodiments of FIG. 10, FIG. 11, and FIG. 13, the embodiment of FIG. 14 can also introduce an ACK/NACK control channel, thereby avoiding unnecessary transmission and further saving resources. Here, it will not be repeated for brevity.

需要说明的是,上述各个配置信息可以包含于一个信息中,例如,可以在一个配置信息中,同时指示自身资源、协作资源、反馈资源、触发帧格式转换的条件、触发收发态转换的条件、收发态的时间信息等。上文,图7至图11是以主节点向子节点发送数据为例进行说明,图12至图14是以子节点向主节点发送数据为例进行说明。It should be noted that each of the foregoing configuration information may be included in one information, for example, in a configuration information, indicating a resource, a collaboration resource, a feedback resource, a condition for triggering a frame format conversion, a condition for triggering a transceiver state transition, Time information of the transceiver state, etc. 7 to FIG. 11 are an example in which the master node transmits data to the child node, and FIG. 12 to FIG. 14 are examples in which the child node transmits data to the master node as an example.

应理解,图7至图14所示的实施例,仅是示例性说明,本申请并未限定于此。例如,一个cycle time可以包括任意个时间单元。或者,一个cycle time也可以由不同的数据传输方向按照给定的或者任意的图样组成。具体地,一种可能的实现方式,假设一个cycle time包括至少8个时间单元,那么,可以在前4个时间单元为主节点向子节点发送数据,接下来相邻后4个时间单元为子节点向主节点发送数据,依次类推;或者,也可以在前4个时间单元为主节点接收子节点发送的数据,接下来相邻后4个时间单元为子节点接收主节点发送的数据,依次类推。It should be understood that the embodiments shown in FIGS. 7 to 14 are merely illustrative, and the present application is not limited thereto. For example, a cycle time can include any number of time units. Alternatively, a cycle time can also be composed of different data transmission directions according to a given or arbitrary pattern. Specifically, in a possible implementation manner, if a cycle time includes at least 8 time units, the data may be sent to the child node in the first 4 time units, and then the next 4 time units are sub- The node sends data to the master node, and so on. Alternatively, the data transmitted by the child node may be received by the master node in the first four time units, and then the next four time units are received by the child node for the data sent by the master node. analogy.

下来,结合图15至图24,以主节点与子节点,接收/发送混合协作传输的交互过程为例进行说明。Next, in conjunction with FIG. 15 to FIG. 24, an interaction process in which a master node and a child node receive/transmit a hybrid cooperative transmission is taken as an example for description.

图15是本申请另一实施例的传输数据的方法的示意图。FIG. 15 is a schematic diagram of a method of transmitting data according to another embodiment of the present application.

如图15所示,有一个Master,三个Slave,分别记为Slave1、Slave2、Slave3。其中,CMD、RSP分别表示命令数据、反馈数据。一种可能的实现方式,Master在整个带宽(Whole Bandwith)上进行操作,Slave在部分带宽部分(bandwidth part,BWP)上进行操作。其中,BWP的引入是,由于NR频段相较于LTE频段比较宽,按照当前的频谱划分方式,NR的频段至少为100M,而不同终端的射频能力不同,所能支持的最大带宽不同,因此引入BWP的概念。在图15的实施例中,Slave1、Slave2、Slave3分别在 BWP1、BWP2、BWP3上面进行操作。As shown in Figure 15, there is one Master and three Slaves, which are respectively labeled as Slave1, Slave2, and Slave3. Among them, CMD and RSP respectively represent command data and feedback data. One possible implementation, the Master operates on the entire bandwidth (Whole Bandwith), and the Slave operates on a part of the bandwidth part (BWP). Among them, the introduction of BWP is because the NR band is wider than the LTE band. According to the current spectrum division mode, the NR band is at least 100M, and the radio frequencies of different terminals are different, and the maximum bandwidth that can be supported is different. The concept of BWP. In the embodiment of Fig. 15, Slave1, Slave2, and Slave3 operate on BWP1, BWP2, and BWP3, respectively.

在图15的实施例中,一个cycle time包括4个时间单元,该时间单元的表示形式可以是mini-slot。如在第一个mini-slot,Master分别在三个频率资源上发送命令数据CMD1、CMD2、CMD3,Slave1、Slave2、Slave3分别在相应的频率资源上接收CMD1、CMD2、CMD3。对于有些Slave来说,其协作其他Slave的频率资源中有些是频外(out-band),故不会接收相应的命令数据。In the embodiment of Fig. 15, one cycle time includes four time units, and the representation of the time unit may be a mini-slot. For example, in the first mini-slot, the Master sends command data CMD1, CMD2, and CMD3 on three frequency resources, and Slave1, Slave2, and Slave3 respectively receive CMD1, CMD2, and CMD3 on the corresponding frequency resources. For some Slaves, some of the other slaves' frequency resources are out-band, so they do not receive the corresponding command data.

其中,Out-band,可以理解为。对于一个用户来说,由于用户的射频能力等因素,不一定能分配全系统带宽,那么对该用户来说,未分配的带宽即为Out-band。Among them, Out-band can be understood as. For a user, because the user's RF capability and other factors may not be able to allocate the full system bandwidth, the unallocated bandwidth is Out-band for the user.

接下来介绍,在图15的实施例中,如何配置公共资源参数。Next, in the embodiment of Fig. 15, how to configure common resource parameters.

为Master和一组Slaves半静态配置公共资源参数和协作行为。Configure common resource parameters and collaborative behavior semi-statically for the Master and a set of Slaves.

可选地,对每个目标Slave来说,公共资源包括目标Slave的资源以及部分或全部协作Slaves的资源。例如,图15中,对于Slave1来说,为Slave1配置了全部协作Slave的资源,即配置了协作Slave2、Slave3的资源。对于Slave2来说,为Slave2配置了部分协作Slave的资源,即配置了协作Slave1的资源,没有配置协作Slave3的资源。Optionally, for each target slave, the common resources include resources of the target slave and resources of some or all of the collaborative slaves. For example, in FIG. 15, for Slave1, the resources of all the cooperative slaves are configured for Slave1, that is, the resources of the cooperative Slave2 and Slave3 are configured. For Slave2, the resources of some collaborative slaves are configured for Slave2, that is, the resources of the collaborative Slave1 are configured, and the resources of the collaborative Slave3 are not configured.

其中公共资源具体包括以下至少一种:时频资源、速率匹配和映射方式、RV版本、调制方式、帧格式、跳频pattern、HARQ进程、RS序列、OCC序列、NOMA序列、波形、SCS。The public resource specifically includes at least one of the following: time-frequency resources, rate matching and mapping mode, RV version, modulation mode, frame format, frequency hopping pattern, HARQ process, RS sequence, OCC sequence, NOMA sequence, waveform, and SCS.

协作行为可以包括每个目标Slave协作其他Slaves接收和发送信号的行为,以及接收和发送帧格式转换的行为。在本申请实施例中,至少包括以下至少一种协作行为。Collaborative behavior can include the behavior of each target slave collaborating with other slaves to receive and transmit signals, as well as the behavior of receiving and transmitting frame format conversions. In the embodiment of the present application, at least one of the following collaborative actions is included.

在一个cycle time内,Master以半静态或动态L1信令配置的重复或周期或给定pattern的时间单位发送和侦听,Slaves可以初始配置为侦听或发送状态。如图15所示,在第一个mini-slot内,Slave1、Slave2、Slave3配置为侦听(或接收)状态,在第二个mini-slot内,Slave2转换为发送状态,Slave2、Slave3仍为侦听状态。Within a cycle time, the Master sends and listens in a repeating or periodic configuration of semi-static or dynamic L1 signaling or a time unit of a given pattern. Slaves can be initially configured to listen or transmit status. As shown in Figure 15, in the first mini-slot, Slave1, Slave2, and Slave3 are configured to listen (or receive). In the second mini-slot, Slave2 is converted to the transmit state, and Slave2 and Slave3 are still Listening status.

目标Slave译码目标命令数据正确后,在配置的时域(Timing)进行侦听到发送状态帧格式转换,可选地,在配置的公共资源上重复发送目标Slave的反馈数据和/或协作Slaves的命令或反馈数据。如图15中,Slave1在第一个mini-slot内接收目标命令数据CMD1,并译码正确,则在第二个mini-slot、第三个mini-slot、第四个mini-slot内,在配置的公共资源上发送反馈数据RSP1、CMD2、CMD3。After the target Slave decoding target command data is correct, the transmission status frame format conversion is performed in the configured time domain (Timing), and optionally, the feedback data of the target slave and/or the collaborative Slaves are repeatedly transmitted on the configured common resources. Command or feedback data. As shown in Figure 15, Slave1 receives the target command data CMD1 in the first mini-slot and decodes it correctly. In the second mini-slot, the third mini-slot, and the fourth mini-slot, The feedback data RSP1, CMD2, and CMD3 are sent on the configured common resources.

目标Slave译码失败后,则继续保持侦听状态,可以同时接收目标命令数据和/或协作Slaves的命令和/或反馈数据。如图15中,Slave2在第一个mini-slot内接收目标命令数据CMD2,并译码失败,则在第二个mini-slot继续接收来自Master以及Slave1的命令数据CMD2和/或反馈数据RSP1。After the target Slave fails to decode, it continues to maintain the listening state, and can simultaneously receive command command data and/or cooperative Slaves commands and/or feedback data. As shown in FIG. 15, Slave2 receives the target command data CMD2 in the first mini-slot, and the decoding fails, and continues to receive the command data CMD2 and/or the feedback data RSP1 from the Master and Slave1 in the second mini-slot.

Master在配置的侦听时间单位接收Slaves的反馈数据。如图15中,Master在第二个mini-slot、第三个mini-slot、第四个mini-slot内接收Slave1的反馈数据RSP1;Master在第三个mini-slot、第四个mini-slot内接收Slave2的反馈数据RSP2;Master在第四个mini-slot内接收Slave3的反馈数据RSP3。The Master receives the feedback data of the slaves in the configured listening time unit. As shown in Figure 15, the Master receives the feedback data RSP1 of Slave1 in the second mini-slot, the third mini-slot, and the fourth mini-slot; the Master is in the third mini-slot, and the fourth mini-slot The feedback data RSP2 of the Slave 2 is received internally; the Master receives the feedback data RSP3 of the Slave 3 in the fourth mini-slot.

可选地,每个Slave的命令数据和反馈数据采用速率匹配方式共享相同的频域资源,因此Master或协作Slave在给定的时频资源可同时收到该Slave的命令和反馈数据,此时可以采用IC类算法提升性能。如图15中,Master在第三个mini-slot的给定的频率资源上,既接收Slave2的命令数据CMD2,还接收Slave2的反馈数据RSP2。Optionally, the command data and the feedback data of each slave share the same frequency domain resource in a rate matching manner, so the master or the cooperative slave can simultaneously receive the command and feedback data of the slave at a given time-frequency resource. IC class algorithms can be used to improve performance. As shown in FIG. 15, the Master receives the command data CMD2 of the Slave 2 and the feedback data RSP2 of the Slave 2 on the given frequency resource of the third mini-slot.

可选地,对于每个Slave的命令数据和反馈数据,可以采用循环冗余校验(Cyclic Redundancy Check,CRC)的无线网络临时标识(Radio Network Temporary Identity,RNTI)加扰进行区分,如,RNTI-CMD和RNTI-RSP。Optionally, the command data and the feedback data of each slave may be distinguished by using a Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) Radio Network Temporary Identity (RNTI) scrambling, for example, RNTI. - CMD and RNTI-RSP.

可选地,Slave对于协作Slave的数据可以直接转发或译码编码后转发,对于译码编码后转发又可进一步区分。一种可能的方式,最近一次侦听为命令数据或反馈数据,可仅对该次数据转发,也可与之前侦听到的相同数据合并后转发。或,另一种可能的方式,最近一次侦听为命令数据和反馈数据的混合,可采用IC算法,提取反馈数据,并转发反馈数据,不需要再发送命令数据。Optionally, the data of the slave slave can be directly forwarded or coded and forwarded for the data of the coordinated slave, and can be further distinguished for the coded and forwarded. One possible way is that the last time it is intercepted as command data or feedback data, it can be forwarded only for the secondary data, or it can be merged with the same data that was previously heard and then forwarded. Or, another possible way, the last time the interception is a mixture of command data and feedback data, the IC algorithm can be used, the feedback data is extracted, and the feedback data is forwarded, and the command data does not need to be sent.

可选地,不同Slave的有效BWP可能不同,仅在各自BWP内进行协作转发。Alternatively, the effective BWPs of different slaves may be different, and cooperative forwarding is only performed within the respective BWPs.

可选地,每个Slave发送数据,可对自身的反馈数据和协作数据进行合理的功率控制,优先考虑自身的可靠性。Optionally, each slave sends data, and can perform reasonable power control on its own feedback data and cooperation data, and prioritize its own reliability.

可选地,Slaves可以一定周期配置为侦听态,Master相同周期配置为发送态,来交互收发确认结果,避免不必要的协作发送。Optionally, the slaves can be configured to be in a listening state in a certain period, and the masters are configured in the same state as the sending state to exchange and send acknowledgement results to avoid unnecessary cooperative transmission.

需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中,按照主节点先发送命令数据,然后子节点发送反馈数据的方式,进行示例性说明。本申请实施例对命令数据和反馈数据的发送顺序不做约束。例如,也可以子节点先发送反馈数据,然后主节点发送命令数据;或者,还可以子节点和主节点同时发送反馈数据和命令数据;或者,还可以不同的子节点按照不同顺序发送。本申请实施例对此不作限定。It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present application, an exemplary description is made in the manner that the primary node first sends command data, and then the child node sends feedback data. The embodiment of the present application does not impose restrictions on the order in which command data and feedback data are sent. For example, the child node may first send the feedback data, and then the master node sends the command data; or, the child node and the master node may simultaneously send the feedback data and the command data; or, the different child nodes may be sent in different orders. This embodiment of the present application does not limit this.

下面,结合图16详细说明上述过程。图16以M、S1、S2在前4个时间单元内进行数据传输的过程为例。Next, the above process will be described in detail with reference to FIG. FIG. 16 takes the process of data transmission in the first four time units by M, S1, and S2 as an example.

主节点向子节点发送命令数据(Command),子节点向主节点发送反馈数据(Response),C1和R1为S1对应的命令数据和反馈数据,C2和R2为S2对应的命令数据和反馈数据,其中命令数据和反馈数据可以承载在数据信道,也可以承载在控制信道。The master node sends command data (Command) to the child node, and the child node sends feedback data (Response) to the master node, C1 and R1 are command data and feedback data corresponding to S1, and C2 and R2 are command data and feedback data corresponding to S2. The command data and the feedback data may be carried on the data channel or on the control channel.

为主节点M和一组子节点S1、S2半静态配置公共资源参数,对S1来说,公共资源包括S1的资源和S2的资源,反之对S2、M也一样。The common resource parameter is semi-statically configured for the master node M and the group of child nodes S1 and S2. For S1, the common resource includes the resource of S1 and the resource of S2, and vice versa for S2 and M.

可选地,配置时频资源。S1每次收发自身数据的时频资源大小F1和T,协作收发的时频资源大小F2和T;S2每次收发自身数据的时频资源大小F2和T,协作收发的时频资源大小为F1和T。Optionally, configure time-frequency resources. Each time S1 sends and receives its own time-frequency resource size F1 and T, and the time-frequency resource size F2 and T for cooperative transmission and reception; S2 transmits and receives its own time-frequency resource size F2 and T each time, and the time-frequency resource size of cooperative transmission and reception is F1. And T.

具体地,图16中,对于S1来说,在T1时段,S1在F1上接收C1,S1在F2上接收C2。在T2时段到T4时段,S1在F1上发送R1,在F2上发送C2。Specifically, in FIG. 16, for S1, in the T1 period, S1 receives C1 on F1, and S1 receives C2 on F2. During the T2 period to the T4 period, S1 transmits R1 on F1 and C2 on F2.

可选地,半静态配置协作行为。协作行为包括帧格式的变化,协作接收和/或协作发送等。在本申请实施例中,至少包括以下至少一种协作行为。Optionally, semi-statically configure collaborative behavior. Collaborative behavior includes changes in frame format, collaborative reception and/or collaborative delivery, and the like. In the embodiment of the present application, at least one of the following collaborative actions is included.

一种可能的方式,主节点的帧格式在给定时间从发送态转换到接收态。One possible way is to convert the frame format of the master node from the transmit state to the receive state at a given time.

一种可能的方式,子节点译码正确后,帧格式在给定时间从接收态转换到发送态。In one possible way, after the child node is decoded correctly, the frame format is switched from the receiving state to the transmitting state at a given time.

一种可能的方式,子节点在接收态时,根据配置的公共资源参数,在自身资源上接收来自主节点和/或其他子节点协作发送的命令数据,和/或,在其他公共资源上协作接收来自主节点和/或其他子节点发送的命令数据或反馈数据。In a possible manner, when receiving the state, the child node receives command data sent by the master node and/or other child nodes cooperatively according to the configured common resource parameter, and/or cooperates on other public resources. Receive command data or feedback data sent from the primary node and/or other child nodes.

一种可能的方式,子节点在发送态时,根据配置的公共资源参数,在自身资源上发送反馈数据,和/或,在其他公共资源上协作发送其他子节点的命令数据或反馈数据。In a possible manner, when the child node is in the transmitting state, it sends feedback data on its own resources according to the configured common resource parameters, and/or cooperatively transmits command data or feedback data of other child nodes on other common resources.

接下来,结合图16说明。在T1时段,主节点在不同的频域资源F1和F2上发送命令数据C1和C2,子节点S1和S2在配置的公共资源F1和F2上均接收C1和C2。假设S1译码C1正确,在T2时段从接收态转换为发送态;S2译码C2失败,在T2时段仍然保持接收态。Next, it will be explained with reference to FIG. During the T1 period, the master node transmits command data C1 and C2 on different frequency domain resources F1 and F2, and the child nodes S1 and S2 receive C1 and C2 on the configured common resources F1 and F2. It is assumed that S1 decodes C1 correctly, and converts from the receiving state to the transmitting state in the T2 period; S2 fails to decode C2, and remains in the receiving state during the T2 period.

在T2时段,主节点从发送态转换为接收态,接收S1发送的反馈数据R1。S1在自身资源上发送R1,并在其他公共资源上协作发送C2。S2在自身资源上接收来自S1发送的C2,在协作资源上接收来自S1的R1。假设S2译码C2正确,在T3时段从接收态转换为发送态。可选地,S1对于协作发送的C2数据可以直接转发,也可以译码再编码后转发。During the T2 period, the master node converts from the transmitting state to the receiving state, and receives the feedback data R1 sent by S1. S1 sends R1 on its own resources and cooperates to send C2 on other common resources. S2 receives C2 from S1 on its own resource and R1 from S1 on the cooperative resource. Suppose S2 decodes C2 correctly and transitions from the receive state to the transmit state during the T3 period. Optionally, S1 may directly forward the C2 data that is co-sent, or may decode, re-encode, and forward.

在T3时段,S1继续发送R1和C2。S2发送R1和R2。主节点M在S1的资源上接收来自S1和S2的R1,在S2的资源上接收来自S2的R2和来自S1的C2。可选地,主节点M对于R1可以与T2时段接收到的R1进行HARQ合并来提升接收性能。可选地,主节点M对于S2资源上的C2和S2的混合数据,可以根据已知的C2数据进行IC等算法来提升接收性能。During the T3 period, S1 continues to send R1 and C2. S2 sends R1 and R2. The master node M receives R1 from S1 and S2 on the resources of S1, and receives R2 from S2 and C2 from S1 on the resources of S2. Optionally, the master node M may perform HARQ combining with R1 received by the T2 period for R1 to improve reception performance. Optionally, the master node M can perform the IC and other algorithms to improve the receiving performance according to the known C2 data for the mixed data of C2 and S2 on the S2 resource.

在T4时段,M继续接收来自S1和S2的数据。During the T4 period, M continues to receive data from S1 and S2.

可选地,配置的公共资源参数还可以包括:速率匹配和映射方式、RV版本、调制方式。Optionally, the configured common resource parameters may further include: a rate matching and mapping mode, an RV version, and a modulation mode.

具体地,确定每个子节点在各自时频资源上的发送数据的资源映射方式,比如速率匹配方式为对于任意传输块大小的数据在给定的时频资源内完全填充,比如映射方式可以先频域再时域映射,或者先时域再频域映射等,比如每次传输的RV版本可以相同,也可以不同,比如每次传输的调制方式可以相同,也可以不同。Specifically, the resource mapping manner of the sending data of each child node on the respective time-frequency resources is determined. For example, the rate matching mode is that the data of any transport block size is completely filled in a given time-frequency resource, for example, the mapping mode may be first frequency. The domain re-time domain mapping, or the first-time domain re-frequency domain mapping, etc., for example, the RV version of each transmission may be the same or different, for example, the modulation mode of each transmission may be the same or different.

可选地,配置的公共资源参数还可以包括:HARQ进程、RS序列、波形、子载波宽度等。Optionally, the configured common resource parameters may further include: a HARQ process, an RS sequence, a waveform, a subcarrier width, and the like.

在本申请实施例中,主节点也可以连续发送。图17示出了主节点连续发送的示意图。图17与图16大部分相似,此处为了简述,不再详细描述。接下来主要介绍图17的实施例与图16的实施例相比,不同的地方。In the embodiment of the present application, the master node may also continuously send. Fig. 17 is a diagram showing the continuous transmission of the master node. 17 is mostly similar to FIG. 16, and is not described in detail herein for the sake of brevity. Next, the difference between the embodiment of Fig. 17 and the embodiment of Fig. 16 will be mainly described.

在半静态配置协作行为时,主节点的帧格式在给定时间从发送态转换到接收态,其中,给定时间为第K8个T时刻之后,其中K8>1,这样主节点M可以连续发送K8次命令数据,从而可以提升命令数据的可靠性。When the cooperative behavior is semi-statically configured, the frame format of the master node is switched from the transmit state to the receive state at a given time, wherein the given time is after the K8th T time, where K8>1, so that the master node M can continuously send K8 command data, which can improve the reliability of command data.

在T2时段,S2在协作资源上同时接收到来自主节点的C1和来自S1的R1。During the T2 period, S2 simultaneously receives C1 from the autonomous node and R1 from S1 on the cooperative resource.

具体地,一种可能的方式,C1和R1可以采用CRC的RNTI-CMD和RNTI-RSP加扰进行区分。或者,一种可能的方式,S2可以直接转发C1和R1;也可以译码编码后转发,可采用IC算法,提取反馈数据R1后转发。命令数据C1不用发送,因为R1发生在C1之后,因此如果出现R1,则R1为需要协作发送的数据。Specifically, in one possible manner, C1 and R1 may be distinguished by RNTI-CMD and RNTI-RSP scrambling of CRC. Alternatively, in a possible manner, S2 can directly forward C1 and R1; it can also be decoded and coded and forwarded, and the IC algorithm can be used to extract and feed back the feedback data R1. The command data C1 is not sent because R1 occurs after C1, so if R1 occurs, R1 is data that needs to be transmitted cooperatively.

在本申请实施例中,子节点也可以配置为周期性地处于接收态。图18示出了子节点周期性处于接收态的示意图。图18与图16大部分相似,此处为了简述,不再详细描述。接下来主要介绍图18的实施例与图16的实施例相比,不同的地方。In this embodiment of the present application, the child node may also be configured to periodically be in the receiving state. Figure 18 shows a schematic diagram of a child node periodically in a receiving state. 18 is mostly similar to FIG. 16, and is not described in detail herein for the sake of brevity. Next, the difference between the embodiment of Fig. 18 and the embodiment of Fig. 16 will be mainly described.

半静态配置协作行为时,主节点的帧格式在给定时间从发送态转换到接收态,其中,给定时间为第K9个T时刻之后,其中K9≥1(包括图16和图17的情况),这样主节点M可以连续发送K9次命令数据。When the cooperative behavior is semi-statically configured, the frame format of the master node is switched from the transmit state to the receive state at a given time, where the given time is after the K9th T time, where K9 ≥ 1 (including the case of Figures 16 and 17) ), so that the master node M can continuously transmit K9 command data.

半静态配置协作行为时,子节点译码正确后,帧格式在给定时间从接收态转换到发送态,其中,给定时间为第L个T时刻之后,其中L≥0(包括图16的情况),L=0表示下个时刻就转换。When the cooperative behavior is semi-statically configured, after the child node is decoded correctly, the frame format is switched from the receiving state to the transmitting state at a given time, wherein the given time is after the Lth T time, where L≥0 (including the Case), L=0 means the next time is converted.

一种可能的方式,可以配置第L个T时刻之后的S1的接收和发送帧格式的pattern,该pattern为相对时刻的pattern,可以从L时刻开始编号,如图19所示。In a possible manner, the pattern of the reception and transmission frame format of the S1 after the Lth T time can be configured, and the pattern is a pattern of the relative time, which can be numbered starting from the L time, as shown in FIG.

一种可能的方式,可以配置第L个T时刻之后的S1的接收和发送帧格式的pattern,该pattern为绝对时刻的pattern,可以从本cycle time起始开始编号,如图20所示。In a possible manner, the pattern of the S1 reception and transmission frame format after the Lth T time can be configured, and the pattern is an absolute time pattern, which can be numbered starting from the start of the cycle time, as shown in FIG.

一种可能的方式,对于多个子节点同时转换帧格式的情况,可以为不同子节点定义不同的pattern,从而保证不同子节点可以充分交换反馈数据,提高资源利用率,如图21所示。In a possible manner, when multiple sub-nodes simultaneously convert frame formats, different patterns can be defined for different sub-nodes, thereby ensuring that different sub-nodes can fully exchange feedback data and improve resource utilization, as shown in FIG. 21.

在图18的实施例中,在T1时段,M在F1上发送C1,M在F2上发送C2。S1、S2在F1、F2上接收C1、C2。In the embodiment of Fig. 18, during the T1 period, M transmits C1 on F1 and M transmits C2 on F2. S1 and S2 receive C1 and C2 on F1 and F2.

在T2时段,S2在协作资源上同时接收到来自主节点的C1和来自S1的R1。During the T2 period, S2 simultaneously receives C1 from the autonomous node and R1 from S1 on the cooperative resource.

具体地,一种可能的方式,C1和R1可以采用CRC的RNTI-CMD和RNTI-RSP加扰进行区分。或者,一种可能的方式,S2可以直接转发C1和R1;也可以译码编码后转发,可采用IC算法,提取反馈数据R1后转发。命令数据C1不用发送,因为R1发生在C1之后,因此如果出现R1,则R1为需要协作发送的数据。Specifically, in one possible manner, C1 and R1 may be distinguished by RNTI-CMD and RNTI-RSP scrambling of CRC. Alternatively, in a possible manner, S2 can directly forward C1 and R1; it can also be decoded and coded and forwarded, and the IC algorithm can be used to extract and feed back the feedback data R1. The command data C1 is not sent because R1 occurs after C1, so if R1 occurs, R1 is data that needs to be transmitted cooperatively.

在T3时段,S1根据配置的帧格式转换pattern,切换到接收态,接收到来自S2的反馈数据R2。In the T3 period, S1 converts the pattern according to the configured frame format, switches to the receiving state, and receives the feedback data R2 from S2.

在T4时段,S1发送R1和R2,S2也发送R1和R2,主节点M对于S2不会同时收到R2和C2的混合数据,而是仅接收R2,因此接收性能提升。In the T4 period, S1 sends R1 and R2, and S2 also sends R1 and R2. The master node M does not receive the mixed data of R2 and C2 for S2 at the same time, but only receives R2, so the receiving performance is improved.

不同的子节点同时可能并发多个业务,因此有些子节点对于公共资源中的某些资源不能分配。另外,在5G标准中引入了BWP的概念,也就是不同子节点的激活频带不一定占满整个系统频谱资源,而只是其中的一部分频谱资源,并且不同的子节点可能会分配不同的频谱资源,这些资源可能不交叠,或者部分交叠,或者完全交叠。图22示出了不同子节点协作带宽的示意图。Different child nodes may concurrently transmit multiple services, so some child nodes cannot be allocated for some resources in the common resource. In addition, the concept of BWP is introduced in the 5G standard, that is, the activation bands of different sub-nodes do not necessarily occupy the entire system spectrum resources, but only a part of the spectrum resources, and different sub-nodes may allocate different spectrum resources. These resources may not overlap, or partially overlap, or completely overlap. Figure 22 shows a schematic diagram of the cooperative bandwidth of different child nodes.

在图16实施例的基础上,图22的实施例有以下差异。On the basis of the embodiment of Fig. 16, the embodiment of Fig. 22 has the following differences.

为主节点M和一组子节点S1、S2半静态配置公共资源参数,其中资源具体包括下面至少一种:The common resource parameter is semi-statically configured for the master node M and the group of child nodes S1 and S2, wherein the resource specifically includes at least one of the following:

时频资源:S1每次传输自身数据的时频资源大小F1和T,协作传输时频资源大小为F2和T。S2每次传输自身数据的时频资源大小F2和T,无协作传输的时频资源。Time-frequency resource: The time-frequency resource size F1 and T of S1 each time transmitting its own data, and the cooperative transmission time-frequency resource size is F2 and T. Each time S2 transmits the time-frequency resource sizes F2 and T of its own data, there is no time-frequency resource for cooperative transmission.

对于多个子节点协作的情况,不同子节点在重叠的公共资源上均可以进行协作接收/发送。For the case where multiple child nodes cooperate, different child nodes can perform cooperative reception/send on overlapping common resources.

由于工业应用中cycle time时间很短,在这么短的时间内无线信道的衰落变化很小,因此时域上多次传输的时间分集增益很小,为了提升传输的可靠性,可以通过跳频的方式获得信道的频域衰落分集。图23示出了跳频的示意图。Due to the short cycle time in industrial applications, the fading variation of the wireless channel is small in such a short period of time, so the time diversity gain of multiple transmissions in the time domain is small, and in order to improve the reliability of transmission, frequency hopping can be adopted. The mode obtains the frequency domain fading diversity of the channel. Figure 23 shows a schematic diagram of frequency hopping.

在图16实施例的基础上,图23的实施例有以下差异。On the basis of the embodiment of Fig. 16, the embodiment of Fig. 23 has the following differences.

配置不同子节点的跳频pattern,如图23,S1在T1到T4时段的频域资源分别配置为F1/F2/F1/F2,而S2的频域资源配置反之。与其他公共资源参数一样,每个子节点除了自身的跳频pattern,也需要知道其他子节点的跳频pattern,从而进行协作接收/发送。Configure the hopping pattern of different sub-nodes. As shown in Figure 23, the frequency domain resources of S1 in the period from T1 to T4 are respectively configured as F1/F2/F1/F2, and the frequency domain resource configuration of S2 is reversed. Like other common resource parameters, each child node needs to know the hopping pattern of other child nodes in addition to its own hopping pattern, thereby performing cooperative reception/transmission.

由于公共资源的频带限制,为了同时接入更多的子节点,需要考虑复用方法,复用可以有时分复用,频分复用,空分复用等。图24示出了复用的示意图。Due to the band limitation of common resources, in order to access more sub-nodes at the same time, a multiplexing method needs to be considered, and multiplexing may be time-division multiplexing, frequency division multiplexing, space division multiplexing, and the like. Fig. 24 shows a schematic diagram of multiplexing.

在图16实施例的基础上,图24的实施例有以下差异。On the basis of the embodiment of Fig. 16, the embodiment of Fig. 24 has the following differences.

配置不同子节点的复用pattern。一种可能的方式,该复用pattern可以为时分复用pattern,对于不同的子节点进行分组,不同分组占用不同的或者部分重叠的时间单元。或者,一种可能的方式,该复用pattern可以为频分复用pattern,对于不同的子节点进行分组,不同分组占用不同的或者部分重叠的频域单元。或者,一种可能的方式,该复用pattern可以为空分复用pattern,进一步可以对应不同的OCC正交序列,或者不同的NOMA非正交序列,或者不同的Precoding矩阵(对应多用户多入多出技术(Multi-UserMultiple-Input Multiple-Output,MU-MIMO)传输的不同层)等。Configure multiplexing patterns for different child nodes. In a possible way, the multiplexing pattern may be a time division multiplexing pattern, which is grouped for different child nodes, and different groups occupy different or partially overlapping time units. Alternatively, in a possible manner, the multiplexing pattern may be a frequency division multiplexing pattern, which is grouped for different child nodes, and different groups occupy different or partially overlapping frequency domain units. Alternatively, in a possible manner, the multiplexing pattern may be a space division multiplexing pattern, and may further correspond to different OCC orthogonal sequences, or different NOMA non-orthogonal sequences, or different Precoding matrices (corresponding to multi-user multi-entry) Multiple layers of Multi-User Multiple-Input Multiple-Output (MU-MIMO) transmission, etc.

图24给出的为空分复用中的OCC或NOMA的码分复用方式。其中S1与S3采用不同的Code1和Code3进行码分复用,S2与S4采用不同的Code2和Code4进行码分复用。与其他公共资源参数一样,每个子节点除了自身的复用pattern,也需要知道其他子节点的复用pattern,从而进行协作接收/发送。Figure 24 shows the code division multiplexing mode of OCC or NOMA in space division multiplexing. S1 and S3 use different Code1 and Code3 for code division multiplexing, and S2 and S4 use different Code2 and Code4 for code division multiplexing. Like other common resource parameters, each child node needs to know the multiplexing pattern of other child nodes in addition to its own multiplexing pattern, thereby performing cooperative reception/transmission.

上文,图15至图24,以主节点与子节点,接收/发送混合协作传输的交互过程为例进行说明,下面结合图25至图34,以主节点与子节点,接收/发送混合协作传输,且有ACK/NACK反馈的交互过程为例进行说明。In the above, FIG. 15 to FIG. 24 illustrate an interaction process of receiving/transmitting a hybrid cooperative transmission by a master node and a child node. Referring to FIG. 25 to FIG. 34, the master node and the child node receive/transmit mixed cooperation. An interactive process with ACK/NACK feedback is described as an example.

图25是本申请另一实施例的传输数据的方法的示意图。FIG. 25 is a schematic diagram of a method of transmitting data according to another embodiment of the present application.

如图25所示,有一个Master,三个Slave,分别记为Slave1、Slave2、Slave3。其中,CMD、RSP分别表示命令数据、反馈数据。一种可能的实现方式,Master在整个带宽上进行操作,Slave在部分带宽部分(bandwidth part,BWP)上进行操作。As shown in Figure 25, there is one Master and three Slaves, which are respectively labeled as Slave1, Slave2, and Slave3. Among them, CMD and RSP respectively represent command data and feedback data. One possible implementation, the Master operates on the entire bandwidth, and the Slave operates on a part of the bandwidth part (BWP).

在图25的实施例中,一个cycle time包括4个时间单元,该时间单元的表示形式可以是mini-slot。在每个mini-slot,既有命令数据或反馈数据,也有ACK/NACK信息。In the embodiment of FIG. 25, one cycle time includes four time units, and the representation of the time unit may be a mini-slot. In each mini-slot, there are command data or feedback data, as well as ACK/NACK information.

为Master和一组Slaves半静态配置公共资源参数和协作行为。Configure common resource parameters and collaborative behavior semi-statically for the Master and a set of Slaves.

可选地,在一个cycle time内,每个时间单位配置为自包含(Self-Contain)帧格式,如发送占优帧,表示先发后收,或表示先收后发,其中发送符号数目大于或等于接收符号数目;又如侦听占优侦,表示先收后发,或表示先发后收,其中接收符号数目大于或等于发送符号数目。Master初始配置为发送占优帧,Slaves初始配置侦听占优帧。Optionally, in a cycle time, each time unit is configured as a self-contained frame format, such as sending a dominant frame, indicating that the first frame is received first, or the first time is received, and the number of transmitted symbols is greater than Or equal to the number of received symbols; if the interception is dominant, it means that it is received first or later, or it means that it is received first, and the number of received symbols is greater than or equal to the number of transmitted symbols. The Master is initially configured to send a dominant frame, and the Slaves initially configures to listen to the dominant frame.

在本申请实施例中,为Master和一组Slave半静态配置的协作行为至少包括以下至少一种。In the embodiment of the present application, the cooperative behavior of the semi-static configuration of the master and the set of slaves includes at least one of the following.

目标Slave译码目标命令数据正确后,将该时间单位后部的发送态转变为侦听态,并侦听其他Slave的NACK;同时将下一个时间单位帧格式转变为发送占优帧,在配置的公共资源上发送目标Slave的反馈数据以及反馈NACK的协作Slaves的命令或反馈数据。After the target Slave decoding target command data is correct, the transmission state at the rear of the time unit is converted into a listening state, and the NACK of other slaves is intercepted; and the next time unit frame format is converted into a transmission dominant frame, in the configuration. The feedback data of the target slave is sent on the common resource and the command or feedback data of the collaborative Slaves that feeds back the NACK.

目标Slave译码目标命令数据失败后,反馈NACK,并继续保持侦听占优,同时接收目标命令数据以及协作Slaves的命令或反馈数据。After the target slave fails to decode the target command data, it feeds back NACK and continues to maintain the interception dominant, while receiving the target command data and the command or feedback data of the cooperative Slaves.

Master在配置的侦听时间单位接收Slaves的反馈数据,并反馈ACK/NACK信息。The Master receives the feedback data of the slaves in the configured listening time unit, and feeds back the ACK/NACK information.

可选地,目标Slave收到自身反馈数据的ACK后,如果收到其他Slave的NACK,会将后续给定时域(Timing)的时间单位帧格式转变为侦听占优侦,来侦听协作Slave的数据。Optionally, after receiving the ACK of the feedback data, if the target slave receives the NACK of the other slave, the time unit frame format of the subsequent timing domain (Timing) is converted into the interception dominant detection to listen to the cooperative slave. The data.

可选地,Master和所有Slaves需要收到所有Slaves的ACK后才进行帧格式切换,后续进入RSP的协作反馈阶段,整体将控制数据传输和反馈数据传输在时间上分离。Optionally, the Master and all the Slaves need to receive the ACK of all the Slaves before performing the frame format switching, and then enter the cooperative feedback phase of the RSP, and the control data transmission and the feedback data transmission are separated in time as a whole.

可选地,对于每个Slave的命令数据和反馈数据,可以采用CRC的RNTI-CMD和RNTI-RSP加扰进行区分。Optionally, the command data and the feedback data for each slave may be distinguished by using RNTI-CMD and RNTI-RSP scrambling of the CRC.

可选地,Slave对于协作Slave的数据可以直接转发或译码编码后转发。Optionally, the data of the slave slave can be forwarded or decoded and forwarded for the data of the cooperative slave.

可选地,不同Slave的有效BWP可能不同,各Slave仅在各自BWP内进行协作转发。Alternatively, the effective BWPs of different slaves may be different, and each slave performs cooperative forwarding only within the respective BWP.

可选地,每个Slave发送数据,可对自身的反馈数据和协作数据进行合理的功率控制,优先考虑自身的可靠性。Optionally, each slave sends data, and can perform reasonable power control on its own feedback data and cooperation data, and prioritize its own reliability.

可选地,每个Slave仅反馈NACK。Optionally, each slave only feeds back NACK.

可选地,Master反馈部分或所有Slaves的ACK/NACK,可以将这些ACK/NACK进行联合编码,采用一个数据包的形式下发,可以采用RNTI等与命令数据区分,并可以配置发送联合编码ACK/NACK的时刻(Timing)和周期等参数。Optionally, the ACK/NACK of the slave part or all of the slaves may be jointly coded by the ACK/NACK, and may be sent in the form of a data packet, which may be distinguished from the command data by using RNTI, and may be configured to send the joint coded ACK. /NACK parameters such as Timing and period.

需要说明的是,在本申请实施例中,按照主节点先发送命令数据,然后子节点发送反馈数据的方式,进行示例性说明。本申请实施例对命令数据和反馈数据的发送顺序不做约束。例如,也可以子节点先发送反馈数据,然后主节点发送命令数据;或者,还可以子节点和主节点同时发送反馈数据和命令数据;或者,还可以不同的子节点按照不同顺序发送。本申请实施例对此不作限定。It should be noted that, in the embodiment of the present application, an exemplary description is made in the manner that the primary node first sends command data, and then the child node sends feedback data. The embodiment of the present application does not impose restrictions on the order in which command data and feedback data are sent. For example, the child node may first send the feedback data, and then the master node sends the command data; or, the child node and the master node may simultaneously send the feedback data and the command data; or, the different child nodes may be sent in different orders. This embodiment of the present application does not limit this.

图25的实施例考虑了ACK/NACK反馈,因此需要配置发送和接收控制信道的时间单元,主要考虑两种可行的帧结构,一种基于LTE、5G系统中的传统帧结构,如图26所示。The embodiment of FIG. 25 considers ACK/NACK feedback, and therefore needs to configure a time unit for transmitting and receiving a control channel, mainly considering two feasible frame structures, a conventional frame structure based on LTE and 5G systems, as shown in FIG. Show.

传统帧结构中,由两个或以上的标准时间单位(Duration)构成一个完整的传输时间单位,其中标准时间单位指标准中定义的时间单位,可以是Short-TTI,slot,Sub-Frame,Frame,mini-slot、symbol等。传输时间单位包括对于命令或反馈数据的接收/发送,以及对应的ACK/NACK的发送/接收。如,以子节点来看,在图26中的图(1)中,T1发送反馈数据,T2接收主节点反馈的ACK/NACK控制消息;在图26中的图(2)中,T1接收主节点发送的命令数据,T2反馈该命令数据的ACK/NACK控制消息。In the traditional frame structure, two or more standard time units (Duration) constitute a complete transmission time unit, where the standard time unit refers to the time unit defined in the standard, which may be Short-TTI, slot, Sub-Frame, Frame. , mini-slot, symbol, etc. The transmission time unit includes reception/transmission of command or feedback data, and transmission/reception of a corresponding ACK/NACK. For example, in the case of a child node, in the diagram (1) in FIG. 26, T1 transmits feedback data, and T2 receives an ACK/NACK control message fed back by the master node; in FIG. 26 (2), T1 receives the master. The command data sent by the node, and T2 feeds back the ACK/NACK control message of the command data.

需要说明的是,T1与T2的时间长度可以相等,也可以不相等。T1与T2可以是相邻的时间,也可以是不相邻的时间,本申请实施例对此不作限定。此外,本申请实施例对如何配置T1、T2不作限定,例如,T1与T2的时间可以半静态RRC配置,也可以通过Group Common的L1控制消息配置,或者,通过用户级的L1控制消息配置等。应理解,T1与T2同样适用于5G系统的灵活帧结构。It should be noted that the lengths of time T1 and T2 may be equal or not equal. T1 and T2 may be adjacent to each other, or may be non-adjacent times, which is not limited by the embodiment of the present application. In addition, the embodiment of the present application does not limit how to configure T1 and T2. For example, the time of T1 and T2 may be semi-static RRC configuration, or may be configured by the Group Common L1 control message, or configured by user-level L1 control message. . It should be understood that T1 and T2 are equally applicable to the flexible frame structure of a 5G system.

另一种帧结构是基于5G系统中的Self-Contain帧结构,如图27所示。Another frame structure is based on a Self-Contain frame structure in a 5G system, as shown in FIG.

Self-Contain帧结构包括以下三个特点:同一子帧内包含DL符号、UL符号,或者,还可以包括GP符号和/或灵活配置符号(Flexible Symbol);同一子帧内包含对DL数据和相应的HARQ反馈;同一子帧内传输UL的调度信息和对应的数据信息。Self-Contain帧结构中,在一个标准时间单位(Duration)内进一步划分发送时间单位和接收时间单位,因此一个标准时间单位就可以构成一个完成的传输时间单位。其中GP表示不发送功率。图27中的图(1)对应发送占优帧,图27中的图(2)对应接收占优帧。The Self-Contain frame structure includes the following three features: DL symbols, UL symbols in the same subframe, or GP symbols and/or Flexible Symbols; the same subframe contains DL data and corresponding HARQ feedback; UL scheduling information and corresponding data information are transmitted in the same subframe. In the Self-Contain frame structure, the transmission time unit and the reception time unit are further divided in a standard time unit (Duration), so a standard time unit can constitute a completed transmission time unit. Where GP means no power is transmitted. The graph (1) in Fig. 27 corresponds to the transmission dominant frame, and the graph (2) in Fig. 27 corresponds to the reception dominant frame.

本申请实施例都适用于这两种帧结构。为示例性说明,均采用Self-Contain帧结构来表示(GP默认不画出),用不同时间标注(如T1、T2)来区分数据收发时间和ACK/NACK控制消息收发时间,且设置T2时间小于T1时间(因为ACK/NACK控制消息相比数据的资源占用率低)。The embodiments of the present application are applicable to both frame structures. For illustrative purposes, they are all represented by a Self-Contain frame structure (the GP is not shown by default), and different time stamps (such as T1 and T2) are used to distinguish the data transmission and reception time and the ACK/NACK control message transmission and reception time, and set the T2 time. Less than T1 time (because the ACK/NACK control message has a lower resource occupancy rate than the data).

需要说明的是,上述两种帧结构只是示例性说明,本申请实施例还可以适用于其他可能的帧结构或者其他系统的帧结构等,本申请实施例并未限定于此。It should be noted that the foregoing two frame structures are only exemplary, and the embodiments of the present application may be applicable to other possible frame structures or frame structures of other systems, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited thereto.

下面,结合图28详细说明上述过程。Next, the above process will be described in detail with reference to FIG.

主节点向子节点发送命令数据(Command),子节点向主节点发送反馈数据(Response),C1和R1为S1对应的命令数据和反馈数据,C2和R2为S2对应的命令数据和反馈数据。子节点可以仅反馈NACK信息,C2N表示S2反馈的译码C2的NACK信息。主节点可以反馈NACK和ACK信息,R1N/R2N为M反馈的译码R1/R2的NACK信息,R1A/R2A为M反馈的译码R1/R2的ACK信息。其中,命令数据和反馈数据承载在数据信道,数据信道对应图28中的T1/T3/T5/T7,A/N承载在控制信道,控制信道对应图28中的T2/T4/T6/T8。The master node sends command data (Command) to the child node, and the child node sends feedback data (Response) to the master node, C1 and R1 are command data and feedback data corresponding to S1, and C2 and R2 are command data and feedback data corresponding to S2. The child node may only feed back NACK information, and C2N indicates NACK information of the decoded C2 fed back by S2. The master node may feed back NACK and ACK information, R1N/R2N is the NACK information of the decoded R1/R2 fed back by M, and R1A/R2A is the ACK information of the decoded R1/R2 fed back by M. The command data and the feedback data are carried on the data channel, and the data channel corresponds to T1/T3/T5/T7 in FIG. 28, and the A/N is carried on the control channel, and the control channel corresponds to T2/T4/T6/T8 in FIG. 28.

为主节点M和一组子节点S1、S2半静态配置公共资源参数,对S1来说,公共资源包括S1的资源和S2的资源,反之对S2、M也一样。The common resource parameter is semi-statically configured for the master node M and the group of child nodes S1 and S2. For S1, the common resource includes the resource of S1 and the resource of S2, and vice versa for S2 and M.

可选地,配置数据时频资源。S1每次收发自身数据的时频资源大小F1和T,协作收发的时频资源大小为F2和T。S2每次收发自身数据的时频资源大小F2和T,协作收发的时频资源大小为F1和T。其中,T对应T1/T3/T5/T7。Optionally, configure data time-frequency resources. Each time S1 sends and receives its own time-frequency resource size F1 and T, the time-frequency resource size of cooperative transmission and reception is F2 and T. Each time S2 sends and receives its own time-frequency resource size F2 and T, the time-frequency resource size of cooperative transmission and reception is F1 and T. Where T corresponds to T1/T3/T5/T7.

可选地,配置ACK/NACK控制消息的时频资源。S1每次收发自身控制消息的时频资源大小F1和T,协作收发控制消息的时频资源大小为F2和T。S2每次收发自身控制消息的时频资源大小F2和T,协作收发控制消息的时频资源大小为F1和T。其中,T对应T2/T4/T6/T8。Optionally, the time-frequency resource of the ACK/NACK control message is configured. Each time S1 sends and receives the time-frequency resource sizes F1 and T of its own control message, the time-frequency resource size of the cooperative transmission and reception control message is F2 and T. Each time S2 sends and receives the time-frequency resource size F2 and T of the control message, the time-frequency resource size of the cooperative transmission and reception control message is F1 and T. Among them, T corresponds to T2/T4/T6/T8.

可选地,半静态配置协作行为。协作行为包括帧格式的变化,协作接收和/或协作发送等。如,初始主节点配置为发送态,对应Self-Contain的发送占优帧;子节点配置为接收态,对应Self-Contain的接收占优帧。Optionally, semi-statically configure collaborative behavior. Collaborative behavior includes changes in frame format, collaborative reception and/or collaborative delivery, and the like. For example, the initial master node is configured to be in a transmit state, corresponding to a self-contained transmit dominant frame; the child node is configured as a receive state, corresponding to a receive-dominant frame of the Self-Contain.

一种可能的方式,主节点的帧格式在给定时间从发送帧转换到接收帧,或者从发送占优帧转换到接收占优帧。One possible way is to convert the frame format of the master node from a transmit frame to a receive frame at a given time, or from a transmit dominant frame to a receive dominant frame.

一种可能的方式,子节点译码正确后,帧格式在给定时间从接收态转换到发送态。该状态改变可以发生在一个传输帧内,比如接收占优帧的发送符号转换为接收符号。In one possible way, after the child node is decoded correctly, the frame format is switched from the receiving state to the transmitting state at a given time. This state change can occur within a transmission frame, such as a transmitted symbol that receives a dominant frame is converted to a received symbol.

一种可能的方式,子节点在数据信道接收态时,根据配置的公共资源参数,在自身资源上接收来自主节点和/或其他子节点协作发送的命令数据。或者根据ACK信息不再接收自身的命令数据,并在其他公共资源上协作接收来自主节点和/或其他子节点发送的命令数据或反馈数据。或者根据其他子节点对应的ACK不再接收命令数据或反馈数据。In a possible manner, when the data channel receives the state, the child node receives the command data sent by the master node and/or other child nodes cooperatively on the own resource according to the configured common resource parameter. Or, according to the ACK information, no longer receives its own command data, and cooperatively receives command data or feedback data sent from the master node and/or other child nodes on other common resources. Or the command data or the feedback data is no longer received according to the ACK corresponding to the other child nodes.

一种可能的方式,子节点在数据信道发送态时,根据配置的公共资源参数,在自身资源上:发送反馈数据,或者根据主节点反馈的NACK重发反馈数据,或者根据主节点反馈的ACK终止发送反馈数据,或者根据未收到主节点反馈的NACK终止发送反馈数据。在其他公共资源上:协作发送其他子节点的命令数据或反馈数据,或者根据其他子节点的NACK协作重发命令数据或根据主节点的NACK协作重发反馈数据,或者根据其他子节点的ACK终止协作重发命令数据或根据主节点的ACK终止协作重发反馈数据, 或者根据未收到其他子节点的NACK终止协作重发命令数据或根据未收到主节点的NACK终止协作重发反馈数据。In a possible manner, when the data node is in the data channel transmission state, the child node sends the feedback data according to the configured common resource parameter on the self resource, or retransmits the feedback data according to the NACK fed back by the master node, or according to the ACK fed back by the master node. The transmission of the feedback data is terminated, or the feedback data is terminated according to the NACK that is not received by the primary node. On other common resources: cooperatively transmit command data or feedback data of other child nodes, or retransmit the command data according to NACK cooperation of other child nodes or retransmit the feedback data according to the NACK of the master node, or terminate according to ACK of other child nodes. The cooperative retransmission command data terminates the cooperative retransmission feedback data according to the ACK of the master node, or terminates the cooperative retransmission command data according to the NACK that does not receive the other child nodes or terminates the cooperative retransmission feedback data according to the NACK that does not receive the master node.

一种可能的方式,子节点在控制信道接收态时,根据配置的公共资源参数,在自身资源上接收来自主节点和/或其他子节点协作发送的反馈数据对应的ACK/NACK等控制消息,并在其他公共资源上协作接收来自主节点和/或其他子节点发送的命令数据或反馈数据对应的ACK/NACK等控制消息。In a possible manner, when the control node receives the control channel, the child node receives, on its own resource, a control message such as an ACK/NACK corresponding to the feedback data jointly sent by the master node and/or other child nodes according to the configured common resource parameter. And cooperatively receiving control messages such as ACK/NACK corresponding to command data or feedback data sent by the master node and/or other child nodes on other common resources.

一种可能的方式,子节点在控制信道发送态时,根据配置的公共资源参数,在自身资源上发送命令数据对应的ACK/NACK等控制消息,并在其他公共资源上协作发送其他子节点的命令数据或反馈数据对应的ACK/NACK等控制消息。In a possible manner, when the control node transmits the control channel, the child node sends a control message such as ACK/NACK corresponding to the command data on its own resource according to the configured common resource parameter, and cooperatively transmits the other child nodes on other common resources. A control message such as ACK/NACK corresponding to the command data or the feedback data.

具体地,图28中,在数据信道T1时段,主节点在不同的频域资源F1和F2上发送命令数据C1和C2,子节点S1和S2在配置的公共资源F1和F2上均接收C1和C2。假设S1译码C1正确,在T2时段将控制信道从发送态转换为接收态,以及后续帧格式从接收占优帧转换为发送占优帧。假设S2译码C2错误,在T2时段仍然保持控制信道的发送态。Specifically, in FIG. 28, during the data channel T1 period, the master node transmits command data C1 and C2 on different frequency domain resources F1 and F2, and the child nodes S1 and S2 receive C1 and on the configured common resources F1 and F2. C2. It is assumed that S1 decodes C1 correctly, the control channel is converted from the transmit state to the receive state during the T2 period, and the subsequent frame format is converted from the receive dominant frame to the transmit dominant frame. Suppose S2 decodes the C2 error and still maintains the transmit state of the control channel during the T2 period.

在控制信道T2时段,S2反馈C2的译码错误信息C2N,并被主节点和子节点S1接收到。During the control channel T2 period, S2 feeds back the decoding error information C2N of C2 and is received by the master node and the child node S1.

在数据信道T3时段,主节点从发送态转换为接收态,接收子节点S1的反馈数据R1。S1在自身资源上发送R1,并根据C2N在其他公共资源上协作发送C2。S2在自身资源上接收来自S1发送的C2,在协作资源上接收来自S1的R1。假设S2译码C2正确,在T4时段将控制信道从发送态转换为接收态,以及后续帧格式从接收占优帧转换为发送占优帧。可选地,S1对于协作发送的C2数据可以直接转发,也可以译码再编码后转发。During the data channel T3 period, the master node converts from the transmitting state to the receiving state, and receives the feedback data R1 of the child node S1. S1 sends R1 on its own resource and cooperatively sends C2 on other common resources according to C2N. S2 receives C2 from S1 on its own resource and R1 from S1 on the cooperative resource. Assuming that S2 decodes C2 correctly, the control channel is converted from the transmit state to the receive state during the T4 period, and the subsequent frame format is converted from the receive dominant frame to the transmit dominant frame. Optionally, S1 may directly forward the C2 data that is co-sent, or may decode, re-encode, and forward.

在控制信道T4时段,主节点反馈R1的译码错误消息R1N,并同时被S1和S2接收。During the control channel T4 period, the master node feeds back the decoding error message R1N of R1 and is simultaneously received by S1 and S2.

在数据信道T5时段,S1根据R1N继续发送R1,并且由于未收到C2N,停止协作发送C2。S2发送R2,并根据R1N协作发送R1。主节点M在S1的资源上接收来自S1和S2的R1,在S2的资源上接收来自S2的R2。可选地,主节点M对于R1可以与T3时段接收到的R1进行HARQ合并来提升接收性能。During the data channel T5 period, S1 continues to transmit R1 according to R1N, and since C2N is not received, the cooperative transmission C2 is stopped. S2 sends R2 and sends R1 cooperatively according to R1N. The master node M receives R1 from S1 and S2 on the resources of S1, and receives R2 from S2 on the resources of S2. Optionally, the master node M may perform HARQ combining with R1 received in the T3 period for R1 to improve the receiving performance.

在控制信道T6时段,主节点反馈R1A和R2N,并同时被S1和S2接收。During the control channel T6 period, the master node feeds back R1A and R2N and is simultaneously received by S1 and S2.

在数据信道T7时段,S2根据R2N重发R2。S1根据R1A终止发送R1,并且由于没有收到R2反馈数据,无法协作发送R2。During the data channel T7 period, S2 retransmits R2 according to R2N. S1 terminates the transmission of R1 according to R1A, and since R2 feedback data is not received, R2 cannot be cooperatively transmitted.

在控制信道T8时段,主节点反馈R2A,被S2接收。During the control channel T8 period, the master node feeds back R2A and is received by S2.

可选地,配置的公共资源参数还可以包括:数据的速率匹配和映射方式、RV版本、调制方式。Optionally, the configured common resource parameter may further include: a rate matching and mapping mode of the data, an RV version, and a modulation mode.

具体地,确定每个子节点在各自时频资源上的发送数据的资源映射方式,比如速率匹配方式为对于任意传输块大小的数据在给定的时频资源内完全填充,比如映射方式可以先频域再时域映射,或者先时域再频域映射等,比如每次传输的RV版本可以相同,也可以不同,比如每次传输的调制方式可以相同,也可以不同。Specifically, the resource mapping manner of the sending data of each child node on the respective time-frequency resources is determined. For example, the rate matching mode is that the data of any transport block size is completely filled in a given time-frequency resource, for example, the mapping mode may be first frequency. The domain re-time domain mapping, or the first-time domain re-frequency domain mapping, etc., for example, the RV version of each transmission may be the same or different, for example, the modulation mode of each transmission may be the same or different.

可选地,配置的公共资源参数还可以包括:ACK/NACK控制消息的序列资源,或速率匹配和映射方式。具体地,对于仅承载ACK/NACK时,可以采用序列方式承载;对于 承载更多控制消息,如CSI测量信息等,可以采用类似于数据的编码和速率匹配的方式承载。Optionally, the configured common resource parameter may further include: a sequence resource of the ACK/NACK control message, or a rate matching and mapping manner. Specifically, when only ACK/NACK is carried, the bearer may be carried in a sequence manner; for carrying more control messages, such as CSI measurement information, etc., it may be carried in a manner similar to data encoding and rate matching.

可选地,配置的公共资源参数还可以包括:HARQ进程、RS序列、波形、子载波宽度等。Optionally, the configured common resource parameters may further include: a HARQ process, an RS sequence, a waveform, a subcarrier width, and the like.

在本申请实施例中,主节点也可以连续发送。图29示出了主节点连续发送的示意图。图29与图28大部分相似,此处为了简述,不再详细描述。接下来主要介绍图29的实施例与图28的实施例相比,不同的地方。In the embodiment of the present application, the master node may also continuously send. Fig. 29 is a diagram showing the continuous transmission of the master node. 29 is mostly similar to FIG. 28 and will not be described in detail herein for the sake of brevity. Next, the difference between the embodiment of Fig. 29 and the embodiment of Fig. 28 will be mainly described.

在图28中方案的基础上,有如下差异。On the basis of the scheme in Fig. 28, there are the following differences.

半静态配置协作行为时,主节点的帧格式在给定时间从发送帧转换到接收帧,或者从发送占优帧转换到接收占优帧,其中,给定时间为第K10个T时刻之后,其中K10>1,这样主节点M可以连续发送K10次命令数据,从而可以提升命令数据的可靠性。When the cooperative behavior is semi-statically configured, the frame format of the master node is switched from the transmission frame to the reception frame at a given time, or from the transmission dominant frame to the reception dominant frame, wherein the given time is after the K10th T time. Where K10>1, the master node M can continuously send K10 command data continuously, thereby improving the reliability of the command data.

半静态配置协作行为时,一种可能的方式:主节点的帧格式根据接收到的子节点反馈的ACK/NACK,按照一定准则从发送帧转换到接收帧,或者从发送占优帧转换到接收占优帧。其中,所述准则包括以下至少一种情况。When semi-statically configuring cooperative behavior, one possible way: the frame format of the primary node is converted from the transmitted frame to the received frame according to a certain criterion according to the received ACK/NACK fed by the child node, or converted from the transmitted dominant frame to the received Dominant frame. Wherein, the criterion includes at least one of the following cases.

1、收到所有子节点反馈的ACK信息,再进行帧格式转换。1. Receive ACK information fed back by all child nodes, and then perform frame format conversion.

2、收到给定的一组子节点反馈的ACK信息,再进行帧格式转换。其中,给定的一组子节点可以根据信道质量、路由状态、传输次数、ACK/NACK信息比例等来确定。其中,ACK/NACK信息比例可以是指当收到N个ACK信息后,进行帧格式转换,N≥1;或者,ACK/NACK信息比例也可以是达到预设的数值后,进行帧格式转换。其中,预设的数值可以是根据用户自己确定。2. Receive the ACK information fed back by a given set of sub-nodes, and then perform frame format conversion. The given set of sub-nodes may be determined according to channel quality, routing status, number of transmissions, ACK/NACK information ratio, and the like. The ratio of the ACK/NACK information may be: after receiving the N ACK information, performing frame format conversion, N≥1; or the ACK/NACK information ratio may also be a preset value, and performing frame format conversion. The preset value may be determined according to the user himself.

3、未收到所有子节点反馈的NACK信息,再进行帧格式转换。3. The NACK information fed back by all the sub-nodes is not received, and then the frame format conversion is performed.

4、未收到一定子节点反馈的NACK信息,再进行帧格式转换。其中,给定的一组子节点,同2类似。4. The NACK information fed back by a certain sub-node is not received, and then the frame format conversion is performed. Among them, a given set of child nodes is similar to 2.

在图29的实施例中,在数据信道T3时段,S2在协作资源上同时接收到来自主节点的C1和来自S1的R1。In the embodiment of FIG. 29, during the data channel T3 period, S2 simultaneously receives C1 from the autonomous node and R1 from S1 on the cooperative resource.

具体地,一种可能的方式,C1和R1数据,可以采用CRC的RNTI-CMD和RNTI-RSP加扰进行区分。或者,一种可能的方式,S2可以直接转发C1和R1;也可以译码编码后转发,可采用IC算法,提取反馈数据R1后转发。命令数据C1不用发送,因为R1发生在C1之后,因此如果出现R1,则R1为需要协作发送的数据。Specifically, in a possible manner, the C1 and R1 data can be distinguished by using CRC RNTI-CMD and RNTI-RSP scrambling. Alternatively, in a possible manner, S2 can directly forward C1 and R1; it can also be decoded and coded and forwarded, and the IC algorithm can be used to extract and feed back the feedback data R1. The command data C1 is not sent because R1 occurs after C1, so if R1 occurs, R1 is data that needs to be transmitted cooperatively.

在本申请实施例中,子节点也可以配置为周期性地处于接收态。图30示出了子节点周期性处于接收态的示意图。图30与图28大部分相似,此处为了简述,不再详细描述。接下来主要介绍图30的实施例与图28的实施例相比,不同的地方。In this embodiment of the present application, the child node may also be configured to periodically be in the receiving state. Figure 30 shows a schematic diagram of a child node periodically in a receiving state. Figure 30 is mostly similar to Figure 28 and will not be described in detail herein for the sake of brevity. Next, the difference between the embodiment of Fig. 30 and the embodiment of Fig. 28 will be mainly described.

在图28中方案的基础上,有如下差异。On the basis of the scheme in Fig. 28, there are the following differences.

半静态配置协作行为时,主节点的帧格式在给定时间从发送帧转换到接收帧,或者从发送占优帧转换到接收占优帧,其中,给定时间为第K11个T时刻之后,其中K11≥1(包括图28和图29的情况),这样主节点M可以连续发送K11次命令数据。When the cooperative behavior is semi-statically configured, the frame format of the master node is switched from the transmission frame to the reception frame at a given time, or from the transmission dominant frame to the reception dominant frame, wherein the given time is after the K11th T time. Where K11 ≥ 1 (including the case of Figs. 28 and 29), so that the master node M can continuously transmit K11 command data.

半静态配置协作行为时,子节点译码正确后,帧格式在给定时间从接收态转换到发送态。该状态改变可以发生在一个传输帧内,比如接收占优帧的发送符号转换为接收符号。其中,给定时间为第L个T时刻之后,其中L≥0(包括图28的情况),L=0表示下 个时刻就转换。When the cooperative behavior is semi-statically configured, after the child node is decoded correctly, the frame format is switched from the receiving state to the transmitting state at a given time. This state change can occur within a transmission frame, such as a transmitted symbol that receives a dominant frame is converted to a received symbol. Wherein, the given time is after the Lth T time, where L ≥ 0 (including the case of Fig. 28), and L = 0 means the next time is converted.

下面三种pattern配置同图18中的实施例相似,该pattern对于数据信道和控制信道可以分别配置,也可以联合配置。对于Self-Contain帧格式,pattern中的每个帧都可以是发送占优帧、接收占优帧、全发送帧、全接收帧中的任意一种。The following three pattern configurations are similar to the embodiment in FIG. 18. The pattern can be configured separately for the data channel and the control channel, or can be configured jointly. For the Self-Contain frame format, each frame in the pattern may be any one of a transmit dominant frame, a received dominant frame, a full transmit frame, and a full received frame.

一种可能的方式,可以配置第L个T时刻之后的S1的接收和发送帧格式的pattern,该pattern为相对时刻的pattern,可以从L时刻开始编号,如图31所示。In a possible manner, the pattern of the reception and transmission frame format of S1 after the Lth T time can be configured, and the pattern is a pattern of relative time, which can be numbered starting from the L time, as shown in FIG.

一种可能的方式,可以配置第L个T时刻之后的S1的接收和发送帧格式的pattern,该pattern为绝对时刻的pattern,可以从本cycle time起始开始编号,如图32所示。In a possible manner, the pattern of the S1 reception and transmission frame format after the Lth T time can be configured, and the pattern is an absolute time pattern, which can be numbered starting from the beginning of the cycle time, as shown in FIG.

一种可能的方式,对于多个子节点同时转换帧格式的情况,可以为不同子节点定义不同的pattern,从而保证不同子节点可以充分交换反馈数据,提高资源利用率,如图33所示。In a possible manner, for multiple sub-nodes to simultaneously convert frame formats, different patterns can be defined for different sub-nodes, thereby ensuring that different sub-nodes can fully exchange feedback data and improve resource utilization, as shown in FIG.

在图30的实施例中,在数据信道T5时段,S1根据pattern配置为接收态,从而接收到S2的反馈数据R2,以便在T7时段根据译码错误消息R2N,进行R2的协作发送。In the embodiment of FIG. 30, during the data channel T5 period, S1 is configured as a receiving state according to the pattern, thereby receiving the feedback data R2 of S2 to perform cooperative transmission of R2 according to the decoding error message R2N in the T7 period.

需要说明的是,在以主节点Master与子节点Slave,接收/发送混合协作传输,且有ACK/NACK反馈的交互过程中的实施例中,也包括如图22、图23、图24中的实施例。在图22至图24的基础上再增加ACK/NACK部分即可,此处为简洁,不再赘述。It should be noted that, in the embodiment in which the primary node master and the child node Slave receive/transmit mixed cooperative transmission and have ACK/NACK feedback, the embodiment also includes the following in FIG. 22, FIG. 23, FIG. Example. The ACK/NACK part can be added on the basis of FIG. 22 to FIG. 24, which is succinct and will not be described again.

在本申请实施例中,可以子节点或协作子节点的ACK/NACK转换帧格式,下面具体说明。In the embodiment of the present application, the ACK/NACK conversion frame format of the child node or the cooperative child node may be specifically described below.

图34示出根据协作子节点NACK转换帧格式的示意图。在图28中方案的基础上,有如下差异。FIG. 34 shows a schematic diagram of converting a frame format according to a cooperative child node NACK. On the basis of the scheme in Fig. 28, there are the following differences.

为主节点M和一组子节点S1、S2半静态配置协作行为,帧格式转换的情况还可以包括以下两种情况。The cooperative behavior of the primary node M and the set of child nodes S1 and S2 is semi-statically configured. The case of frame format conversion may also include the following two cases.

一种可能的方式,如果在控制信道接收到其他子节点发送的NACK信息,可选地,同时子节点接收到自身反馈数据的ACK信息或者译码自身数据正确后,则帧格式在给定时间从发送态转换到接收态。该状态改变可以发生在一个传输帧内,比如发送占优帧的发送符号转换为接收符号。In a possible manner, if the NACK information sent by other sub-nodes is received on the control channel, optionally, when the sub-node receives the ACK information of the self-feedback data or decodes the self-data correctly, the frame format is at a given time. Switch from the transmit state to the receive state. This state change can occur within a transmission frame, such as a transmitted symbol that transmits a dominant frame is converted to a received symbol.

一种可能的方式,如果在控制信道接收到其他多个子节点发送的NACK和ACK信息,可选地,同时子节点接收到自身反馈数据的ACK信息或者译码自身数据正确后,则根据一定准则判断帧格式是否在给定时间从发送态转换到接收态。该状态改变可以发生在一个传输帧内,比如发送占优帧的发送符号转换为接收符号。其中,所述的一定准则可以依据多个子节点的传输次数、信道质量、NACK和ACK的比例等来判定。In a possible manner, if the NACK and ACK information sent by the other multiple sub-nodes are received on the control channel, optionally, when the sub-node receives the ACK information of the self-feedback data or decodes the self-data correctly, according to certain criteria Determines whether the frame format is converted from the transmit state to the receive state at a given time. This state change can occur within a transmission frame, such as a transmitted symbol that transmits a dominant frame is converted to a received symbol. The certain criterion may be determined according to the number of transmissions of multiple child nodes, the channel quality, the ratio of NACK and ACK, and the like.

通过本申请实施例,能够尽早接收到需要协作发送的子节点的反馈数据,并在下一个时刻协作发送,提升反馈数据的接收性能。With the embodiment of the present application, the feedback data of the child nodes that need to be cooperatively transmitted can be received as early as possible, and the data is cooperatively transmitted at the next moment to improve the receiving performance of the feedback data.

在图34的实施例中,在控制信道T6时段,主节点反馈R1A和R2N,并同时被S1和S2接收,S1根据自身反馈数据的ACK以及S2的反馈数据的NACK,将T7时段数据信道从发送态转换为接收态(对应的发送占优帧转换为全接收帧)。In the embodiment of FIG. 34, during the control channel T6 period, the master node feeds back R1A and R2N and is simultaneously received by S1 and S2, and S1 sets the T7 period data channel from the ACK of the feedback data of the self and the NACK of the feedback data of S2. The transmit state is converted to the receive state (the corresponding transmit dominant frame is converted to a full receive frame).

在数据信道T7时段,S2根据R2N重发R2,S1接收R2。During the data channel T7 period, S2 retransmits R2 according to R2N, and S1 receives R2.

在控制信道T8时段,S1接收主节点反馈的R2的A/N消息,来决定在后续的T9时刻是否协作发送R2。During the control channel T8 period, S1 receives the A/N message of R2 fed back by the master node to determine whether to jointly transmit R2 at the subsequent T9 time.

在本申请实施例中,也可以根据根据子节点自身的ACK转换帧格式。In this embodiment of the present application, the frame format may also be converted according to the ACK according to the child node itself.

在图28中方案的基础上,有如下差异。On the basis of the scheme in Fig. 28, there are the following differences.

为主节点M和一组子节点S1、S2半静态配置协作行为,帧格式转换的情况还可以包括以下两种情况。The cooperative behavior of the primary node M and the set of child nodes S1 and S2 is semi-statically configured. The case of frame format conversion may also include the following two cases.

一种可能的方式,子节点接收到自身反馈数据的ACK信息或者译码自身数据正确后,可选地,同时如果在控制信道接收到其他子节点发送的NACK信息,则帧格式在给定时间从发送态转换到接收态。该状态改变可以发生在一个传输帧内,比如发送占优帧的发送符号转换为接收符号。In a possible manner, after the sub-node receives the ACK information of the self-feedback data or decodes the self-data correctly, optionally, if the NACK information sent by other sub-nodes is received on the control channel, the frame format is at a given time. Switch from the transmit state to the receive state. This state change can occur within a transmission frame, such as a transmitted symbol that transmits a dominant frame is converted to a received symbol.

一种可能的方式,子节点接收到自身反馈数据的ACK信息或者译码自身数据正确后,可选地,同时如果在控制信道接收到其他多个子节点发送的NACK和ACK信息,则根据一定准则判断帧格式是否在给定时间从发送态转换到接收态。该状态改变可以发生在一个传输帧内,比如发送占优帧的发送符号转换为接收符号。其中,所述的一定准则可以依据多个子节点的传输次数、信道质量、NACK和ACK的比例等来判定。In a possible manner, after the sub-node receives the ACK information of the self-feedback data or decodes the self-data correctly, optionally, if the NACK and ACK information sent by the other multiple sub-nodes are received on the control channel, according to certain criteria Determines whether the frame format is converted from the transmit state to the receive state at a given time. This state change can occur within a transmission frame, such as a transmitted symbol that transmits a dominant frame is converted to a received symbol. The certain criterion may be determined according to the number of transmissions of multiple child nodes, the channel quality, the ratio of NACK and ACK, and the like.

通过本申请实施例,能够尽早接收到需要协作发送的子节点的反馈数据,并在下一个时刻协作发送,提升反馈数据的接收性能。With the embodiment of the present application, the feedback data of the child nodes that need to be cooperatively transmitted can be received as early as possible, and the data is cooperatively transmitted at the next moment to improve the receiving performance of the feedback data.

以图34为例,在控制信道T6时段,主节点反馈R1A和R2N,并同时被S1和S2接收,S1根据自身反馈数据的ACK以及S2的反馈数据的NACK,将T7时段数据信道从发送态转换为接收态(对应的发送占优帧转换为全接收帧)。Taking FIG. 34 as an example, during the control channel T6 period, the master node feeds back R1A and R2N, and is simultaneously received by S1 and S2, and S1 transmits the T7 period data channel from the transmitting state according to the ACK of the self-feedback data and the NACK of the feedback data of S2. Converted to receive state (the corresponding transmit dominant frame is converted to full receive frame).

以图34为例,在数据信道T7时段,S2根据R2N重发R2,S1接收R2。Taking FIG. 34 as an example, in the data channel T7 period, S2 retransmits R2 according to R2N, and S1 receives R2.

以图34为例,在控制信道T8时段,S1接收主节点反馈的R2的ACK/NACK信息,来决定在后续的T9时段是否协作发送R2。Taking FIG. 34 as an example, during the control channel T8 period, S1 receives the ACK/NACK information of R2 fed back by the primary node to determine whether to jointly transmit R2 in the subsequent T9 period.

此外,可选地,在本申请实施例中,可以控制协作的发送功率。在图28中的方案的基础上,有如下差异。In addition, optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, the coordinated transmission power can be controlled. On the basis of the scheme in Fig. 28, there are the following differences.

为主节点M和一组子节点S1、S2半静态配置协作行为,增加功率分配的pattern配置。The master node M and a group of child nodes S1, S2 are semi-statically configured with cooperative behavior, and the pattern configuration of power allocation is increased.

一种可能的方式,对于不需要协作发送的用户资源(如已经收到ACK,或者未收到NACK等),将未发送的功率平均分配到其他需要发送的资源上。One possible way is to distribute the unsent power evenly to other resources that need to be sent for user resources that do not need to be co-transmitted (such as ACK has been received, or no NACK is received).

一种可能的方式,对于不需要协作发送的用户资源(如已经收到ACK,或者未收到NACK等),将未发送的功率按照一定准则分配到其他需要发送的资源上。该准则可以依据不同用户的信道质量、路由状态、传输次数,用户编号等进行功率分配。One possible way is to allocate unsent power to other resources that need to be sent according to certain criteria for user resources that do not need to be transmitted cooperatively (such as ACK has been received, or no NACK is received). The criterion can perform power allocation according to channel quality, routing state, number of transmissions, user number, and the like of different users.

此外,可选地,本申请实施例中,主节点可以联合反馈ACK/NACK。在图28中的方案的基础上,有如下差异。In addition, optionally, in the embodiment of the present application, the master node may jointly feed back ACK/NACK. On the basis of the scheme in Fig. 28, there are the following differences.

主节点反馈部分或所有子节点的ACK/NACK,可以将这些ACK/NACK进行联合编码,采用一个数据包的形式发送给子节点。The primary node feeds back some or all of the ACK/NACKs of the child nodes, and these ACK/NACKs can be jointly encoded and sent to the child nodes in the form of a data packet.

一种可能的方式,可以占用专有的控制信道;One possible way to occupy a proprietary control channel;

一种可能的方式,可以占用数据信道,并采用以下至少一种方式与正常的命令数据相区分:特定的时频资源、特定的RS序列、特定的CRC-RNTI等。One possible way is to occupy the data channel and distinguish it from the normal command data in at least one of the following: a specific time-frequency resource, a specific RS sequence, a specific CRC-RNTI, and the like.

一种可能的方式,联合编码的ACK/NACK可以采用多次发送的方式,并配置发送联合编码ACK/NACK的Timing时刻、周期、帧格式等参数。In a possible manner, the jointly encoded ACK/NACK may adopt a multiple transmission manner, and configure a Timing time, a period, a frame format and the like for transmitting a joint coded ACK/NACK.

基于上述技术方案,一方面,对于目标子节点来说,在第一时频资源上,可以同时与主节点、协作子节点传输第一数据;在第二时频资源上,可以同时与主节点、协作子 节点传输第二数据。因此,可以节省一次任务时间的时延,进一步可以提升效率。另一方面,在第一时频资源上,目标子节点既可以与主节点传输数据,也可以与协作子节点传输数据,可以进一步地节省资源。此外,目标子节点可以同时接收来自主节点和协作子节点的数据,可以提高目标子节点接收到数据的概率。此外,在本申请实施例中,不需要额外的调度和BWP切换,降低时延。Based on the foregoing technical solution, on the one hand, for the target child node, the first data may be simultaneously transmitted with the primary node and the coordinated child node on the first time-frequency resource; and the primary node may be simultaneously connected to the primary time-frequency resource. The cooperative child node transmits the second data. Therefore, the time delay of the task time can be saved, and the efficiency can be further improved. On the other hand, on the first time-frequency resource, the target child node can transmit data with the master node or transmit data with the cooperative child node, which can further save resources. In addition, the target child node can receive data from the master node and the cooperative child node at the same time, which can improve the probability that the target child node receives the data. In addition, in the embodiment of the present application, no additional scheduling and BWP switching are required, and the delay is reduced.

此外,通过本申请实施例,还可以获得多用户的频域信道分集增益。In addition, through the embodiments of the present application, the frequency domain channel diversity gain of multiple users can also be obtained.

应理解,上文中示出的实施例以主节点Master、子节点Slave为例详细说明了配置参数与帧格式、协作行为的关系,但这不应对本申请构成任何限定。It should be understood that the foregoing embodiment uses the master node Master and the child node Slave as an example to describe the relationship between the configuration parameters and the frame format and the cooperative behavior, but this should not be construed as limiting the application.

以上,列举了不同的配置参数、帧格式、协作行为在不同交互方式中的关系,以及在不同交互方式中子节点/主节点的帧格式的状态、协作行为等的转换。但应理解,这仅是为了便于理解而给出的示例,而不应对本申请构成任何限定。上述列举的配置参数、帧格式也仅仅是基于现有的方案确定,本申请也并不排除在未来的协议中赋予新的定义的可能。The above lists the different configuration parameters, the frame format, the relationship of the cooperative behavior in different interaction modes, and the transition of the state of the frame format of the child node/master node in different interaction modes, cooperative behavior, and the like. However, it should be understood that this is merely an example given for ease of understanding and should not be construed as limiting the application. The configuration parameters and frame formats enumerated above are also determined based on the existing schemes, and the present application does not exclude the possibility of giving new definitions in future protocols.

下面,从帧结构的角度示例性简述适用于本申请实施例的传输数据的方法。Hereinafter, a method of transmitting data suitable for the embodiment of the present application will be briefly exemplified from the perspective of a frame structure.

5G系统的帧结构为一种灵活配置的帧结构,协议定义14个符号为一个时隙slot,每个符号都可以是DL下行符号、UL上行符号、以及Flexible灵活符号中的任意一种。为方便描述,将DL下行符号简称为D、UL上行符号简称为U、Flexible灵活符号简称为X。协议同时定义了一个slot内的帧结构的多种可能的配置以及索引,具体的帧结构可以采用RRC半静态配置,也可以通过Group Common的L1信令进行配置,本申请实施例对此不作限定。The frame structure of the 5G system is a flexible configuration frame structure. The protocol defines 14 symbols as a slot of a slot, and each symbol can be any one of a DL downlink symbol, a UL uplink symbol, and a flexible flexible symbol. For convenience of description, the DL downlink symbol is simply referred to as D, the UL uplink symbol is simply referred to as U, and the flexible flexible symbol is simply referred to as X. The protocol also defines a plurality of possible configurations and indexes of the frame structure in a slot. The specific frame structure may be configured by using the RRC semi-static configuration, or may be configured by the Group Common L1 signaling, which is not limited in this embodiment. .

首先,表1示出了5G系统的常规循环前缀(Normal Cyclic Prefix,Normal CP)的帧结构。针对帧结构,本申请实施例提出了以下至少两种方式。First, Table 1 shows the frame structure of the Normal Cyclic Prefix (Normal CP) of the 5G system. For the frame structure, the embodiment of the present application proposes at least two ways.

方式一method one

定义新的符号类型Define a new symbol type

针对本申请帧结构转换的特点,定义新的符号类型,本申请实施例中称为自动转换符号(Autonomous Symbol)。具体地,对于不同的符号可以包括DL自动符号(为简单描述,简称为DA),UL自动符号(为简单描述,简称为UA),以及Flexible自动符号(为简单描述,简称为XA)等中的至少一种。或者,也可以不区分上下行,直接定义为A符号(可以将DA和UA都作为A符号)。这些新定义的符号可以与现有的三种类型符号共存,也可以部分或者全部替代现有的符号类型。以DA符号为例,其默认配置为DL符号,当符合帧结构转换条件时,则转换为UA符号或U符号或X符号。For the characteristics of the frame structure conversion of the present application, a new symbol type is defined, which is referred to as an Autonomous Symbol in the embodiment of the present application. Specifically, for different symbols, DL automatic symbols (for short description, abbreviated as DA), UL automatic symbols (for simple description, abbreviated as UA), and Flexible automatic symbols (for simple description, referred to as XA), etc., may be included. At least one of them. Alternatively, it is also possible to directly define the A symbol without distinguishing between the uplink and the downlink (it is possible to use both DA and UA as the A symbol). These newly defined symbols can coexist with the existing three types of symbols, or they can replace existing symbol types in part or in whole. Taking the DA symbol as an example, the default configuration is DL symbol, and when it conforms to the frame structure conversion condition, it is converted into a UA symbol or a U symbol or an X symbol.

可选地,如果通过半静态RRC信令或者动态L1信令配置帧结构转换条件,包含下面至少一种可能的条件。可选地,当转化条件大于一种时,可以对条件进行编号索引。Optionally, if the frame structure transition condition is configured by semi-static RRC signaling or dynamic L1 signaling, at least one possible condition is included. Alternatively, when the conversion condition is greater than one, the condition can be numbered and indexed.

一种可能的方式,当自身数据译码正确或错误,则进行帧结构转换;A possible way to perform frame structure conversion when the self data is decoded correctly or incorrectly;

表1.5G系统的Normal CP的帧结构Frame structure of Normal CP of Table 1.5G system

Figure PCTCN2018105206-appb-000001
Figure PCTCN2018105206-appb-000001

Figure PCTCN2018105206-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2018105206-appb-000002

一种可能的方式,当M个协作数据译码正确或错误或满足预设条件时,则进行帧结构转换,其中,假设N为总协作数据数,M大于或等于1,且M为小于或等于N的正整数;A possible way is to perform frame structure conversion when M cooperative data is decoded correctly or incorrectly or meets a preset condition, wherein N is assumed to be the total cooperative data number, M is greater than or equal to 1, and M is less than or a positive integer equal to N;

一种可能的方式,当自身数据译码正确或错误,同时当M个协作数据译码正确或错误或满足预设条件时,则进行帧结构转换;A possible way, when the self data is decoded correctly or incorrectly, and when the M cooperative data is decoded correctly or incorrectly or meets the preset condition, the frame structure conversion is performed;

一种可能的方式,当收到自身数据的非确认信息或者确认信息,则进行帧结构转换;a possible way, when receiving non-confirmation information or confirmation information of its own data, performing frame structure conversion;

一种可能的方式,当收到M个协作数据的非确认信息或者确认信息或满足预设条件时,则进行帧结构转换;In a possible manner, when the non-confirmation information or the confirmation information of the M cooperation data is received or the preset condition is met, the frame structure conversion is performed;

一种可能的方式,当收到自身数据的非确认信息或者确认信息,同时当收到M个协作数据的非确认信息或者确认信息或满足预设条件时,则进行帧结构转换。In a possible manner, when receiving the non-confirmation information or the confirmation information of the self data, and receiving the non-confirmation information or the confirmation information of the M cooperation data or satisfying the preset condition, the frame structure conversion is performed.

应理解,上述列出的可能的方式仅是示例性说明,本申请实施例并未限定于此,例如,可以是既满足:自身数据译码正确或错误,同时M个协作数据译码正确或错误或满足预设条件,又满足:收到自身数据的非确认信息或者确认信息,同时收到M个协作数据的非确认信息或者确认信息或满足预设条件时,再进行帧格式转换。It should be understood that the possible manners listed above are merely exemplary descriptions, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited thereto. For example, it may be satisfied that: the self data decoding is correct or incorrect, and the M cooperative data is decoded correctly or The error or the pre-set condition is satisfied, and the frame format conversion is performed after receiving the non-confirmation information or the confirmation information of the own data and receiving the non-confirmation information or the confirmation information of the M cooperation data or satisfying the preset condition.

可选地,通过半静态RRC信令或者动态L1信令配置帧结构转换的起始时间(Timing),包含下面至少一种可能的起始时间。可选地,当起始时间大于一种时,可以对起始时间进行编号索引。Optionally, the start time (Timing) of the frame structure conversion is configured by semi-static RRC signaling or dynamic L1 signaling, including at least one possible start time. Optionally, when the start time is greater than one, the start time may be numbered and indexed.

一种可能的方式,以当前所在的Symbol/mini-slot/slot/Frame为起点,第K个(其中K大于或等于0)Symbol/mini-slot/slot/Frame进行帧结构转换,其中比如K=1,即第1个slot进行帧结构转换,则表示下一个slot进行帧结构转换;One possible way is to start with the current Symbol/mini-slot/slot/Frame, and the Kth (where K is greater than or equal to 0) Symbol/mini-slot/slot/Frame for frame structure conversion, such as K =1, that is, the first slot performs frame structure conversion, indicating that the next slot performs frame structure conversion;

一种可能的方式,以当前所在的Symbol/mini-slot/slot/Frame为起点,第K个(其中K大于或等于0)不同符号类型边界,或第K个特定的符号类型边界进行帧结构转换,其中特定的符号类型边界比如X符号与UA符号的边界,将UA符号转换为DA符号。One possible way is to start with the current Symbol/mini-slot/slot/Frame, the Kth (where K is greater than or equal to 0) different symbol type boundaries, or the Kth specific symbol type boundary for frame structure A transformation in which a particular symbol type boundary, such as the boundary between an X symbol and a UA symbol, converts the UA symbol to a DA symbol.

需要说明,其中,当前所在的Symbol/mini-slot/slot/Frame可以是自身数据译码完成的时间,或者是协作数据译码完成的时间,或者是收到自身数据确认或非确认消息的时间,或者是收到协作数据确认或非确认消息的时间。It should be noted that the current Symbol/mini-slot/slot/Frame may be the time when the data decoding is completed, or the time when the cooperative data is decoded, or the time when the data confirmation or non-confirmation message is received. Or the time when a collaborative data confirmation or non-confirmation message is received.

应理解,上述列出的可能的方式仅是示例性说明,本申请实施例并未限定于此。It should be understood that the possible manners listed above are merely exemplary, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited thereto.

可选地,通过半静态RRC信令或者动态L1信令配置帧结构转换的持续时间(Duration),包含下面至少一种可能的持续时间。可选地,当持续时间大于一种时,可以对持续时间进行编号索引。Optionally, the duration of the frame structure transition is configured by semi-static RRC signaling or dynamic L1 signaling, including at least one possible duration below. Alternatively, the duration may be indexed when the duration is greater than one.

一种可能的方式,持续时间为L个Symbol/mini-slot/slot/Frame;One possible way, the duration is L Symbol/mini-slot/slot/Frame;

一种可能的方式,持续时间为时域pattern定义的模板,pattern模板的单位可以是Symbol/mini-slot/slot/Frame,时间上可以连续或者间隔。One possible way is that the duration is a template defined by the time domain pattern. The unit of the pattern template can be Symbol/mini-slot/slot/Frame, which can be continuous or spaced in time.

应理解,上述列出的可能的方式仅是示例性说明,本申请实施例并未限定于此。It should be understood that the possible manners listed above are merely exemplary, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited thereto.

可选地,通过半静态RRC信令或者动态L1信令配置帧结构转换后的符号格式,包含下面至少一种可能的方式。可选地,当帧结构转换方式大于一种时,可以对转换方式进行编号索引。Optionally, configuring the frame structure converted symbol format by semi-static RRC signaling or dynamic L1 signaling includes at least one possible manner. Optionally, when the frame structure conversion mode is greater than one type, the conversion mode may be numbered and indexed.

一种可能的方式,DA符号转换为UA符号或者U符号;One possible way, the DA symbol is converted to a UA symbol or a U symbol;

一种可能的方式,UA符号转换为DA符号或者D符号;One possible way, the UA symbol is converted to a DA symbol or a D symbol;

一种可能的方式,DA符号转换为XA符号或者X符号;One possible way to convert a DA symbol to an XA symbol or an X symbol;

一种可能的方式,UA符号转换为XA符号或者X符号。One possible way is to convert the UA symbol to an XA symbol or an X symbol.

应理解,上述列出的可能的方式仅是示例性说明,本申请实施例并未限定于此。It should be understood that the possible manners listed above are merely exemplary, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited thereto.

表2示出了本申请实施例的自动转换帧结构的一种形式。可选地,如表2,通过半静态RRC信令或者动态L1信令配置帧结构类型,包含下面至少一种可能的帧结构类型。可选地,当帧结构类型大于一种时,可以对帧结构类型进行编号索引。Table 2 shows a form of the automatic conversion frame structure of the embodiment of the present application. Optionally, as shown in Table 2, the frame structure type is configured by semi-static RRC signaling or dynamic L1 signaling, and includes at least one possible frame structure type. Optionally, when the frame structure type is greater than one type, the frame structure type may be numbered and indexed.

一种可能的方式,slot内为单一的DA或UA或XA的符号类型。One possible way, within the slot is a single DA or UA or XA symbol type.

具体地,以slot1配置表2格式0为例,当接收自身数据译码正确后,则在本slot内进行帧格式转换,将K个符号之后的DA符号转换为UA符号或U符号;Specifically, the slot 1 configuration table 2 format 0 is taken as an example. After the receiving self data is correctly decoded, the frame format conversion is performed in the slot, and the DA symbols after the K symbols are converted into the UA symbol or the U symbol.

具体地,以slot1配置表1格式0,slot2配置表2格式0为例,当slot1接收自身数据译码正确后,则在slot2内进行帧格式转换,将slot2的DA符号转换为UA符号或U符号;Specifically, slot 1 is configured with format 0 of slot 1 and slot 2 is configured with format 0 of table 2 as an example. When slot 1 receives its own data and decodes correctly, frame format conversion is performed in slot 2, and the DA symbol of slot 2 is converted into a UA symbol or U. symbol;

具体地,以slot1配置表1格式0,slot2配置表2格式0为例,当slot1的控制信道接收到协作数据的非确认信息后,则在slot2内进行帧格式转换,将slot2的DA符号转换为UA符号或U符号,进行协作数据的发送。Specifically, the slot 1 configuration table 1 format 0, the slot 2 configuration table 2 format 0 is taken as an example. When the slot 1 control channel receives the non-confirmation information of the cooperation data, the frame format conversion is performed in the slot 2, and the DA symbol of the slot 2 is converted. Coordinate data is transmitted for the UA symbol or U symbol.

表2.适用于本申请的自动转换帧结构Table 2. Automatic conversion frame structure suitable for this application

Figure PCTCN2018105206-appb-000003
Figure PCTCN2018105206-appb-000003

一种可能的方式,slot内配置多个不同类型的符号。比如配置M个DA符号、N个UA符号、P个XA符号、M’个D符号、N’个U符号、P’个X符号,其中满足M、N、P、M’、N’、P’的和为该slot的总符号数,且同时满足M、N、P、M’、N’、P’不同时为0。One possible way is to configure multiple different types of symbols in the slot. For example, configuring M DA symbols, N UA symbols, P XA symbols, M' D symbols, N' U symbols, P' X symbols, where M, N, P, M', N', P are satisfied. The sum of ' is the total number of symbols of the slot, and at the same time satisfying M, N, P, M', N', P' is 0 at the same time.

具体地,以slot1配置表2格式5为例,当前几个DA符号接收自身数据译码正确后,则在本slot内进行帧格式转换,将K个符号之后的DA符号转换为UA符号或U符号,同时在最后的U符号上反馈译码确认信息;Specifically, taking slot 1 configuration table 2 format 5 as an example, after the current DA symbols receive their own data decoding correctly, the frame format conversion is performed in the slot, and the DA symbols after the K symbols are converted into UA symbols or Us. Symbol, while feeding back the decoding confirmation information on the last U symbol;

具体地,以slot1配置表1格式28,slot2配置表2格式3为例,当slot1接收自身数据译码正确后,则在slot2内进行帧格式转换,将slot2的DA符号转换为UA符号或U符号,将slot2的UA符号转换为DA符号或D符号;Specifically, the slot 1 configuration table 1 format 28, the slot 2 configuration table 2 format 3 is taken as an example. When the slot 1 receives its own data decoding correctly, the frame format conversion is performed in the slot 2, and the DA symbol of the slot 2 is converted into the UA symbol or U. a symbol that converts the UA symbol of slot 2 into a DA symbol or a D symbol;

具体地,以slot1配置表2格式4,slot2配置表2格式3为例,当slot1接收自身数据译码正确后,则在slot1的符号类型边界将UA符号转换为DA符号或D符号,接收协作数据的非确认信息,同时在slot2内进行帧格式转换,将slot2的DA符号转换为UA符号或U符号,并发送协作数据,并将slot2的UA符号转换为DA符号或D符号;Specifically, the slot 2 configuration table 2 format 4, the slot 2 configuration table 2 format 3 is taken as an example. When the slot 1 receives its own data decoding correctly, the UA symbol is converted into the DA symbol or the D symbol at the symbol type boundary of the slot 1, and the cooperation is received. Non-confirmation information of the data, simultaneously performing frame format conversion in slot 2, converting the DA symbol of slot 2 into a UA symbol or a U symbol, and transmitting the cooperation data, and converting the UA symbol of slot 2 into a DA symbol or a D symbol;

具体地,以slot1配置表2格式9,slot2配置表2格式6为例,当slot1的D符号收到自身数据的确认信息,同时可选地收到协作数据的非确认信息时,则将slot2的UA符号转换为DA符号或D符号,接收协作数据,将slot2的DA符号转换为UA符号或U符号。Specifically, slot 1 is configured in Table 2 format 9, slot 2 is configured as Table 2 format 6 as an example. When the D symbol of slot 1 receives the confirmation information of its own data and optionally receives the non-confirmed information of the cooperation data, slot 2 is selected. The UA symbol is converted into a DA symbol or a D symbol, and the cooperative data is received, and the DA symbol of slot 2 is converted into a UA symbol or a U symbol.

一种可能的方式,配置slot内对应索引的符号方向相反的帧结构对,其中DA与UA,D与A等为符号相反。One possible way is to configure a frame structure pair with the opposite sign direction of the corresponding index in the slot, where DA and UA, D and A, etc. are opposite signs.

具体地,表2中的格式0/1,格式3/6,格式4/7,格式5/8互为符号相反的帧结构对,帧结构对在多个节点协作传输时,可以灵活改变帧结构方向,并进行有效的协作传输。Specifically, the format 0/1, the format 3/6, the format 4/7, and the format 5/8 in Table 2 are mutually opposite frame structure pairs, and the frame structure can flexibly change the frame when cooperatively transmitting at multiple nodes. Structure direction and effective collaborative transmission.

需要说明的是,表2的帧结构只是一个示例性说明,本申请实施例并未限定于此。例如,实际上每个slot可以包含任意个符号,比如7符号/14符号等,不同的帧结构可以任意组合成其他类型的帧结构,比如两个不同的7符号slot可以组成一个新的14符号slot的帧结构。It should be noted that the frame structure of Table 2 is only an exemplary description, and the embodiment of the present application is not limited thereto. For example, in fact, each slot can contain any number of symbols, such as 7 symbols / 14 symbols, etc. Different frame structures can be arbitrarily combined into other types of frame structures. For example, two different 7-symbol slots can form a new 14-symbol. The frame structure of the slot.

还需要说明的是,本申请实施例的帧结构可以与现有5G系统的帧结构组合使用,包括本申请帧结构中的某些符号替换为现有5G系统的符号,或者本申请帧结构的slot与5G系统的slot组成新的slot帧结构等。本申请的自动帧结构可以单独作为一个新的帧格式表,与5G系统的帧格式表联合应用,也可以作为5G系统的帧格式表的增补,进行统一的编号索引。It should be noted that the frame structure of the embodiment of the present application may be used in combination with the frame structure of the existing 5G system, including the replacement of some symbols in the frame structure of the present application with the symbols of the existing 5G system, or the frame structure of the present application. The slots of the slot and the 5G system form a new slot frame structure and the like. The automatic frame structure of the present application can be used as a new frame format table alone, combined with the frame format table of the 5G system, or as a supplement to the frame format table of the 5G system, and a unified number index is performed.

还需要说明的是,本本申请的帧结构可以应用于网络侧与网络侧之间通信,也可以用于网络侧与终端侧之间的上行/下行/辅助上行(Supplementary UpLink,SUL)通信,也可以用于终端侧与终端侧之间的D2D/SideLink通信等。It should be noted that the frame structure of the present application can be applied to communication between the network side and the network side, and can also be used for uplink/downward/supplementary uplink (SUL) communication between the network side and the terminal side. It can be used for D2D/SideLink communication between the terminal side and the terminal side.

可选地,可以通过半静态RRC信令或者动态L1信令配置DA/UA符号,与其他符号的配置信令的关系可以有以下至少一种方式。Optionally, the DA/UA symbol may be configured by semi-static RRC signaling or dynamic L1 signaling, and the relationship with the configuration signaling of other symbols may be at least one of the following manners.

一种可能的方式,半静态RRC信令或者动态L1信令配置的DA或UA可以修改半静态配置的X符号;或者不可以被其修改;In a possible manner, the semi-static RRC signaling or the dynamic L1 signaling configuration of the DA or UA may modify the semi-statically configured X symbol; or may not be modified by it;

一种可能的方式,半静态RRC信令或者动态L1信令配置的DA或UA可以修改动态L1信令配置的X符号,其中,动态L1信令可以是动态时隙格式指示域(Slot Format Indicator,SFI),也可以是小区级或用户级的L1信令;或者也可以不被其修改;In a possible manner, the DA or UA configured by the semi-static RRC signaling or the dynamic L1 signaling may modify the X symbol of the dynamic L1 signaling configuration, where the dynamic L1 signaling may be a dynamic slot format indicator field (Slot Format Indicator). , SFI), may also be L1 signaling at the cell level or user level; or may not be modified by it;

一种可能的方式,半静态RRC信令或者动态L1信令配置的DA或UA可以修改动态L1信令配置的D或U符号,其中,动态L1信令可以是动态SFI,也可以是小区级或用户级的L1信令;或者也可以不被其修改;In a possible manner, the DA or UA configured by the semi-static RRC signaling or the dynamic L1 signaling may modify the D or U symbol of the dynamic L1 signaling configuration, where the dynamic L1 signaling may be a dynamic SFI or a cell level. Or user-level L1 signaling; or it may not be modified by it;

一种可能的方式,半静态RRC信令或者动态L1信令配置的DA或UA可以修改测量相关的信号传输(如周期的或者半持续SPS的CSI-RS或者SRS等);或者也可以不被其修改;In a possible manner, the DA or UA configured by semi-static RRC signaling or dynamic L1 signaling may modify measurement related signal transmission (such as periodic or semi-persistent SPS CSI-RS or SRS, etc.); or may not be Its modification;

应理解,上述列出的可能的方式仅是示例性说明,本申请实施例并未限定于此。It should be understood that the possible manners listed above are merely exemplary, and the embodiments of the present application are not limited thereto.

方式二Way two

重用现有的标准定义的符号。不引入新的符号定义,重用现有标准的D、U、X符号,在约定的符号类型上可以进行帧结构的自动转换。Reuse symbols defined by existing standards. The new symbol definition is not introduced, the existing standard D, U, and X symbols are reused, and the frame structure can be automatically converted on the agreed symbol type.

可选地,通过半静态RRC信令或者动态L1信令配置帧结构可以进行自动转换的时间。Optionally, the time when the frame structure can be configured by semi-static RRC signaling or dynamic L1 signaling can be automatically converted.

一种可能的方式,半静态RRC信令配置自动转换生效,在该时间之后可以根据给定条件进行帧结构的转换;半静态RRC信令配置自动转换停止,在该时间之后不能再进行帧结构的转换;In a possible manner, the semi-static RRC signaling configuration automatic conversion takes effect, after which the frame structure can be converted according to a given condition; the semi-static RRC signaling configuration automatic conversion stops, and the frame structure cannot be performed after the time. Conversion

一种可能的方式,动态L1信令配置自动转换生效或停止,可选地可以通过对专有的DCI进行RNTI加扰的方式进行。In one possible way, the dynamic L1 signaling configuration automatic conversion takes effect or stops, optionally by means of RNTI scrambling on the proprietary DCI.

可选地,通过半静态RRC信令或者动态L1信令配置帧结构可以进行自动转换的符号类型,可选地,当有多种方式时,可以对多种方式进行编号索引。Optionally, the symbol type that can be automatically converted by configuring the frame structure by semi-static RRC signaling or dynamic L1 signaling, optionally, when there are multiple manners, multiple ways may be indexed.

一种可能的方式,只有X符号可以进行帧结构的自动转换;One possible way, only the X symbol can perform automatic conversion of the frame structure;

一种可能的方式,只有D或者U符号可以进行帧结构的自动转换;One possible way, only the D or U symbol can automatically convert the frame structure;

一种可能的方式,D、U和X符号都可以进行帧结构的自动转换。One possible way is that the D, U and X symbols can be automatically converted into a frame structure.

可选地,通过半静态RRC信令或者动态L1信令配置帧结构自动转换生效,当与其他符号的配置信令发生冲突时,可以有以下至少一种解决方式。Optionally, the frame structure automatic conversion is effective by using semi-static RRC signaling or dynamic L1 signaling, and when there is a conflict with configuration signaling of other symbols, at least one of the following solutions may be adopted.

一种可能的方式,通过半静态RRC信令或者动态L1信令配置帧结构自动转换生效,可以修改半静态配置的X符号;或者可以不被其修改;In a possible manner, the semi-static RRC signaling or the dynamic L1 signaling configuration frame structure automatic conversion takes effect, and the semi-statically configured X symbol may be modified; or may not be modified by the same;

一种可能的方式,通过半静态RRC信令或者动态L1信令配置帧结构自动转换生效,可以修改动态L1信令配置的X符号,其中,动态L1信令可以是动态SFI,也可以是小区级或用户级的L1信令;或者可以不被其修改;In a possible manner, the automatic conversion of the frame structure is implemented by the semi-static RRC signaling or the dynamic L1 signaling configuration, and the X symbol of the dynamic L1 signaling configuration may be modified. The dynamic L1 signaling may be a dynamic SFI or a cell. Level or user level L1 signaling; or may not be modified by it;

一种可能的方式,通过半静态RRC信令或者动态L1信令配置帧结构自动转换生效,可以修改动态L1信令配置的D或U符号,其中,动态L1信令可以是动态SFI,也可以是小区级或用户级的L1信令;或者可以不被其修改;In a possible manner, the automatic conversion of the frame structure is implemented by the semi-static RRC signaling or the dynamic L1 signaling configuration, and the D or U symbol configured by the dynamic L1 signaling may be modified. The dynamic L1 signaling may be a dynamic SFI, or may be It is L1 signaling at the cell level or user level; or it may not be modified by it;

一种可能的方式,半通过半静态RRC信令或者动态L1信令配置帧结构自动转换生效,可以修改测量相关的信号传输(如周期的或者半持续SPS的CSI-RS或者SRS等);或者可以不被其修改。In a possible manner, the frame structure automatic conversion is effective by semi-static RRC signaling or dynamic L1 signaling configuration, and the measurement related signal transmission (such as CSI-RS or SRS of periodic or semi-persistent SPS) may be modified; or Can not be modified by it.

此外,与方式一相似的,还可以有以下的配置:In addition, similar to the method 1, there are also the following configurations:

可选地,通过半静态RRC信令或者动态L1信令配置帧结构转换条件,包含下面至少一种可能的条件。可选地,当转化条件大于一种时,可以对条件进行编号索引。Optionally, the frame structure transition condition is configured by semi-static RRC signaling or dynamic L1 signaling, including at least one possible condition below. Alternatively, when the conversion condition is greater than one, the condition can be numbered and indexed.

一种可能的方式,当自身数据译码正确或错误,则进行帧结构转换;A possible way to perform frame structure conversion when the self data is decoded correctly or incorrectly;

一种可能的方式,当M个协作数据译码正确或错误或满足预设条件时,则进行帧结构转换,其中,假设N为总协作数据数,M大于或等于1,且M为小于或等于N的正整数;A possible way is to perform frame structure conversion when M cooperative data is decoded correctly or incorrectly or meets a preset condition, wherein N is assumed to be the total cooperative data number, M is greater than or equal to 1, and M is less than or a positive integer equal to N;

一种可能的方式,当自身数据译码正确或错误,同时当M个协作数据译码正确或错误或满足预设条件时,则进行帧结构转换;A possible way, when the self data is decoded correctly or incorrectly, and when the M cooperative data is decoded correctly or incorrectly or meets the preset condition, the frame structure conversion is performed;

一种可能的方式,当收到自身数据的非确认信息或者确认信息,则进行帧结构转换;a possible way, when receiving non-confirmation information or confirmation information of its own data, performing frame structure conversion;

一种可能的方式,当收到M个协作数据的非确认信息或者确认信息或满足预设条件时,则进行帧结构转换;In a possible manner, when the non-confirmation information or the confirmation information of the M cooperation data is received or the preset condition is met, the frame structure conversion is performed;

一种可能的方式,当收到自身数据的非确认信息或者确认信息,同时当收到M个协作数据的非确认信息或者确认信息或满足预设条件时,则进行帧结构转换。In a possible manner, when receiving the non-confirmation information or the confirmation information of the self data, and receiving the non-confirmation information or the confirmation information of the M cooperation data or satisfying the preset condition, the frame structure conversion is performed.

可选地,通过半静态RRC信令或者动态L1信令配置帧结构转换的起始时间(Timing),包含下面至少一种可能的起始时间。可选地,当起始时间大于一种时,可以对起始时间进行编号索引。Optionally, the start time (Timing) of the frame structure conversion is configured by semi-static RRC signaling or dynamic L1 signaling, including at least one possible start time. Optionally, when the start time is greater than one, the start time may be numbered and indexed.

一种可能的方式,以当前所在的Symbol/mini-slot/slot/Frame为起点,第K个(其中K大于等于0)Symbol/mini-slot/slot/Frame进行帧结构转换,其中比如第1个slot则表示下一个slot进行帧结构转换;One possible way is to start with the current Symbol/mini-slot/slot/Frame, and the Kth (where K is greater than or equal to 0) Symbol/mini-slot/slot/Frame for frame structure conversion, such as the first Slots represent the next slot for frame structure conversion;

一种可能的方式,以当前所在的Symbol/mini-slot/slot/Frame为起点,第K个(其中K大于等于0)不同符号类型边界,或第K个特定的符号类型边界进行帧结构转换,其中特定的符号类型边界比如X符号与UA符号的边界,将UA符号转换为DA符号。One possible way is to start with the current Symbol/mini-slot/slot/Frame, the Kth (where K is greater than or equal to 0) different symbol type boundaries, or the Kth specific symbol type boundary for frame structure conversion Where a particular symbol type boundary, such as the boundary between the X symbol and the UA symbol, converts the UA symbol to a DA symbol.

需要说明,其中当前所在的Symbol/mini-slot/slot/Frame可以是自身数据译码完成的时间,或者是协作数据译码完成的时间,或者是收到自身数据确认或非确认消息的时间,或者是收到协作数据确认或非确认消息的时间。It should be noted that the currently located Symbol/mini-slot/slot/Frame may be the time when the data decoding is completed, or the time when the cooperative data is decoded, or the time when the data confirmation or non-confirmation message is received. Or the time when a collaborative data confirmation or non-confirmation message is received.

可选地,通过半静态RRC信令或者动态L1信令配置帧结构转换的持续时间(Duration),包含下面至少一种可能的持续时间。可选地,当持续时间大于一种时,可以对持续时间进行编号索引。Optionally, the duration of the frame structure transition is configured by semi-static RRC signaling or dynamic L1 signaling, including at least one possible duration below. Alternatively, the duration may be indexed when the duration is greater than one.

一种可能的方式,持续时间为L个Symbol/mini-slot/slot/Frame;One possible way, the duration is L Symbol/mini-slot/slot/Frame;

一种可能的方式,持续时间为时域pattern定义的模板,pattern模板的单位可以是Symbol/mini-slot/slot/Frame,时间上可以连续或者间隔。One possible way is that the duration is a template defined by the time domain pattern. The unit of the pattern template can be Symbol/mini-slot/slot/Frame, which can be continuous or spaced in time.

应理解,上述仅是示例性说明,本申请并未限定于此。It should be understood that the foregoing is merely illustrative, and the application is not limited thereto.

上文基于不同的交互角度、以及帧结构角度,介绍了本申请实施例的传输数据的方法。The method for transmitting data in the embodiment of the present application is described above based on different interaction angles and frame structure angles.

基于上述技术方案,目标子节点通过自身频段接收对应自身的数据,目标子节点还可以通过协作频段接收协作数据,其中,协作数据可以是其他节点对应的数据,自身频段和协作频段可以是预先配置的资源。通过预先配置的资源,分别在不同的资源上接收自身数据和协作数据,从而可以避免第一节点先要去侦听信道是否空闲,再进行传输所带来的时延,而且可以节省资源。Based on the foregoing technical solution, the target child node receives the data corresponding to itself through the own frequency band, and the target child node can also receive the cooperation data through the cooperative frequency band, wherein the cooperation data may be data corresponding to other nodes, and the self frequency band and the cooperation frequency band may be pre-configured. resource of. The pre-configured resources respectively receive their own data and collaboration data on different resources, thereby preventing the first node from first listening to whether the channel is idle, and then delaying the transmission, and saving resources.

基于上述技术方案,不仅可以节省资源、降低时延,而且各个节点可以根据情况,转换帧格式的状态,进而节约资源,提高效率。Based on the foregoing technical solution, not only resources can be saved, delay is reduced, but each node can convert the state of the frame format according to the situation, thereby saving resources and improving efficiency.

基于上述技术方案,不仅可以节省资源、降低时延,而且还可以避免多用户之间的互相干扰。此外,网络侧可以按照单一资源映射方式进行解调,复杂度低,边缘覆盖性能好。Based on the above technical solution, not only resources can be saved, delay can be reduced, but also mutual interference between multiple users can be avoided. In addition, the network side can perform demodulation according to a single resource mapping manner, with low complexity and good edge coverage performance.

应理解,上文中仅为便于理解,以一个主节点与多个子节点的交互为例详细说明了本申请实施例提供的传输数据的方法,但这不应对本申请构成任何限定。例如,可以是多个主节点与多个子节点传输,本申请对此不做限定。It should be understood that the method for transmitting data provided by the embodiment of the present application is described in detail by taking the interaction of a master node and multiple child nodes as an example for convenience of understanding, but this should not constitute any limitation on the present application. For example, multiple primary nodes and multiple child nodes may be transmitted, which is not limited in this application.

还应理解,在本申请的各实施例中,各过程的序号的大小并不意味着执行顺序的先后,各过程的执行顺序应以其功能和内在逻辑确定,而不应对本申请实施例的实施过程构成任何限定。It should also be understood that, in the embodiments of the present application, the size of the sequence number of each process does not mean the order of execution, and the order of execution of each process should be determined by its function and internal logic, and should not be taken by the embodiment of the present application. The implementation process constitutes any qualification.

以上,结合图6至图34对本申请实施例的传输数据的方法做了详细说明。以下,结合图35至图37对本申请实施例的传输数据的装置进行详细说明。The method for transmitting data in the embodiment of the present application has been described in detail above with reference to FIG. 6 to FIG. Hereinafter, an apparatus for transmitting data according to an embodiment of the present application will be described in detail with reference to FIGS. 35 to 37.

图35是本申请实施例提供的传输数据的装置的示意性框图。如图35所示,该传输数据的装置500可以包括:第一收发单元510和第二收发单元520。FIG. 35 is a schematic block diagram of an apparatus for transmitting data according to an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 35, the apparatus 500 for transmitting data may include: a first transceiver unit 510 and a second transceiver unit 520.

在一种可能的设计中,该装置500可以为终端设备或配置于终端设备中的芯片。In one possible design, the device 500 can be a terminal device or a chip configured in the terminal device.

在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一收发单元510可用于在第一时间段在分配给所述第一节点的第一资源上接收所述第一节点的第一数据且在分配给第二节点的第二资源上接收所述第二节点的第二数据;In a possible implementation manner, the first transceiver unit 510 is configured to receive first data of the first node and allocate to the first data on a first resource allocated to the first node in a first time period. Receiving, by the second resource of the two nodes, the second data of the second node;

第二收发单元520用于:根据第一规则在第二时间段在所述第二资源上发送所述第二数据;其中,所述第一规则包括以下一项或多项:The second transceiver unit 520 is configured to: send the second data on the second resource in a second time period according to the first rule; where the first rule includes one or more of the following:

若所述第一数据成功接收或者译码正确,发送所述第二数据;Sending the second data if the first data is successfully received or decoded correctly;

若接收到指示所述第二数据接收失败的第一反馈信息,发送所述第二数据;Sending the second data if receiving the first feedback information indicating that the second data reception fails;

若当前时间段为所述第二时间段,发送所述第二数据;Sending the second data if the current time period is the second time period;

若所述第二数据的紧急程度满足紧急条件,发送所述第二数据。And transmitting the second data if the urgency of the second data meets an emergency condition.

可选地,若第一收发单元510接收到指示所述第二数据成功接收的第二反馈信息,第一收发单元520停止发送所述第二数据,所述第二反馈信息是在所述第二资源或者第三资源上发送的,所述第三资源为所述第一节点和所述第二节点共用的资源。Optionally, if the first transceiver unit 510 receives the second feedback information indicating that the second data is successfully received, the first transceiver unit 520 stops transmitting the second data, where the second feedback information is in the first And being sent by the second resource or the third resource, where the third resource is a resource shared by the first node and the second node.

可选地,第一收发单元510可用于接收第一配置,所述第一配置用于指示所述第一资源和所述第二资源。Optionally, the first transceiver unit 510 is configured to receive a first configuration, where the first configuration is used to indicate the first resource and the second resource.

可选地,所述第一配置还用于指示所述第三资源。Optionally, the first configuration is further used to indicate the third resource.

可选地,第一收发单元510可用于接收第二配置,所述第二配置用于指示所述第一规则。Optionally, the first transceiver unit 510 is configured to receive a second configuration, where the second configuration is used to indicate the first rule.

可选地,第一收发单元510可用于接收第三配置,所述第三配置用于指示所述第二时间段。Optionally, the first transceiver unit 510 is configured to receive a third configuration, where the third configuration is used to indicate the second time period.

可选地,所述第三配置通过指示以下一项或多项来指示所述第二时间段:Optionally, the third configuration indicates the second time period by indicating one or more of the following:

所述第二时间段的起始位置;a starting position of the second time period;

所述第二时间段的时长;The duration of the second period of time;

所述第二时间段的时域样式;a time domain pattern of the second time period;

所述第二时间段与所述第一时间段的时域间隔;a time domain interval between the second time period and the first time period;

所述第二时间段所占用的时间单元类型。The type of time unit occupied by the second time period.

可选地,第一收发单元510可用于接收第四配置,所述第四配置用于指示所述第一时间段。Optionally, the first transceiver unit 510 is configured to receive a fourth configuration, where the fourth configuration is used to indicate the first time period.

可选地,所述第四配置通过指示以下一项或多项来指示所述第一时间段:Optionally, the fourth configuration indicates the first time period by indicating one or more of the following:

所述第一时间段的起始位置;a starting position of the first time period;

所述第一时间段的时长;The duration of the first period of time;

所述第一时间段的时域样式;a time domain pattern of the first time period;

所述第一时间段所占用的时间单元类型。The type of time unit occupied by the first time period.

在另一种可能的实现方式中,该第一收发单元510可用于在第一时间段在分配给第二节点的第二资源上接收所述第二节点的第二数据;In another possible implementation manner, the first transceiver unit 510 is configured to receive second data of the second node on a second resource allocated to the second node in a first time period;

第二收发单元520用于:根据第一规则在第二时间段,在分配给所述第一节点的第一资源上发送所述第一节点的第一数据且在所述第二资源上发送所述第二数据;其中,所述第一规则包括以下一项或多项:The second transceiver unit 520 is configured to: send, according to the first rule, the first data of the first node and send the second resource on the first resource allocated to the first node in a second time period The second data; wherein the first rule comprises one or more of the following:

若所述第二数据成功接收或者译码正确,发送所述第二数据;Sending the second data if the second data is successfully received or decoded correctly;

若成功接收M个节点的数据,所述M满足阈值,发送所述第二数据,其中,所述M个节点包括所述第二节点,M为正整数;If the data of the M nodes is successfully received, the M meets the threshold, and the second data is sent, where the M nodes include the second node, where M is a positive integer;

若接收到指示所述第二数据接收失败的第一反馈信息,发送所述第二数据;Sending the second data if receiving the first feedback information indicating that the second data reception fails;

若当前时间段为所述第二时间段,发送所述第二数据;Sending the second data if the current time period is the second time period;

若所述第二数据的紧急程度满足紧急条件,发送所述第二数据。And transmitting the second data if the urgency of the second data meets an emergency condition.

可选地,若第一收发单元510接收到指示所述第二数据成功接收的第二反馈信息,第一收发单元520停止发送所述第二数据,所述第二反馈信息是在所述第二资源或者第三资源上发送的,所述第三资源为所述第一节点和所述第二节点共用的资源。Optionally, if the first transceiver unit 510 receives the second feedback information indicating that the second data is successfully received, the first transceiver unit 520 stops transmitting the second data, where the second feedback information is in the first And being sent by the second resource or the third resource, where the third resource is a resource shared by the first node and the second node.

可选地,第一收发单元510可用于接收第一配置,所述第一配置用于指示所述第一 资源和所述第二资源。Optionally, the first transceiver unit 510 is configured to receive a first configuration, where the first configuration is used to indicate the first resource and the second resource.

可选地,所述第一配置还用于指示所述第三资源。Optionally, the first configuration is further used to indicate the third resource.

可选地,第一收发单元510可用于接收第二配置,所述第二配置用于指示所述第一规则。Optionally, the first transceiver unit 510 is configured to receive a second configuration, where the second configuration is used to indicate the first rule.

可选地,第一收发单元510可用于接收第三配置,所述第三配置用于指示所述第二时间段。Optionally, the first transceiver unit 510 is configured to receive a third configuration, where the third configuration is used to indicate the second time period.

可选地,所述第三配置通过指示以下一项或多项来指示所述第二时间段:Optionally, the third configuration indicates the second time period by indicating one or more of the following:

所述第二时间段的起始位置;a starting position of the second time period;

所述第二时间段的时长;The duration of the second period of time;

所述第二时间段的时域样式;a time domain pattern of the second time period;

所述第二时间段与所述第一时间段的时域间隔;a time domain interval between the second time period and the first time period;

所述第二时间段所占用的时间单元类型。The type of time unit occupied by the second time period.

可选地,第一收发单元510可用于接收第四配置,所述第四配置用于指示所述第一时间段。Optionally, the first transceiver unit 510 is configured to receive a fourth configuration, where the fourth configuration is used to indicate the first time period.

可选地,所述第四配置通过指示以下一项或多项来指示所述第一时间段:Optionally, the fourth configuration indicates the first time period by indicating one or more of the following:

所述第一时间段的起始位置;a starting position of the first time period;

所述第一时间段的时长;The duration of the first period of time;

所述第一时间段的时域样式;a time domain pattern of the first time period;

所述第一时间段所占用的时间单元类型。The type of time unit occupied by the first time period.

在另一种可能的实现方式中,该第一收发单元510可用于通过第一频段接收第一数据,所述第一数据的目的节点为所述第一节点;In another possible implementation manner, the first transceiver unit 510 is configured to receive first data by using a first frequency band, where the destination node of the first data is the first node;

第二收发单元520用于:通过第二频段接收第二数据,所述第二数据的目的节点为第二节点。The second transceiver unit 520 is configured to: receive second data by using a second frequency band, where the destination node of the second data is a second node.

可选地,第二收发单元520用于:通过所述第二频段向所述第二节点发送所述第二数据。Optionally, the second transceiver unit 520 is configured to: send the second data to the second node by using the second frequency band.

可选地,装置500还包括处理单元530,在处理单元530确定所述第一数据译码正确时,第二收发单元520用于通过所述第二频段向所述第二节点发送所述第二数据。Optionally, the apparatus 500 further includes a processing unit 530, when the processing unit 530 determines that the first data is correctly decoded, the second transceiver unit 520 is configured to send the first node to the second node by using the second frequency band. Two data.

可选地,第二收发单元520用于:在接收到所述第二节点发送的针对所述第二数据的非确认信息时,通过所述第二频段向所述第二节点发送所述第二数据。Optionally, the second transceiver unit 520 is configured to: when receiving the non-acknowledgment information for the second data sent by the second node, send the first node to the second node by using the second frequency band Two data.

可选地,在处理单元530确定所述第二数据的紧急程度满足预设条件时,第二收发单元520用于通过所述第二频段向所述第二节点发送所述第二数据。Optionally, when the processing unit 530 determines that the urgency of the second data meets the preset condition, the second transceiver unit 520 is configured to send the second data to the second node by using the second frequency band.

可选地,第一收发单元510可用于:通过所述第一频段或预设的第三频段,发送针对所述第一数据的确认信息,以便于接收到所述确认信息的节点根据所述确认信息停止发送所述第一数据。Optionally, the first transceiver unit 510 is configured to: send, by using the first frequency band or the preset third frequency band, acknowledge information for the first data, so that the node that receives the acknowledgement information is configured according to the The confirmation message stops transmitting the first data.

基于上述技术方案,第一节点通过自身频段(即,第一频段的一例)接收对应自身的数据(即,第一数据的一例),第一节点还可以通过协作频段(即,第二频段的一例)接收协作数据(即,第二数据的一例),其中,协作数据可以是其他节点对应的数据,自身频段和协作频段可以是预先配置的资源。通过预先配置的资源,分别在不同的资源上接收自身数据和协作数据,从而可以避免第一节点先要去侦听信道是否空闲,再 进行传输所带来的时延,而且可以节省资源。此外,各个节点之间可以在一次任务时间内,就可以通过预配置的资源交互数据,进而也可以缩短时延。Based on the foregoing technical solution, the first node receives data corresponding to itself (that is, an example of the first data) through the own frequency band (ie, an example of the first frequency band), and the first node may also pass the cooperative frequency band (ie, the second frequency band) For example, the cooperation data (ie, an example of the second data) is received, where the cooperation data may be data corresponding to other nodes, and the self frequency band and the cooperation frequency band may be pre-configured resources. The pre-configured resources respectively receive their own data and collaboration data on different resources, thereby preventing the first node from first listening to whether the channel is idle, and then delaying the transmission, and saving resources. In addition, each node can exchange data through pre-configured resources within one task time, and thus can also shorten the delay.

另一种可能的实现方式,该第一收发单元510可用于通过第一频段发送第一数据,所述第一数据是所述第一节点产生的数据;In another possible implementation, the first transceiver unit 510 is configured to send first data by using a first frequency band, where the first data is data generated by the first node;

第二收发单元520用于:通过第二频段接收第二数据,所述第二数据是第二节点产生的数据,或,所述第二数据的目的节点为第二节点。The second transceiver unit 520 is configured to: receive the second data by using the second frequency band, where the second data is data generated by the second node, or the destination node of the second data is the second node.

可选地,第二收发单元520用于通过所述第二频段发送所述第二数据。Optionally, the second transceiver unit 520 is configured to send the second data by using the second frequency band.

可选地,第二收发单元520用于接收到针对所述第二数据的非确认信息时,第二收发单元520用于通过所述第二频段发送所述第二数据;或Optionally, when the second transceiver unit 520 is configured to receive the non-acknowledgment information for the second data, the second transceiver unit 520 is configured to send the second data by using the second frequency band; or

处理单元530确定所述第二数据的紧急程度满足预设条件时,第二收发单元520用于通过所述第二频段发送所述第二数据。When the processing unit 530 determines that the urgency of the second data meets the preset condition, the second transceiver unit 520 is configured to send the second data by using the second frequency band.

可选地,第一收发单元510可用于通过所述第一频段接收针对所述第一数据的确认信息,以便于所述第一节点根据所述确认信息停止发送所述第一数据。Optionally, the first transceiver unit 510 is configured to receive, by using the first frequency band, acknowledge information for the first data, so that the first node stops sending the first data according to the acknowledgement information.

基于上述技术方案,第一节点通过自身频段(即,第一频段的一例)发送对应自身的数据(即,第一数据的一例),第一节点还可以通过协作频段(即,第二频段的一例)接收协作数据(即,第二数据的一例),其中,协作数据可以是其他节点对应的数据,自身频段和协作频段可以是预先配置的资源。通过预先配置的资源,分别在不同的资源上收发自身数据和协作数据,从而可以避免第一节点先要去侦听信道是否空闲,再进行传输所带来的时延。此外,各个节点之间可以在一次任务时间内,就可以通过预配置的资源交互数据,进而不仅可以节省资源,也可以缩短时延。Based on the foregoing technical solution, the first node sends data corresponding to itself (that is, an example of the first data) through the own frequency band (ie, an example of the first frequency band), and the first node may also pass the cooperative frequency band (ie, the second frequency band) For example, the cooperation data (ie, an example of the second data) is received, where the cooperation data may be data corresponding to other nodes, and the self frequency band and the cooperation frequency band may be pre-configured resources. The pre-configured resources respectively send and receive their own data and collaboration data on different resources, thereby preventing the first node from first listening to whether the channel is idle, and then delaying the transmission. In addition, each node can exchange data through pre-configured resources within one task time, thereby saving resources and shortening delay.

具体地,该传输数据的装置500可对应于根据本申请实施例的传输数据的方法200中的子节点,该传输数据的装置500可以包括用于方法200的子节点执行的方法的模块。并且,该传输数据的装置500中的各模块和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现方法200的相应流程,各单元执行上述相应步骤的具体过程在方法200中已经详细说明,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。In particular, the means 500 for transmitting data may correspond to a child node in the method 200 of transmitting data in accordance with an embodiment of the present application, which may include means for a method performed by a child of the method 200. Moreover, the modules in the device 500 for transmitting data and the other operations and/or functions described above are respectively used to implement the corresponding processes of the method 200, and the specific processes in which the respective units perform the above-mentioned respective steps have been described in detail in the method 200, for the sake of brevity, This will not be repeated here.

在另一种可能的实现方式中,处理单元530,确定公共资源的信息,所述公共资源能够用于一组子节点传输数据;处理单元530,确定第一资源与所述公共资源重叠的资源,所述重叠的资源用于所述第一子节点传输数据,其中,所述第一资源为所述第一子节点所占的资源,所述第一子节点是所述一组子节点中的任一子节点;所述第一收发单元510基于所述重叠的资源传输数据。In another possible implementation, the processing unit 530 determines information of a common resource, where the common resource can be used for transmitting data by a group of child nodes, and the processing unit 530 determines a resource that overlaps the first resource with the common resource. The overlapping resources are used by the first child node to transmit data, where the first resource is a resource occupied by the first child node, and the first child node is the group of child nodes. Any of the child nodes; the first transceiver unit 510 transmits data based on the overlapping resources.

可选地,处理单元530用于:确定所述公共资源上的至少一种资源映射方式,所述至少一种资源映射方式包括以下至少一种:先频域后时域、先时域后频域、时频混合映射。Optionally, the processing unit 530 is configured to: determine at least one resource mapping manner on the common resource, where the at least one resource mapping manner includes at least one of the following: a pre-frequency domain post-time domain, and a pre-time domain post-frequency Domain, time-frequency hybrid mapping.

可选地,处理单元530用于:在所述公共资源中,确定至少一个起始子载波的位置;所述处理单元530还用于:根据所述至少一个起始子载波的位置,确定第一资源与所述公共资源重叠的资源。Optionally, the processing unit 530 is configured to: determine a location of the at least one starting subcarrier in the common resource; the processing unit 530 is further configured to: determine, according to the location of the at least one starting subcarrier, A resource that overlaps with the common resource.

可选地,所述公共资源的信息包括索引表,所述索引表用于所述一组子节点从所述公共资源中确定用于传输数据的资源。Optionally, the information of the common resource includes an index table, where the index table is used by the group of child nodes to determine a resource for transmitting data from the common resource.

可选地,所述公共资源的信息包括至少一个冗余版本RV。Optionally, the information of the common resource includes at least one redundancy version RV.

具体地,该传输数据的装置500可对应于根据本申请实施例的传输数据的方法400 中的子节点,该传输数据的装置500可以包括用于方法400的子节点执行的方法的模块。并且,该传输数据的装置500中的各模块和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现方法400的相应流程,各单元执行上述相应步骤的具体过程在方法400中已经详细说明,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。In particular, the apparatus 500 for transmitting data may correspond to a child node in the method 400 of transmitting data in accordance with an embodiment of the present application, which may include a module for a method performed by a child of the method 400. In addition, the modules in the device 500 for transmitting data and the other operations and/or functions described above are respectively used to implement the corresponding processes of the method 400. The specific process for each unit to perform the above-mentioned corresponding steps has been described in detail in the method 400, for the sake of brevity, This will not be repeated here.

在另一种可能的设计中,该通信装置500可以为网络设备或配置于网络设备中的芯片。In another possible design, the communication device 500 can be a network device or a chip configured in the network device.

在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一收发单元510可用于向第一节点发送所述第一配置,其中,所述第一配置用于指示分配给所述第一节点的第一资源和分配给第二节点的第二资源;In a possible implementation manner, the first transceiver unit 510 is configured to send the first configuration to a first node, where the first configuration is used to indicate a first resource allocated to the first node a second resource assigned to the second node;

第二收发单元520用于:在第一时间段,在所述第一资源上发送所述第一节点的第一数据且在所述第二资源上发送所述第二节点的第二数据;其中,The second transceiver unit 520 is configured to: send the first data of the first node on the first resource and the second data of the second node on the second resource in a first time period; among them,

所述第二资源用于所述第一节点根据第一规则在第二时间段发送第二数据,所述第一规则包括以下一项或多项:The second resource is used by the first node to send second data in a second time period according to the first rule, where the first rule includes one or more of the following:

若所述第一数据成功接收或者译码正确,发送所述第二数据;Sending the second data if the first data is successfully received or decoded correctly;

若接收到指示所述第二数据接收失败的第一反馈信息,发送所述第二数据;Sending the second data if receiving the first feedback information indicating that the second data reception fails;

若当前时间段为所述第二时间段,发送所述第二数据;Sending the second data if the current time period is the second time period;

若所述第二数据的紧急程度满足紧急条件,发送所述第二数据。And transmitting the second data if the urgency of the second data meets an emergency condition.

可选地,若第一收发单元510若接收到指示所述第二数据成功接收的第二反馈信息,停止在所述第一时间段发送所述第二数据,所述第二反馈信息是在所述第二资源或者第三资源上发送的,所述第三资源为所述第一节点和所述第二节点共用的资源。Optionally, if the first transceiver unit 510 receives the second feedback information indicating that the second data is successfully received, stopping sending the second data in the first time period, where the second feedback information is And sending, by the second resource or the third resource, the third resource is a resource shared by the first node and the second node.

可选地,所述第一配置还用于指示所述第三资源。Optionally, the first configuration is further used to indicate the third resource.

可选地,第一收发单元510可用于发送第二配置,所述第二配置用于指示所述第一规则。Optionally, the first transceiver unit 510 is configured to send a second configuration, where the second configuration is used to indicate the first rule.

可选地,第一收发单元510可用于发送第三配置,所述第三配置用于指示所述第二时间段。Optionally, the first transceiver unit 510 is configured to send a third configuration, where the third configuration is used to indicate the second time period.

可选地,所述第三配置通过指示以下一项或多项来指示所述第二时间段:Optionally, the third configuration indicates the second time period by indicating one or more of the following:

所述第二时间段的起始位置;或者The starting position of the second time period; or

所述第二时间段的时长;或者The duration of the second period of time; or

所述第二时间段的时域样式;或者a time domain pattern of the second time period; or

所述第二时间段与所述第一时间段的时域间隔;或者The second time period is spaced from the time domain of the first time period; or

所述第二时间段所占用的时间单元类型。The type of time unit occupied by the second time period.

可选地,第一收发单元510可用于发送第四配置,所述第四配置用于指示所述第一时间段。Optionally, the first transceiver unit 510 is configured to send a fourth configuration, where the fourth configuration is used to indicate the first time period.

可选地,所述第四配置通过指示以下一项或多项来指示所述第一时间段:Optionally, the fourth configuration indicates the first time period by indicating one or more of the following:

所述第一时间段的起始位置;或者The starting position of the first time period; or

所述第一时间段的时长;或者The duration of the first period of time; or

所述第一时间段的时域样式;或者a time domain pattern of the first time period; or

所述第一时间段所占用的时间单元类型。The type of time unit occupied by the first time period.

在另一种可能的实现方式中,该第一收发单元510可用于向第一节点发送所述第一配置,其中,所述第一配置用于指示分配给所述第一节点的第一资源和分配给第二节点 的第二资源;In another possible implementation manner, the first transceiver unit 510 is configured to send the first configuration to a first node, where the first configuration is used to indicate a first resource that is allocated to the first node. And a second resource assigned to the second node;

第二收发单元520用于:在第一时间段,在所述第一资源上接收所述第一节点的第一数据且在所述第二资源上接收所述第二节点的第二数据;其中,The second transceiver unit 520 is configured to receive first data of the first node on the first resource and second data of the second node on the second resource in a first time period; among them,

所述第二资源用于所述第一节点根据第一规则在第二时间段发送第二数据,所述第一规则包括以下一项或多项:The second resource is used by the first node to send second data in a second time period according to the first rule, where the first rule includes one or more of the following:

若所述第二数据成功接收或者译码正确,发送所述第二数据;或者Sending the second data if the second data is successfully received or decoded correctly; or

若成功接收M个节点的数据,所述M满足阈值,发送所述第二数据,其中,所述M个节点包括所述第二节点,M为正整数;或者If the data of the M nodes is successfully received, the M satisfies a threshold, and the second data is sent, where the M nodes include the second node, and M is a positive integer; or

若接收到指示所述第二数据接收失败的第一反馈信息,发送所述第二数据;或者Sending the second data if receiving the first feedback information indicating that the second data reception fails; or

若当前时间段为所述第二时间段,发送所述第二数据;或者Sending the second data if the current time period is the second time period; or

若所述第二数据的紧急程度满足紧急条件,发送所述第二数据。And transmitting the second data if the urgency of the second data meets an emergency condition.

可选地,若第二收发单元520还用于:若成功接收所述第二数据,则发送指示所述第二数据成功接收的第二反馈信息,所述第二反馈信息用于指示停止发送所述第二数据,所述第二反馈信息是在所述第二资源或者第三资源上发送的,所述第三资源为所述第一节点和所述第二节点共用的资源。Optionally, if the second transceiver unit 520 is further configured to: if the second data is successfully received, send second feedback information indicating that the second data is successfully received, where the second feedback information is used to indicate to stop sending The second data, the second feedback information is sent on the second resource or the third resource, where the third resource is a resource shared by the first node and the second node.

可选地,所述第一配置还用于指示所述第三资源。Optionally, the first configuration is further used to indicate the third resource.

可选地,第一收发单元510可用于发送第二配置,所述第二配置用于指示所述第一规则。Optionally, the first transceiver unit 510 is configured to send a second configuration, where the second configuration is used to indicate the first rule.

可选地,第一收发单元510可用于发送第三配置,所述第三配置用于指示所述第二时间段。Optionally, the first transceiver unit 510 is configured to send a third configuration, where the third configuration is used to indicate the second time period.

可选地,所述第三配置通过指示以下一项或多项来指示所述第二时间段:Optionally, the third configuration indicates the second time period by indicating one or more of the following:

所述第二时间段的起始位置;或者The starting position of the second time period; or

所述第二时间段的时长;或者The duration of the second period of time; or

所述第二时间段的时域样式;或者a time domain pattern of the second time period; or

所述第二时间段与所述第一时间段的时域间隔;或者The second time period is spaced from the time domain of the first time period; or

所述第二时间段所占用的时间单元类型。The type of time unit occupied by the second time period.

可选地,第一收发单元510可用于接收第四配置,所述第四配置用于指示所述第一时间段。Optionally, the first transceiver unit 510 is configured to receive a fourth configuration, where the fourth configuration is used to indicate the first time period.

可选地,所述第四配置通过指示以下一项或多项来指示所述第一时间段:Optionally, the fourth configuration indicates the first time period by indicating one or more of the following:

所述第一时间段的起始位置;或者The starting position of the first time period; or

所述第一时间段的时长;或者The duration of the first period of time; or

所述第一时间段的时域样式;或者a time domain pattern of the first time period; or

所述第一时间段所占用的时间单元类型。The type of time unit occupied by the first time period.

在一种可能的实现方式中,该第一收发单元510可用于通过第一频段发送第一数据,所述第一数据的目的节点为第一节点;In a possible implementation manner, the first transceiver unit 510 is configured to send first data by using a first frequency band, where a destination node of the first data is a first node;

第二收发单元520用于:通过第二频段发送第二数据,所述第二数据的目的节点为第二节点。The second transceiver unit 520 is configured to: send the second data by using the second frequency band, where the destination node of the second data is the second node.

可选地,第一收发单元510用于通过所述第一频段或预设的第三频段,接收针对所述第一数据的第一反馈信息,并且处理单元530根据所述第一反馈信息确定是否停止发送所述第一数据;和/或Optionally, the first transceiver unit 510 is configured to receive first feedback information for the first data by using the first frequency band or a preset third frequency band, and the processing unit 530 determines, according to the first feedback information, Whether to stop sending the first data; and/or

第二收发单元520用于通过所述第二频段或所述第三频段,接收针对所述第二数据的反馈信息,并且处理单元530根据所述第二反馈信息确定是否停止发送所述第二数据。The second transceiver unit 520 is configured to receive feedback information for the second data by using the second frequency band or the third frequency band, and the processing unit 530 determines, according to the second feedback information, whether to stop sending the second data.

可选地,第一收发单元510通过所述第一频段或预设的第三频段,第一时刻之后,接收针对所述第一数据的第一反馈信息,所述第一时刻是自所述第三节点发送所述第一数据后经历预设的第一时长后的时刻;和/或Optionally, the first transceiver unit 510 receives, by using the first frequency band or the preset third frequency band, the first feedback information for the first data after the first time, the first time is from the a time after the third node sends the first data and experiences a preset first duration; and/or

第二收发单元520通过所述第二频段或所述第三频段,第二时刻之后,接收针对所述第二数据的第二反馈信息,所述第二时刻是自所述第三节点发送所述第二数据后经历预设的第二时长后的时刻。The second transceiver unit 520 receives the second feedback information for the second data after the second time interval by using the second frequency band or the third frequency band, where the second time is sent from the third node The time after the second data is subjected to the preset second time period.

基于上述技术方案,第三节点通过第一频段发送第一节点对应的第一数据,第三节点通过第二频段发送第二节点对应的第二数据,以便于其他节点在自身频段上接收自身的数据,在协作频段上接收协作数据。通过预先配置的资源,分别在不同的资源上发送数据,从而可以避免其他节点需要先去侦听信道是否空闲,再进行传输所带来的时延,而且可以节省资源。此外,各个节点之间可以在一次任务时间内,就可以通过预配置的资源交互数据,进而也可以缩短时延。Based on the foregoing technical solution, the third node sends the first data corresponding to the first node by using the first frequency band, and the third node sends the second data corresponding to the second node by using the second frequency band, so that other nodes receive their own in the frequency band. Data, receiving collaborative data on a cooperating band. Data is sent on different resources through pre-configured resources, so that other nodes need to first listen to whether the channel is idle, and then delay the transmission, and save resources. In addition, each node can exchange data through pre-configured resources within one task time, and thus can also shorten the delay.

在另一种可能的实现方式中,第一收发单元510可用于通过第一频段接收第一数据,所述第一数据是第一节点产生的数据;In another possible implementation manner, the first transceiver unit 510 is configured to receive first data by using a first frequency band, where the first data is data generated by the first node;

第二收发单元520用于:通过第二频段接收第二数据,所述第二数据是第二节点产生的数据。The second transceiver unit 520 is configured to: receive second data by using a second frequency band, where the second data is data generated by the second node.

可选地,第一收发单元510可用于通过所述第一频段或预设的第三频段,发送针对所述第一数据的确认信息,以便于接收到所述确认信息的节点根据所述确认信息停止发送所述第一数据;和/或Optionally, the first transceiver unit 510 is configured to send, by using the first frequency band or the preset third frequency band, acknowledge information for the first data, so that the node that receives the acknowledgement information is configured according to the acknowledgement The information stops transmitting the first data; and/or

第二收发单元520用于通过所述第二频段或预设的第三频段,发送针对所述第二数据的确认信息,以便于接收到所述确认信息的节点根据所述确认信息停止发送所述第二数据The second transceiver unit 520 is configured to send, by using the second frequency band or the preset third frequency band, acknowledge information for the second data, so that the node that receives the acknowledgement information stops sending according to the acknowledgement information. Second data

基于上述技术方案,第三节点通过第一频段接收第一节点对应的第一数据,第三节点通过第二频段接收第二节点对应的第二数据。换句话说,其他节点都可以通过预先配置的自身资源和协作资源,分别发送自身数据和协作数据从而可以避免其他节点需要先去侦听信道是否空闲,再进行传输所带来的时延,而且可以节省资源。此外,各个节点之间可以在一次任务时间内,就可以通过预配置的资源交互数据,进而也可以缩短时延。Based on the foregoing technical solution, the third node receives the first data corresponding to the first node by using the first frequency band, and the third node receives the second data corresponding to the second node by using the second frequency band. In other words, other nodes can separately transmit their own data and cooperative data through pre-configured self-resources and cooperative resources, thereby avoiding delays caused by other nodes needing to first listen to whether the channel is idle and then transmitting. Can save resources. In addition, each node can exchange data through pre-configured resources within one task time, and thus can also shorten the delay.

具体地,该装置500可对应于根据本申请实施例的方法200中的主节点,该装置500可以包括用于执行方法200的主节点执行的方法的模块。并且,该装置500中的各模块和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现方法200的相应流程,各单元执行上述相应步骤的具体过程在方法200中已经详细说明,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。In particular, the apparatus 500 can correspond to a master node in the method 200 in accordance with an embodiment of the present application, and the apparatus 500 can include means for performing a method performed by a master node of the method 200. In addition, the modules in the device 500 and the other operations and/or functions described above are respectively used to implement the corresponding processes of the method 200. The specific processes in which the respective units perform the above-mentioned corresponding steps have been described in detail in the method 200. For the sake of brevity, no longer Narration.

在另一种可能的实现方式中,处理单元530,确定公共资源的信息,所述公共资源能够用于一组子节点传输数据;确定第一资源与所述公共资源重叠的资源,所述重叠的资源用于所述第一子节点传输数据,其中,所述第一资源为所述第一子节点所占的资源,所述第一子节点是所述一组子节点中的任一子节点;基于所述重叠的资源,所述第一收发单元510与所述第一子节点传输数据。In another possible implementation manner, the processing unit 530 is configured to determine information of a common resource, where the common resource can be used to transmit data to a group of child nodes, and determine a resource in which the first resource overlaps with the common resource, where the overlapping The resource is used by the first child node to transmit data, where the first resource is a resource occupied by the first child node, and the first child node is any one of the group of child nodes. a node; based on the overlapping resources, the first transceiver unit 510 and the first child node transmit data.

可选地,处理单元530用于:确定所述公共资源上的至少一种资源映射方式,所述至少一种资源映射方式包括以下至少一种:先频域后时域、先时域后频域、时频混合映射。Optionally, the processing unit 530 is configured to: determine at least one resource mapping manner on the common resource, where the at least one resource mapping manner includes at least one of the following: a pre-frequency domain post-time domain, and a pre-time domain post-frequency Domain, time-frequency hybrid mapping.

可选地,处理单元530用于:在所述公共资源中,确定至少一个起始子载波的位置;所述处理单元530还用于:根据所述至少一个起始子载波的位置,确定第一资源与所述公共资源重叠的资源。Optionally, the processing unit 530 is configured to: determine a location of the at least one starting subcarrier in the common resource; the processing unit 530 is further configured to: determine, according to the location of the at least one starting subcarrier, A resource that overlaps with the common resource.

可选地,所述公共资源的信息包括索引表,所述索引表用于所述一组子节点从所述公共资源中确定用于传输数据的资源。Optionally, the information of the common resource includes an index table, where the index table is used by the group of child nodes to determine a resource for transmitting data from the common resource.

可选地,所述公共资源的信息包括至少一个冗余版本RV。Optionally, the information of the common resource includes at least one redundancy version RV.

具体地,该传输数据的装置500可对应于根据本申请实施例的传输数据的方法400中的主节点,该传输数据的装置500可以包括用于方法400的主节点执行的方法的模块。并且,该传输数据的装置500中的各模块和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现方法400的相应流程,各单元执行上述相应步骤的具体过程在方法400中已经详细说明,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。In particular, the means 500 for transmitting data may correspond to a master node in a method 400 of transmitting data in accordance with an embodiment of the present application, which may include means for a method performed by a master node of method 400. In addition, the modules in the device 500 for transmitting data and the other operations and/or functions described above are respectively used to implement the corresponding processes of the method 400. The specific process for each unit to perform the above-mentioned corresponding steps has been described in detail in the method 400, for the sake of brevity, This will not be repeated here.

图36是本申请一实施例提供的传输数据的设备600的结构示意图,该设备可以是终端设备。如图36所示,该设备600包括:处理器601和收发器602,可选地,该设备600还包括存储器603。其中,其中,处理器602、收发器602和存储器603之间通过内部连接通路互相通信,传递控制和/或数据信号,该存储器603用于存储计算机程序,该处理器601用于从该存储器603中调用并运行该计算机程序,以控制该收发器602收发信号。FIG. 36 is a schematic structural diagram of a device 600 for transmitting data according to an embodiment of the present disclosure, where the device may be a terminal device. As shown in FIG. 36, the device 600 includes a processor 601 and a transceiver 602. Optionally, the device 600 further includes a memory 603. Wherein, the processor 602, the transceiver 602 and the memory 603 communicate with each other through an internal connection path for transferring control and/or data signals, the memory 603 is for storing a computer program, and the processor 601 is used for the memory 603. The computer program is called and executed to control the transceiver 602 to send and receive signals.

上述处理器601和存储器603可以合成一个处理装置604,处理器601用于执行存储器603中存储的程序代码来实现上述功能。具体实现时,该存储器603也可以集成在处理器601中,或者独立于处理器601。上述设备600还可以包括天线610,用于将收发器602输出的上行数据或上行控制信令通过无线信号发送出去。The processor 601 and the memory 603 may be combined to form a processing device 604 for executing the program code stored in the memory 603 to implement the above functions. In a specific implementation, the memory 603 may also be integrated in the processor 601 or independent of the processor 601. The device 600 may further include an antenna 610, configured to send uplink data or uplink control signaling output by the transceiver 602 by using a wireless signal.

具体地,设备600可以对应于根据本申请实施例的方法200中的子节点,该设备600可以包括用于执行方法200的子节点执行的方法的模块,并且,该设备600中的各模块和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现方法200的相应流程。具体地,该存储器603用于存储程序代码,使得处理器601在执行该程序代码时,执行方法200中的译码、转换帧格式等过程,并控制收发器602执行方法200中的收发数据等过程,各模块执行上述相应步骤的具体过程在方法200中已经详细说明,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。In particular, device 600 may correspond to a child node in method 200 in accordance with an embodiment of the present application, which may include a module for performing a method performed by a child node of method 200, and each module in device 600 and The other operations and/or functions described above are respectively implemented to implement the corresponding processes of the method 200. Specifically, the memory 603 is configured to store program code, so that when the program code is executed, the processor 601 performs a process of decoding, converting a frame format, and the like in the method 200, and controls the transceiver 602 to execute the data to be transmitted and received in the method 200, and the like. The specific process of each module performing the above-mentioned corresponding steps has been described in detail in the method 200. For brevity, no further details are provided herein.

或者,设备600可以对应于根据本申请实施例的方法400中的子节点,该设备600可以包括用于执行方法400的子节点执行的方法的模块,并且,该设备600中的各模块和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现方法400的相应流程。具体地,该存储器603用于存储程序代码,使得处理器601在执行该程序代码时,执行方法400中的译码、转换帧格式等过程,并控制收发器602执行方法400中的收发数据等过程,各模块执行上述相应步骤的具体过程在方法400中已经详细说明,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Alternatively, device 600 may correspond to a child node in method 400 in accordance with an embodiment of the present application, which may include a module for performing a method performed by a child node of method 400, and each module in device 600 and described above Other operations and/or functions are respectively implemented to implement the corresponding processes of method 400. Specifically, the memory 603 is configured to store program code, so that when the program code is executed, the processor 601 performs a process of decoding, converting a frame format, and the like in the method 400, and controls the transceiver 602 to execute the data to be transmitted and received in the method 400, and the like. The specific process of each module performing the above-mentioned corresponding steps has been described in detail in the method 400. For brevity, no further details are provided herein.

上述处理器601可以用于执行前面方法实施例中描述的由终端内部实现的动作,而收发器602可以用于执行前面方法实施例中描述的终端(子节点)向网络设备(主节点)传输或者发送的动作。具体请见前面方法实施例中的描述,此处不再赘述。The above processor 601 can be used to perform the actions implemented by the terminal described in the foregoing method embodiments, and the transceiver 602 can be used to perform the transmission of the terminal (child node) described in the foregoing method embodiment to the network device (master node). Or the action sent. For details, please refer to the description in the previous method embodiments, and details are not described herein again.

上述处理器601和存储器603可以集成为一个处理装置,处理器601用于执行存储 器603中存储的程序代码来实现上述功能。具体实现时,该存储器603也可以集成在处理器601中。The above processor 601 and memory 603 can be integrated into one processing device, and the processor 601 is configured to execute program code stored in the memory 603 to implement the above functions. In a specific implementation, the memory 603 can also be integrated in the processor 601.

上述设备600还可以包括电源605,用于给终端中的各种器件或电路提供电源。The device 600 described above can also include a power source 605 for providing power to various devices or circuits in the terminal.

除此之外,为了使得设备的功能更加完善,该设备600还可以包括输入单元614,显示单元616,音频电路618,摄像头620和传感器622等中的一个或多个,所述音频电路还可以包括扬声器6182,麦克风6184等。In addition, in order to make the function of the device more perfect, the device 600 may further include one or more of an input unit 614, a display unit 616, an audio circuit 618, a camera 620, and a sensor 622, and the audio circuit may also Including speaker 6182, microphone 6184, and the like.

图37是本申请另一实施例提供的传输数据的设备700的结构示意图,该设备可以是网络设备。如图37所示,该设备700包括处理器710和收发器720。可选地,该设备700还包括存储器730。其中,处理器710、收发器720和存储器730之间通过内部连接通路互相通信,传递控制和/或数据信号,该存储器730用于存储计算机程序,该处理器710用于从该存储器730中调用并运行该计算机程序,以控制该收发器720收发信号。FIG. 37 is a schematic structural diagram of a device 700 for transmitting data according to another embodiment of the present disclosure, where the device may be a network device. As shown in FIG. 37, the device 700 includes a processor 710 and a transceiver 720. Optionally, the device 700 also includes a memory 730. The processor 710, the transceiver 720, and the memory 730 communicate with each other through an internal connection path for transferring control and/or data signals. The memory 730 is configured to store a computer program, and the processor 710 is configured to be called from the memory 730. The computer program is run to control the transceiver 720 to send and receive signals.

上述处理器710和存储器730可以合成一个处理装置,处理器710用于执行存储器730中存储的程序代码来实现上述功能。具体实现时,该存储器730也可以集成在处理器710中,或者独立于处理器710。The above processor 710 and memory 730 can synthesize a processing device, and the processor 710 is configured to execute the program code stored in the memory 730 to implement the above functions. In a specific implementation, the memory 730 can also be integrated in the processor 710 or independent of the processor 710.

上述设备还可以包括天线740,用于将收发器720输出的下行数据或下行控制信令通过无线信号发送出去。The device may further include an antenna 740, configured to send downlink data or downlink control signaling output by the transceiver 720 by using a wireless signal.

具体地,该设备700可对应于根据本申请实施例的方法200中的主节点,该设备700可以包括用于执行方法200的主节点执行的方法的模块。并且,该设备700中的各模块和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现方法200的相应流程。具体地,该存储器730用于存储程序代码,使得处理器710在执行该程序代码时,执行方法200中的译码、转换帧格式等过程,并控制该收发器720通过天线740执行方法200中的收发数据等过程,各模块执行上述相应步骤的具体过程在方法200中已经详细说明,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。In particular, the apparatus 700 may correspond to a primary node in the method 200 in accordance with an embodiment of the present application, and the apparatus 700 may include means for performing a method performed by a primary node of the method 200. Moreover, each module in the device 700 and the other operations and/or functions described above are respectively implemented to implement the corresponding processes of the method 200. Specifically, the memory 730 is configured to store program code, such that when the program code is executed, the processor 710 performs a process of decoding, converting a frame format, and the like in the method 200, and controls the transceiver 720 to execute the method 200 through the antenna 740. The specific process of performing the above-mentioned corresponding steps in each module is described in detail in the method 200. For brevity, no further details are provided herein.

或者,该设备700可对应于根据本申请实施例的方法400中的主节点,该设备700可以包括用于执行方法400的主节点执行的方法的模块。并且,该设备700中的各模块和上述其他操作和/或功能分别为了实现方法400的相应流程。具体地,该存储器730用于存储程序代码,使得处理器710在执行该程序代码时,执行方法400中的译码、转换帧格式等过程,并控制该收发器720通过天线740执行方法400中的收发数据等过程,各模块执行上述相应步骤的具体过程在方法400中已经详细说明,为了简洁,在此不再赘述。Alternatively, the device 700 can correspond to a master node in the method 400 in accordance with an embodiment of the present application, which can include a module for performing a method performed by a master node of the method 400. Moreover, the various modules in the device 700 and the other operations and/or functions described above are respectively implemented to implement the corresponding processes of the method 400. In particular, the memory 730 is configured to store program code such that when executing the program code, the processor 710 performs the decoding, conversion frame format, and the like in the method 400, and controls the transceiver 720 to perform the method 400 through the antenna 740. The specific process of performing the above-mentioned corresponding steps in each module is described in detail in the method 400. For brevity, no further details are provided herein.

应理解,本申请实施例中,该处理器可以为中央处理单元(central processing unit,CPU),该处理器还可以是其他通用处理器、数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP)、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、现成可编程门阵列(field programmable gate array,FPGA)或者其他可编程逻辑器件、分立门或者晶体管逻辑器件、分立硬件组件等。通用处理器可以是微处理器或者该处理器也可以是任何常规的处理器等。It should be understood that, in this embodiment of the present application, the processor may be a central processing unit (CPU), and the processor may also be other general-purpose processors, digital signal processors (DSPs), and dedicated integration. Application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), field programmable gate array (FPGA) or other programmable logic device, discrete gate or transistor logic device, discrete hardware component, etc. The general purpose processor may be a microprocessor or the processor or any conventional processor or the like.

还应理解,本申请实施例中的存储器可以是易失性存储器或非易失性存储器,或可包括易失性和非易失性存储器两者。其中,非易失性存储器可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)、可编程只读存储器(programmable ROM,PROM)、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable PROM,EPROM)、电可擦除可编程只读存储器(electrically  EPROM,EEPROM)或闪存。易失性存储器可以是随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM),其用作外部高速缓存。通过示例性但不是限制性说明,许多形式的随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)可用,例如静态随机存取存储器(static RAM,SRAM)、动态随机存取存储器(DRAM)、同步动态随机存取存储器(synchronous DRAM,SDRAM)、双倍数据速率同步动态随机存取存储器(double data rate SDRAM,DDR SDRAM)、增强型同步动态随机存取存储器(enhanced SDRAM,ESDRAM)、同步连接动态随机存取存储器(synchlink DRAM,SLDRAM)和直接内存总线随机存取存储器(direct rambus RAM,DR RAM)。It should also be understood that the memory in the embodiments of the present application may be a volatile memory or a non-volatile memory, or may include both volatile and non-volatile memory. The non-volatile memory may be a read-only memory (ROM), a programmable read only memory (ROMM), an erasable programmable read only memory (erasable PROM, EPROM), or an electrical Erase programmable EPROM (EEPROM) or flash memory. The volatile memory can be a random access memory (RAM) that acts as an external cache. By way of example and not limitation, many forms of random access memory (RAM) are available, such as static random access memory (SRAM), dynamic random access memory (DRAM), synchronous dynamic randomness. Synchronous DRAM (SDRAM), double data rate synchronous DRAM (DDR SDRAM), enhanced synchronous dynamic random access memory (ESDRAM), synchronous connection dynamic random access memory Take memory (synchlink DRAM, SLDRAM) and direct memory bus random access memory (DR RAM).

根据本申请实施例提供的方法,本申请还提供一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序代码,当该计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时,使得该计算机执行图6至图34所示实施例中的方法。According to the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the application further provides a computer program product, comprising: computer program code, when the computer program code is run on a computer, causing the computer to perform the operations of FIG. 6 to FIG. 34 The method in the examples is shown.

根据本申请实施例提供的方法,本申请还提供一种计算机可读介质,该计算机可读解释存储有程序代码,当该程序代码在计算机上运行时,使得该计算机执行图6至图34所示实施例中的方法。According to the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the application further provides a computer readable medium storing program code, when the program code is run on a computer, causing the computer to perform the operations of FIG. 6 to FIG. 34 The method in the examples is shown.

根据本申请实施例提供的方法,本申请还提供一种系统,其包括前述的网络设备和一个或多个终端设备。上述实施例,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或其他任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,上述实施例可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。该计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载或执行该计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例该的流程或功能。该计算机可以为通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。该计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,该计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。该计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集合的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。该可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,DVD)、或者半导体介质。半导体介质可以是固态硬盘。According to the method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the application further provides a system including the foregoing network device and one or more terminal devices. The above embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware or any other combination. When implemented in software, the above-described embodiments may be implemented in whole or in part in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded or executed on a computer, the processes or functions according to embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part. The computer can be a general purpose computer, a special purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device. The computer instructions can be stored in a computer readable storage medium or transferred from one computer readable storage medium to another computer readable storage medium, for example, the computer instructions can be wired from a website site, computer, server or data center (for example, infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) to another website site, computer, server or data center. The computer readable storage medium can be any available media that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server, data center, or the like that contains one or more sets of available media. The usable medium can be a magnetic medium (eg, a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (eg, a DVD), or a semiconductor medium. The semiconductor medium can be a solid state hard drive.

本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。Those of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that the elements and algorithm steps of the various examples described in connection with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented in electronic hardware or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are performed in hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraints of the solution. A person skilled in the art can use different methods to implement the described functions for each particular application, but such implementation should not be considered to be beyond the scope of the present application.

所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。A person skilled in the art can clearly understand that for the convenience and brevity of the description, the specific working process of the system, the device and the unit described above can refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiment, and details are not described herein again.

在本申请所提供的几个实施例中,应该理解到,所揭露的系统、装置和方法,可以通过其他的方式实现。例如,以上所描述的装置实施例仅仅是示意性的,例如,所述单元的划分,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式,例如多个单元或组件可以结合或者可以集成到另一个系统,或一些特征可以忽略,或不执行。另一点,所显示或讨论的相互之间的耦合或直接耦合或通信连接可以是通过一些接口,装置或单元的间接耦合或通信连接,可以是电性,机械或其他的形式。In the several embodiments provided by the present application, it should be understood that the disclosed system, apparatus, and method may be implemented in other manners. For example, the device embodiments described above are merely illustrative. For example, the division of the unit is only a logical function division. In actual implementation, there may be another division manner, for example, multiple units or components may be combined or Can be integrated into another system, or some features can be ignored or not executed. In addition, the mutual coupling or direct coupling or communication connection shown or discussed may be an indirect coupling or communication connection through some interface, device or unit, and may be electrical, mechanical or otherwise.

所述作为分离部件说明的单元可以是或者也可以不是物理上分开的,作为单元显示的部件可以是或者也可以不是物理单元,即可以位于一个地方,或者也可以分布到多个网络单元上。可以根据实际的需要选择其中的部分或者全部单元来实现本实施例方案的目的。The units described as separate components may or may not be physically separated, and the components displayed as units may or may not be physical units, that is, may be located in one place, or may be distributed to multiple network units. Some or all of the units may be selected according to actual needs to achieve the purpose of the solution of the embodiment.

另外,在本申请各个实施例中的各功能单元可以集成在一个处理单元中,也可以是各个单元单独物理存在,也可以两个或两个以上单元集成在一个单元中。In addition, each functional unit in each embodiment of the present application may be integrated into one processing unit, or each unit may exist physically separately, or two or more units may be integrated into one unit.

所述功能如果以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用时,可以存储在一个计算机可读取存储介质中。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对现有技术做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。而前述的存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、只读存储器(Read-Only Memory,ROM)、随机存取存储器(Random Access Memory,RAM)、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。The functions may be stored in a computer readable storage medium if implemented in the form of a software functional unit and sold or used as a standalone product. Based on such understanding, the technical solution of the present application, which is essential or contributes to the prior art, or a part of the technical solution, may be embodied in the form of a software product, which is stored in a storage medium, including The instructions are used to cause a computer device (which may be a personal computer, server, or network device, etc.) to perform all or part of the steps of the methods described in various embodiments of the present application. The foregoing storage medium includes: a U disk, a mobile hard disk, a read-only memory (ROM), a random access memory (RAM), a magnetic disk, or an optical disk, and the like, which can store program codes. .

以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The foregoing is only a specific embodiment of the present application, but the scope of protection of the present application is not limited thereto, and any person skilled in the art can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in the present application. It should be covered by the scope of protection of this application. Therefore, the scope of protection of the present application should be determined by the scope of the claims.

Claims (50)

一种传输数据的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for transmitting data, comprising: 第一节点在第一时间段在分配给所述第一节点的第一资源上接收所述第一节点的第一数据且在分配给第二节点的第二资源上接收所述第二节点的第二数据;The first node receives first data of the first node on a first resource allocated to the first node in a first time period and receives the second node on a second resource allocated to a second node Second data; 所述第一节点根据第一规则在第二时间段在所述第二资源上发送所述第二数据;Sending, by the first node, the second data on the second resource in a second time period according to the first rule; 其中,所述第一规则包括以下一项或多项:The first rule includes one or more of the following: 若所述第一数据成功接收或者译码正确,发送所述第二数据;或者,Sending the second data if the first data is successfully received or decoded correctly; or 若接收到指示所述第二数据接收失败的第一反馈信息,发送所述第二数据;或者,Sending the second data if receiving the first feedback information indicating that the second data reception fails; or 若当前时间段为所述第二时间段,发送所述第二数据;或者,Sending the second data if the current time period is the second time period; or 若所述第二数据的紧急程度满足紧急条件,发送所述第二数据。And transmitting the second data if the urgency of the second data meets an emergency condition. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 1 further comprising: 若所述第一节点接收到指示所述第二数据成功接收的第二反馈信息,所述第一节点停止发送所述第二数据,所述第二反馈信息是在所述第二资源或者第三资源上发送的,所述第三资源为所述第一节点和所述第二节点共用的资源。If the first node receives the second feedback information indicating that the second data is successfully received, the first node stops sending the second data, and the second feedback information is in the second resource or the first The third resource is sent by the first resource and the second node. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the method further comprises: 所述第一节点接收第一配置,所述第一配置用于指示所述第一资源和所述第二资源。The first node receives a first configuration, where the first configuration is used to indicate the first resource and the second resource. 根据权利要求3所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一配置还用于指示所述第三资源。The method of claim 3, wherein the first configuration is further for indicating the third resource. 根据权利要求1-4任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the method further comprises: 所述第一节点接收第二配置,所述第二配置用于指示所述第一规则。The first node receives a second configuration, and the second configuration is used to indicate the first rule. 根据权利要求1-5任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the method further comprises: 所述第一节点接收第三配置,所述第三配置用于指示所述第二时间段。The first node receives a third configuration, and the third configuration is used to indicate the second time period. 根据如权利要求6所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 6 wherein 所述第三配置通过指示以下一项或多项来指示所述第二时间段:The third configuration indicates the second time period by indicating one or more of the following: 所述第二时间段的起始位置;或者,The starting position of the second time period; or, 所述第二时间段的时长;或者,The duration of the second period of time; or, 所述第二时间段的时域样式;或者,a time domain pattern of the second time period; or 所述第二时间段与所述第一时间段的时域间隔;或者,The second time period is spaced from the time domain of the first time period; or 所述第二时间段所占用的时间单元类型。The type of time unit occupied by the second time period. 根据权利要求1-7任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 7, wherein the method further comprises: 所述第一节点接收第四配置,所述第四配置用于指示所述第一时间段。The first node receives a fourth configuration, where the fourth configuration is used to indicate the first time period. 根据权利要求8所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 8 wherein: 所述第四配置通过指示以下一项或多项来指示所述第一时间段:The fourth configuration indicates the first time period by indicating one or more of the following: 所述第一时间段的起始位置;或者,The starting position of the first time period; or, 所述第一时间段的时长;或者,The duration of the first period of time; or, 所述第一时间段的时域样式;或者,a time domain pattern of the first time period; or 所述第一时间段所占用的时间单元类型。The type of time unit occupied by the first time period. 一种传输数据的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for transmitting data, comprising: 第一节点在第一时间段在分配给第二节点的第二资源上接收所述第二节点的第二数据;The first node receives the second data of the second node on the second resource allocated to the second node in the first time period; 所述第一节点根据第一规则在第二时间段,在分配给所述第一节点的第一资源上发送所述第一节点的第一数据且在所述第二资源上发送所述第二数据;Transmitting, by the first node, the first data of the first node and the sending the second resource on the first resource allocated to the first node according to the first rule Two data; 其中,所述第一规则包括以下一项或多项:The first rule includes one or more of the following: 若所述第二数据成功接收或者译码正确,发送所述第二数据;或者,Sending the second data if the second data is successfully received or decoded correctly; or 若成功接收M个节点的数据,所述M满足阈值,发送所述第二数据,其中,所述M个节点包括所述第二节点,M为正整数;或者,If the data of the M nodes is successfully received, the M meets the threshold, and the second data is sent, where the M nodes include the second node, and M is a positive integer; or 若接收到指示所述第二数据接收失败的第一反馈信息,发送所述第二数据;或者,Sending the second data if receiving the first feedback information indicating that the second data reception fails; or 若当前时间段为所述第二时间段,发送所述第二数据;或者,Sending the second data if the current time period is the second time period; or 若所述第二数据的紧急程度满足紧急条件,发送所述第二数据。And transmitting the second data if the urgency of the second data meets an emergency condition. 根据权利要求10所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 10, wherein the method further comprises: 若所述第一节点接收到指示所述第二数据成功接收的第二反馈信息,所述第一节点停止发送所述第二数据,所述第二反馈信息是在所述第二资源或者第三资源上发送的,所述第三资源为所述第一节点和所述第二节点共用的资源。If the first node receives the second feedback information indicating that the second data is successfully received, the first node stops sending the second data, and the second feedback information is in the second resource or the first The third resource is sent by the first resource and the second node. 根据权利要求10或11所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 10 or 11, wherein the method further comprises: 所述第一节点接收第一配置,所述第一配置用于指示所述第一资源和所述第二资源。The first node receives a first configuration, where the first configuration is used to indicate the first resource and the second resource. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一配置还用于指示所述第三资源。The method of claim 12, wherein the first configuration is further for indicating the third resource. 根据权利要求10-13任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 10 to 13, wherein the method further comprises: 所述第一节点接收第二配置,所述第二配置用于指示所述第一规则。The first node receives a second configuration, and the second configuration is used to indicate the first rule. 根据权利要求10-14任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 10 to 14, wherein the method further comprises: 所述第一节点接收第三配置,所述第三配置用于指示所述第二时间段。The first node receives a third configuration, and the third configuration is used to indicate the second time period. 根据权利要求15所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 15 wherein: 所述第三配置通过指示以下一项或多项来指示所述第二时间段:The third configuration indicates the second time period by indicating one or more of the following: 所述第二时间段的起始位置;或者,The starting position of the second time period; or, 所述第二时间段的时长;或者,The duration of the second period of time; or, 所述第二时间段的时域样式;或者,a time domain pattern of the second time period; or 所述第二时间段与所述第一时间段的时域间隔;或者,The second time period is spaced from the time domain of the first time period; or 所述第二时间段所占用的时间单元类型。The type of time unit occupied by the second time period. 根据权利要求10-16任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 10 to 16, wherein the method further comprises: 所述第一节点接收第四配置,所述第四配置用于指示所述第一时间段。The first node receives a fourth configuration, where the fourth configuration is used to indicate the first time period. 根据权利要求17所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 17 wherein: 所述第四配置通过指示以下一项或多项指示所述第一时间段:The fourth configuration indicates the first time period by indicating one or more of the following: 所述第一时间段的起始位置;或者,The starting position of the first time period; or, 所述第一时间段的时长;或者,The duration of the first period of time; or, 所述第一时间段的时域样式;或者,a time domain pattern of the first time period; or 所述第一时间段所占用的时间单元类型。The type of time unit occupied by the first time period. 一种传输数据的装置,其特征在于,包括:处理器和接口组件;An apparatus for transmitting data, comprising: a processor and an interface component; 所述处理器用于通过接口组件读取并执行存储器中的指令,以实现如权利要求1-9任一项所述的方法。The processor is operative to read and execute instructions in a memory through an interface component to implement the method of any of claims 1-9. 根据权利要求19所述的传输数据的装置,其特征在于,所述装置还包括:The device for transmitting data according to claim 19, wherein the device further comprises: 所述存储器。The memory. 一种传输数据的装置,其特征在于,包括:处理器和接口组件;An apparatus for transmitting data, comprising: a processor and an interface component; 所述处理器用于通过接口组件读取并执行存储器中的指令,以实现如权利要求10-18任一项所述的方法。The processor is operative to read and execute instructions in a memory through an interface component to implement the method of any of claims 10-18. 如权利要求21所述的传输数据的装置,其特征在于,所述装置还包括:The apparatus for transmitting data according to claim 21, wherein the apparatus further comprises: 所述存储器。The memory. 一种计算机可读存储介质,包括指令,当其在传输数据的装置上运行时,使得所述传输数据的装置执行如权利要求1-9任一项所述的方法。A computer readable storage medium comprising instructions which, when run on a device for transmitting data, cause the device for transmitting data to perform the method of any of claims 1-9. 一种计算机可读存储介质,包括指令,当其在传输数据的装置上运行时,使得所述传输数据的装置执行如权利要求10-18任一项所述的方法。A computer readable storage medium comprising instructions which, when run on a device for transmitting data, cause the device for transmitting data to perform the method of any of claims 10-18. 一种计算机程序产品,包括指令,当其在传输数据的装置上运行时,使得所述传输数据的装置执行如权利要求1-9任一所项述的方法。A computer program product comprising instructions which, when run on a device for transmitting data, cause the device for transmitting data to perform the method of any of claims 1-9. 一种计算机程序产品,包括指令,当其在传输数据的装置上运行时,使得所述传输数据的装置执行如权利要求10-18任一项所述的方法。A computer program product comprising instructions which, when run on a device for transmitting data, cause the device for transmitting data to perform the method of any of claims 10-18. 一种传输数据的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for transmitting data, comprising: 第三节点向第一节点发送所述第一配置,其中,所述第一配置用于指示分配给所述第一节点的第一资源和分配给第二节点的第二资源;The third node sends the first configuration to the first node, where the first configuration is used to indicate a first resource allocated to the first node and a second resource allocated to the second node; 所述第三节点在第一时间段,在所述第一资源上发送所述第一节点的第一数据且在所述第二资源上发送所述第二节点的第二数据;其中,The third node sends the first data of the first node on the first resource and the second data of the second node on the second resource in a first time period; 所述第二资源用于所述第一节点根据第一规则在第二时间段发送第二数据,所述第一规则包括以下一项或多项:The second resource is used by the first node to send second data in a second time period according to the first rule, where the first rule includes one or more of the following: 若所述第一数据成功接收或者译码正确,发送所述第二数据;或者,Sending the second data if the first data is successfully received or decoded correctly; or 若接收到指示所述第二数据接收失败的第一反馈信息,发送所述第二数据;或者,Sending the second data if receiving the first feedback information indicating that the second data reception fails; or 若当前时间段为所述第二时间段,发送所述第二数据;或者,Sending the second data if the current time period is the second time period; or 若所述第二数据的紧急程度满足紧急条件,发送所述第二数据。And transmitting the second data if the urgency of the second data meets an emergency condition. 根据权利要求27所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 27, wherein the method further comprises: 所述第三节点若接收到指示所述第二数据成功接收的第二反馈信息,停止在所述第一时间段发送所述第二数据,所述第二反馈信息是在所述第二资源或者第三资源上发送的,所述第三资源为所述第一节点和所述第二节点共用的资源。If the third node receives the second feedback information indicating that the second data is successfully received, stopping sending the second data in the first time period, where the second feedback information is in the second resource Or the third resource is sent by the third resource, and the third resource is a resource shared by the first node and the second node. 根据权利要求28所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一配置还用于指示所述第三资源。The method of claim 28, wherein the first configuration is further for indicating the third resource. 根据权利要求27-29任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 27 to 29, wherein the method further comprises: 所述第三节点向所述第一节点发送第二配置,所述第二配置用于指示所述第一规则。The third node sends a second configuration to the first node, where the second configuration is used to indicate the first rule. 根据权利要求27-30任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of any of claims 27-30, wherein the method further comprises: 所述第三节点向所述第一节点发送第三配置,所述第三配置用于指示所述第二时间段。The third node sends a third configuration to the first node, where the third configuration is used to indicate the second time period. 根据权利要求31所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 31, wherein 所述第三配置通过指示以下一项或多项来指示所述第二时间段:The third configuration indicates the second time period by indicating one or more of the following: 所述第二时间段的起始位置;或者,The starting position of the second time period; or, 所述第二时间段的时长;或者,The duration of the second period of time; or, 所述第二时间段的时域样式;或者,a time domain pattern of the second time period; or 所述第二时间段与所述第一时间段的时域间隔;或者,The second time period is spaced from the time domain of the first time period; or 所述第二时间段所占用的时间单元类型。The type of time unit occupied by the second time period. 根据权利要求27-32任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of any of claims 27-32, wherein the method further comprises: 所述第三节点向所述第一节点发送第四配置,所述第四配置用于指示所述第一时间段。The third node sends a fourth configuration to the first node, where the fourth configuration is used to indicate the first time period. 根据权利要求33所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 33, wherein 所述第四配置通过指示以下一项或多项来指示所述第一时间段:The fourth configuration indicates the first time period by indicating one or more of the following: 所述第一时间段的起始位置;或者,The starting position of the first time period; or, 所述第一时间段的时长;或者,The duration of the first period of time; or, 所述第一时间段的时域样式;或者,a time domain pattern of the first time period; or 所述第一时间段所占用的时间单元类型。The type of time unit occupied by the first time period. 一种传输数据的方法,其特征在于,包括:A method for transmitting data, comprising: 第三节点向第一节点发送所述第一配置,其中,所述第一配置用于指示分配给所述第一节点的第一资源和分配给第二节点的第二资源;The third node sends the first configuration to the first node, where the first configuration is used to indicate a first resource allocated to the first node and a second resource allocated to the second node; 所述第三节点在第一时间段,在所述第一资源上接收所述第一节点的第一数据且在所述第二资源上接收所述第二节点的第二数据;其中,Receiving, by the third node, the first data of the first node on the first resource and the second data of the second node on the second resource, where 所述第二资源用于所述第一节点根据第一规则在第二时间段发送第二数据,所述第一规则包括以下一项或多项:The second resource is used by the first node to send second data in a second time period according to the first rule, where the first rule includes one or more of the following: 若所述第二数据成功接收或者译码正确,发送所述第二数据;或者,Sending the second data if the second data is successfully received or decoded correctly; or 若成功接收M个节点的数据,所述M满足阈值,发送所述第二数据,其中,所述M个节点包括所述第二节点,M为正整数;或者,If the data of the M nodes is successfully received, the M meets the threshold, and the second data is sent, where the M nodes include the second node, and M is a positive integer; or 若接收到指示所述第二数据接收失败的第一反馈信息,发送所述第二数据;或者,Sending the second data if receiving the first feedback information indicating that the second data reception fails; or 若当前时间段为所述第二时间段,发送所述第二数据;或者,Sending the second data if the current time period is the second time period; or 若所述第二数据的紧急程度满足紧急条件,发送所述第二数据。And transmitting the second data if the urgency of the second data meets an emergency condition. 根据权利要求35所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of claim 35, wherein the method further comprises: 若所述第三节点成功接收所述第二数据,则发送针对所述第二数据成功接收的第二反馈信息,所述第二反馈信息用于指示停止发送所述第二数据,所述第二反馈信息是在所述第二资源或者第三资源上发送的,所述第三资源为所述第一节点和所述第二节点共用的资源。And if the third node successfully receives the second data, sending second feedback information that is successfully received for the second data, where the second feedback information is used to indicate to stop sending the second data, where The second feedback information is sent on the second resource or the third resource, where the third resource is a resource shared by the first node and the second node. 根据权利要求36所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一配置还用于指示所述第三资源。The method of claim 36, wherein the first configuration is further for indicating the third resource. 根据权利要求35-37任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of any of claims 35-37, wherein the method further comprises: 所述第三节点向所述第一节点发送第二配置,所述第二配置用于指示所述第一规 则。The third node sends a second configuration to the first node, the second configuration being used to indicate the first rule. 根据权利要求35-38任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method of any of claims 35-38, wherein the method further comprises: 所述第三节点向所述第一节点发送第三配置,所述第三配置用于指示所述第二时间段。The third node sends a third configuration to the first node, where the third configuration is used to indicate the second time period. 根据权利要求39所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 39, wherein 所述第三配置通过指示以下一项或多项来指示所述第二时间段:The third configuration indicates the second time period by indicating one or more of the following: 所述第二时间段的起始位置;或者,The starting position of the second time period; or, 所述第二时间段的时长;或者,The duration of the second period of time; or, 所述第二时间段的时域样式;或者,a time domain pattern of the second time period; or 所述第二时间段与所述第一时间段的时域间隔;或者,The second time period is spaced from the time domain of the first time period; or 所述第二时间段所占用的时间单元类型。The type of time unit occupied by the second time period. 根据权利要求35-40任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 35 to 40, wherein the method further comprises: 所述第三节点向所述第一节点发送第四配置,所述第四配置用于指示所述第一时间段。The third node sends a fourth configuration to the first node, where the fourth configuration is used to indicate the first time period. 根据权利要求41所述的方法,其特征在于,The method of claim 41, wherein 所述第四配置通过指示以下一项或多项指示所述第一时间段:The fourth configuration indicates the first time period by indicating one or more of the following: 所述第一时间段的起始位置;或者,The starting position of the first time period; or, 所述第一时间段的时长;或者,The duration of the first period of time; or, 所述第一时间段的时域样式;或者,a time domain pattern of the first time period; or 所述第一时间段所占用的时间单元类型。The type of time unit occupied by the first time period. 一种传输数据的装置,其特征在于,包括:处理器和接口组件;An apparatus for transmitting data, comprising: a processor and an interface component; 所述处理器用于通过接口组件读取并执行存储器中的指令,以实现如权利要求27-34任一项所述的方法。The processor is operative to read and execute instructions in a memory through an interface component to implement the method of any of claims 27-34. 根据权利要求43所述的传输数据的装置,其特征在于,所述装置还包括:The apparatus for transmitting data according to claim 43, wherein the apparatus further comprises: 所述存储器。The memory. 一种传输数据的装置,其特征在于,包括:处理器和接口组件;An apparatus for transmitting data, comprising: a processor and an interface component; 所述处理器用于通过接口组件读取并执行存储器中的指令,以实现如权利要求35-42任一项所述的方法。The processor is operative to read and execute instructions in a memory through an interface component to implement the method of any of claims 35-42. 如权利要求45所述的传输数据的装置,其特征在于,所述装置还包括:The apparatus for transmitting data according to claim 45, wherein the apparatus further comprises: 所述存储器。The memory. 一种计算机可读存储介质,包括指令,当其在传输数据的装置上运行时,使得所述传输数据的装置执行如权利要求27-34任一项所述的方法。A computer readable storage medium comprising instructions which, when run on a device for transmitting data, cause the device for transmitting data to perform the method of any one of claims 27-34. 一种计算机可读存储介质,包括指令,当其在传输数据的装置上运行时,使得所述传输数据的装置执行如权利要求35-42任一项所述的方法。A computer readable storage medium comprising instructions which, when run on a device for transmitting data, cause the device for transmitting data to perform the method of any of claims 35-42. 一种计算机程序产品,包括指令,当其在传输数据的装置上运行时,使得所述传输数据的装置执行如权利要求27-34任一所项述的方法。A computer program product comprising instructions which, when run on a device for transmitting data, cause the device for transmitting data to perform the method of any of claims 27-34. 一种计算机程序产品,包括指令,当其在传输数据的装置上运行时,使得所述传输数据的装置执行如权利要求35-42任一项所述的方法。A computer program product comprising instructions which, when run on a device for transmitting data, cause the device for transmitting data to perform the method of any of claims 35-42.
PCT/CN2018/105206 2018-05-07 2018-09-12 Data transmission method and device Ceased WO2019214119A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CNPCT/CN2018/085917 2018-05-07
CN2018085917 2018-05-07

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2019214119A1 true WO2019214119A1 (en) 2019-11-14

Family

ID=68468423

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2018/105206 Ceased WO2019214119A1 (en) 2018-05-07 2018-09-12 Data transmission method and device

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2019214119A1 (en)

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2017117253A1 (en) * 2015-12-30 2017-07-06 Idac Holdings, Inc. Methods, systems and devices for wireless transmit/receive unit cooperation
WO2017198175A1 (en) * 2016-05-20 2017-11-23 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Licensed-assisted user equipment cooperation in unlicensed sidelink
CN107852234A (en) * 2015-07-17 2018-03-27 株式会社 Kt Resource allocation methods and communicator

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN107852234A (en) * 2015-07-17 2018-03-27 株式会社 Kt Resource allocation methods and communicator
WO2017117253A1 (en) * 2015-12-30 2017-07-06 Idac Holdings, Inc. Methods, systems and devices for wireless transmit/receive unit cooperation
WO2017198175A1 (en) * 2016-05-20 2017-11-23 Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. Licensed-assisted user equipment cooperation in unlicensed sidelink

Non-Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
HUAWEI ET AL.: "Discussion on Over-The-Air Time Synchronization for URLLC", 3GPP TSG RAN WG1 MEETING #91, RL-1719414, 18 November 2017 (2017-11-18), XP051369323 *
QUALCOMM: "Discussion of LAN over 5GNR", 3GPP TSG-SA WG1 MEETING #77, S1-171166, 7 February 2017 (2017-02-07), XP051216013 *

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
CN113271180B (en) Feedback method of hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) bitmap information and related equipment
US10966281B2 (en) Transmission timing information sending method, transmission timing information receiving method, and apparatus
CN111092695B (en) Retransmission number determining method, indicating method, device, terminal, communication node and medium
JP2022540071A (en) Sidelink data transmission method, terminal device and network device
CN113328834A (en) Communication method and device
WO2013000245A1 (en) Data transmission control method and system for user equipment
CN104380645A (en) Flexible HARQ ACK/NACK transmission
CN113517957B (en) A HARQ information transmission method and device
CN110447283A (en) Network node and method in wireless communication network
WO2014173333A1 (en) Method and device for transmitting uplink control information
CN109327905A (en) Method, terminal and the computer-readable medium of data transmission
CN111865515A (en) Communication method and communication device
CN115699643A (en) Method and apparatus for sending and receiving HARQ responses in sidelink communications
WO2018233705A1 (en) Data transmission method, data transmission feedback method, and related device
CN114902775A (en) Multi-hop transmission method and device
WO2022028579A1 (en) Uci transmission method, uci receiving method, terminal, and network device
CN107113814A (en) Method, the network equipment and the terminal device of radio communication
TW202329737A (en) UCI transmission method and apparatus, terminal, network device, and storage medium
CN116419395A (en) Terminal in wireless communication system and communication method thereof
WO2019214119A1 (en) Data transmission method and device
JP2024510280A (en) Information transmission method, apparatus, device and storage medium
US20250274938A1 (en) Configuration indication method and communication apparatus
WO2020031278A1 (en) Transmission device, receiving device, wireless communication system and communication method
CN111526598B (en) Communication method and device
WO2024093891A1 (en) Conflict processing method and apparatus, terminal, and network device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 18918226

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 18918226

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1